Error-prone arithmetic
This test has the first 120 of the 168 questions that match.
Question 1 of 120
2026 Practice Test A Math, question 10Question
Three expressions are given:
Which of these are equivalent to the sum of these three expressions?
Select the two correct answers.
Choose every answer that is correct, then check. The DOE has not published how answers with several parts are scored; this site counts one right only when every part is right.
- A
- B
- C
- D
- E18
- F34
Show the answer
Correct answer: A and E
Add the three expressions: .
Distribute 3 and −2: .
Combine the variable terms and combine the constants: .
Question analysis
This algebra question gives three expressions, one with a decimal coefficient and a negative factor, and asks which two of six choices are equivalent to their sum. It tests distributing, combining like terms and recognizing equivalent expressions. Signs from the negative factor are easy to lose, and several choices are built from exactly those slips.
- NYS standards
- Grade level
- Grade 7 content, by NYS standard
- Compared with grade 7
- At grade 7 Expanding and combining linear expressions with a negative factor and a decimal coefficient is standard grade 7 work. Choosing the two equivalent ones out of six, where each common slip appears as a choice, takes more care than one simplification.
- Estimated difficulty
- Moderate: several steps, or a close reading with one strong distractor.
- Thinking it demands
- Depth of knowledge 1, recall and reproduction · mainly apply
- What makes it hard
- Error-prone arithmetic moderate
- A very close wrong answer moderate
- Many steps minor
- An answer in an unexpected form minor
- Solution
- 4 steps
- Reading level
- Question and choices: about grade 8, 28 words.
- Students, last 30 days
- Not enough answers yet to show (it takes 10).
Why it is hard, traps and wrong answers (shows the answer)
Why it is hard
The six choices form three consistent pairs, each an expansion with its simplified total: the right pair, a pair built on a sign slip with −2 × 4 that totals 34, and a pair built on 3 × 2n read as 5n that totals 18 − n. A student who makes either slip finds two choices that agree with each other and seem to confirm the work. The question rewards one careful simplification and the confidence to accept a sum with no n left.
Error-prone arithmetic moderate Working it out
The first expression puts a negative factor in front of a decimal term: −2 times 2.5n is −5n, and the −2 must reach the 4 as well, giving −8, not +8. (Brown & Burton, 1978; Junker & Sijtsma, 2001)
A very close wrong answer moderate Choosing the answer
The first two expansions are identical except for their last sign, − 8 against + 8, and the third differs from the first only in 5n for 6n, so only a term-by-term check separates them. (Embretson & Wetzel, 1987; Gorin & Embretson, 2006; Ascalon et al., 2007)
Many steps minor Working it out
Two distributions come first, then the n terms and the constants are collected separately, and six choices are compared with the result; both right ones must be picked to score. (Daniel & Embretson, 2010; Enright, Morley & Sheehan, 2002)
An answer in an unexpected form minor Choosing the answer
One right answer is the expansion before any terms are combined and the other is the plain number 18, which has to be accepted as equal to a sum in which every expression held n. (Enright, Morley & Sheehan, 2002)
Strategy: Distribute each factor across its parentheses, keeping the sign with every product, then combine the n terms and the constants separately and test each of the six choices against the result.
Traps
- Order of operations: Working left to right, or distributing a minus sign wrongly, gives a choice.
- Misunderstands the concept: A wrong belief about a concept: that percents can be added, that area grows like length, that averages can be averaged, that a bigger denominator means a bigger fraction.
- Answer in another form: The right answer is written differently from the way you worked it out.
The wrong answers, classified
B Order of operations (Brown & Burton, 1978)
Gives the minus of −2 to 2.5n but not to 4, expanding −2(2.5n + 4) as −5n + 8 instead of −5n − 8, so this expansion totals 34.
C Wrong operation (Hegarty, Mayer & Monk, 1995; King et al., 2004)
Expands 3(2n + 7) as 5n + 21, adding 3 and 2 instead of multiplying them, so the n terms no longer cancel and leave −n.
D Misunderstands the concept (Smith, diSessa & Roschelle, 1993; De Bock et al., 1998; Ni & Zhou, 2005)
Expects a sum of expressions in n to keep an n term, so it doubts the plain 18 and takes 18 − n, which the 5n expansion also simplifies to.
F Order of operations (Brown & Burton, 1978)
Takes −2 × 4 as +8, so the constants add to 5 + 21 + 8 = 34 while −n + 6n − 5n still cancels, leaving no n term.
Worked solution, step by step
Formulas used
- The distributive property
- a is the number in front of the parentheses, and b and c are the terms inside. You multiply a by every term inside, not only the first one. If a is negative, its minus sign goes into every product. It works because a groups of b + c is a groups of b plus a groups of c.
- Multiplying signed numbers
- a and b are positive numbers, so −a is negative. A negative number times a positive number is negative. Use it whenever a minus sign sits in front of the parentheses: −2 times 4 is −8, not 8.
- Combining like terms
- Like terms have the same letter part, such as 6n and −5n. a and b are their coefficients, the numbers in front of n. Add the coefficients and keep the n. Constants, the plain numbers, combine only with other constants.
Sort out the question
An expression is a math phrase made of numbers, letters and signs, with no equal sign. The sum of the three expressions means you add all of them:
You need the two choices that are equivalent to this sum. Equivalent means equal for every value of n. Some choices show the sum before it is simplified. Others show the result.
Distribute the 3
To distribute means to multiply the number outside the parentheses by each term inside.
Watch out: 3 times 2n is 6n. Adding 3 and 2 instead gives 5n. That slip leads to choice C, and then to 18 − n, choice D.
Distribute the −2
Now multiply −2 by both terms. A negative times a positive is negative, so both products are negative.
Watch out: the −2 multiplies the 4 too. Writing +8 instead of −8 leads to choice B. That sum works out to 34, choice F.
Write the whole sum
Put the three pieces together, starting with 5 − n:
This matches choice A exactly, term by term. So A is one of the answers.
Combine like terms
Gather the n terms first. Remember that −n means −1 times n.
Then gather the constants:
The n terms cancel out, so the whole sum is just 18.
Watch out: a sum with no n left is fine. Keeping an extra −n leads to choice D.
Pick the two answers
Choice A is the sum before you combine like terms. Choice E, 18, is the sum after you combine them. Both equal the sum for every value of n. So the answers are A and E.
Check your answer
Try a value, such as n = 2, in each expression. . . . The sum is , which matches E. Choice D would give 18 − 2 = 16 instead.
More questions like this
The original DOE question

Question 2 of 120
2026 Practice Test A Math, question 17Question
Consider this expression:
Create an equivalent expression.
Move the correct answer to each box. Not all answers will be used.
|| − ||
On the test you drag tiles into the boxes; here, choose each box’s tile from its menu. Each tile can be used once. The DOE has not published how answers with several parts are scored; this site counts one right only when every part is right.
Show the answer
Correct answer: blank 1: 1; blank 2: −5
To create an expression equivalent to :
Step 1: Simplify the first absolute value term.
Simplify the second absolute value term.
Therefore the equivalent expression is
.
Question analysis
This absolute value question shows an expression with two pairs of bars and asks students to build an equivalent one by placing number tiles in two boxes. It tests subtracting negative integers and understanding what absolute value bars do. Not every tile is used, and several tiles match the results of common sign mistakes.
- Grade level
- Grade 7 content, by NYS standard
- Compared with grade 7
- At grade 7 Simplifying signed integers inside absolute value bars, including subtracting a negative, is core grade 7 work. This asks only for the values inside the bars, not the final number, but one sign slip leads straight to a wrong tile.
- Estimated difficulty
- Straightforward: two steps or one careful reading.
- Thinking it demands
- Depth of knowledge 1, recall and reproduction · mainly apply
- What makes it hard
- Error-prone arithmetic moderate
- Many steps minor
- An answer in an unexpected form minor
- Solution
- 3 steps
- Reading level
- Question and choices: about grade 6, 21 words.
- Students, last 30 days
- Not enough answers yet to show (it takes 10).
Why it is hard, traps and wrong answers (shows the answer)
Why it is hard
Every move here involves a sign, and the tiles are built from the usual misreadings of absolute value: 11 for making each number positive before combining, 17 for erasing every minus sign. A slip on − (−3) gives −5 for the first pair, but the second pair needs the only −5 tile, so that slip leaves a box with no tile to fit. Students who simplify each inside completely, and leave the bars untouched, finish quickly.
Error-prone arithmetic moderate Working it out
Inside the first bars, subtracting −3 must become adding 3, so −8 + 3 = −5, and adding 6 then crosses zero to reach 1; reading − (−3) as − 3 gives −5 instead. (Brown & Burton, 1978; Junker & Sijtsma, 2001)
Many steps minor Working it out
Two pairs of bars are simplified separately, and both boxes need the right tile, kept in the original order, before the answer is right. (Daniel & Embretson, 2010; Enright, Morley & Sheehan, 2002)
An answer in an unexpected form minor Choosing the answer
Each box takes what is left inside a pair of bars, not its absolute value, so the second box needs the tile −5 rather than a 5, and the expression's value, −4, is never entered. (Enright, Morley & Sheehan, 2002)
Strategy: Rewrite subtracting −3 as adding 3, then simplify the inside of each pair of bars separately, left to right; each box replaces the inside of one pair, in the same order.
Traps
- A faulty procedure: A systematic but wrong procedure: adding fractions straight across, applying an exponent to each term of a sum, dropping a sign when moving a term.
- Misunderstands the concept: A wrong belief about a concept: that percents can be added, that area grows like length, that averages can be averaged, that a bigger denominator means a bigger fraction.
- Negatives and direction: Arithmetic with negative numbers, the order of a subtraction, or direction on a number line. (Moving a term across the equals sign without changing its sign is a faulty procedure.)
The wrong answers, classified
EC A faulty procedure (Brown & Burton, 1978; Tatsuoka, 1983)
Takes the absolute value of each number before combining, so the first bars become 8 − 3 + 6 = 11; the same rule still gives 6 − 11 = −5 in the second.
BC Misunderstands the concept (Smith, diSessa & Roschelle, 1993; De Bock et al., 1998; Ni & Zhou, 2005)
Believes absolute value bars make everything inside positive, so it drops every minus sign and adds 8 + 3 + 6 = 17, then works the short pair 6 − 11 normally.
CA Negatives and direction (Brown & Burton, 1978)
Simplifies both insides correctly but places −5 first and 1 second, reversing the subtraction so the expression equals 5 − 1 = 4 instead of 1 − 5 = −4.
Worked solution, step by step
Formulas used
- Subtracting a negative number
- a is any number, and b is a positive number, so −b is negative. Subtracting a negative number is the same as adding its opposite, the same number with the other sign. Think of money: taking away a debt of $3 leaves you $3 richer.
- Absolute value
- The bars around a number stand for its absolute value. a is any number. The absolute value is how far a is from 0 on a number line, so it is never negative. Both |5| and |−5| equal 5. Always simplify inside the bars first.
Sort out the question
The expression has two pairs of absolute value bars. The new expression keeps both pairs, with a box inside each one:
Each box gets the number you reach when you simplify inside that pair of bars. The bars stay, so you do not take the absolute value yet. Some tiles are not used.
Simplify inside the first bars
Inside the first bars is . Subtracting −3 is the same as adding 3. Work from left to right:
The first box gets the tile 1.
Watch out: the bars do not make each number positive before you combine. Changing −8 and −3 to 8 and 3 first gives 8 − 3 + 6 = 11. Dropping every minus sign gives 8 + 3 + 6 = 17. Both are tiles, and both are wrong.
Simplify inside the second bars
Inside the second bars is . You take a bigger number from a smaller one, so the result is negative:
The second box gets the tile −5.
Watch out: do not change −5 to 5. The bars are still there in the new expression, so the box holds what is inside them.
Keep the boxes in order
The first bars came first, so 1 goes in the first box and −5 in the second. The new expression has the same value as the old one:
Swapping the tiles gives , which is not equal. So the boxes get 1 and −5, making |1| − |−5|.
On the test, you drag each tile into its box. On this site, you choose it from the box’s menu.
Check your answer
Use a number line for the first pair. Start at −8 and move 3 to the right to reach −5. Then move 6 more to the right to reach 1. For the second pair, start at 6 and move 11 to the left. You land on −5. Both boxes check out.
More questions like this
The original DOE question

Question 3 of 120
2026 Practice Test A Math, question 27Question
Complete the steps to show one way to solve the equation for x.
Move the correct answer to each box. Each answer may be used more than once. Not all answers will be used.
On the test you drag tiles into the boxes; here, choose each box’s tile from its menu. A tile can be used more than once. The DOE has not published how answers with several parts are scored; this site counts one right only when every part is right.
Show the answer
Correct answer: blank 1: −4; blank 2: 28; blank 3: −56
Solution:
Answer for second equation: −4
Answer for third equation: 28
Answer for fourth equation: −56
Distribute the −0.5 on the right side of the equation: .
Add 4 to both sides of the equation to eliminate the −4 on the right side: .
Divide both sides by −0.5: .
Question analysis
Students complete a step-by-step solution of the equation 24 = −0.5(x + 8) by dragging number tiles into three boxes: one after distributing, one after collecting the constants, and one for x. It tests solving a two-step linear equation with a negative decimal. Tiles may be reused, and many come in positive and negative pairs, so every sign counts.
- Grade level
- Grade 7 content, by NYS standard
- Compared with grade 7
- At grade 7 Solving equations of the form p(x + q) = r with rational numbers is named in the grade 7 standards. Here the steps are laid out, but the negative decimal factor forces a sign decision at every one of the three boxes.
- Estimated difficulty
- Moderate: several steps, or a close reading with one strong distractor.
- Thinking it demands
- Depth of knowledge 1, recall and reproduction · mainly apply
- What makes it hard
- Error-prone arithmetic moderate
- A very close wrong answer minor
- Many steps minor
- An answer in an unexpected form minor
- Solution
- 3 steps
- Reading level
- Question and choices: about grade 3, 39 words.
- Students, last 30 days
- Not enough answers yet to show (it takes 10).
Why it is hard, traps and wrong answers (shows the answer)
Why it is hard
The layout settles the method, so the question comes down to one sign at each box. The printed plus before the first box nudges students toward the positive 4, and the pool then supplies every number that follows from it, down to −40. Students who distribute correctly can still lose the item at the last box by dividing 28 by 0.5. Substituting −56 back, −0.5 × (−48) = 24, confirms the final box.
Error-prone arithmetic moderate Working it out
Two of the three boxes turn on a negative decimal: −0.5 times 8 must give −4, and dividing 28 by −0.5 means multiplying by −2, which doubles the size and makes it negative. (Brown & Burton, 1978; Junker & Sijtsma, 2001)
A very close wrong answer minor Choosing the answer
The pool pairs −4 with 4, −40 with 40 and −56 with 56, so a box filled with the right size and the wrong sign looks just as finished; estimating cannot separate −56 from 56. (Embretson & Wetzel, 1987; Gorin & Embretson, 2006; Ascalon et al., 2007)
Many steps minor Working it out
The three boxes form a chain and all three must be right, so a slip in the first carries through; the pool even holds the whole wrong chain 4, 20 and −40. (Daniel & Embretson, 2010; Enright, Morley & Sheehan, 2002)
An answer in an unexpected form minor Choosing the answer
The second line prints a plus sign before its box, so the distributed −0.5x − 4 must be written as −0.5x + (−4), with the negative tile in the box. (Enright, Morley & Sheehan, 2002)
Strategy: Multiply −0.5 by both x and 8, undo the constant term by doing the opposite operation to both sides, then divide by −0.5, which is the same as multiplying by −2.
Traps
- Order of operations: Working left to right, or distributing a minus sign wrongly, gives a choice.
- Negatives and direction: Arithmetic with negative numbers, the order of a subtraction, or direction on a number line. (Moving a term across the equals sign without changing its sign is a faulty procedure.)
- A faulty procedure: A systematic but wrong procedure: adding fractions straight across, applying an exponent to each term of a sum, dropping a sign when moving a term.
The wrong answers, classified
DEB Order of operations (Brown & Burton, 1978)
Gives the minus of −0.5 to x but not to 8, writing −0.5x + 4, then correctly reaches 20 = −0.5x and x = −40 from that wrong start.
CFH Negatives and direction (Brown & Burton, 1978)
Distributes and adds 4 correctly to reach 28 = −0.5x, then divides 28 by 0.5 instead of −0.5, dropping the negative and entering 56.
CEB A faulty procedure (Brown & Burton, 1978; Tatsuoka, 1983)
Distributes correctly to −4 but moves it to the left side without changing its sign, so 24 − 4 = 20, and 20 ÷ (−0.5) = −40.
Worked solution, step by step
Formulas used
- The distributive property
- a is the number in front of the parentheses, and b and c are the terms inside. Multiply a by each term inside. If a is negative, the minus sign goes into every product. It works because a groups of b + c is the same as a groups of b plus a groups of c.
- Signs when you multiply or divide
- A negative number times a positive number gives a negative result. A negative times a negative gives a positive result. The same rules hold when you divide. Use them at every step where a negative number appears.
- Doing the same to both sides
- a and b are the two sides of an equation, and c is any number (not zero when you divide). An equation is like a balanced scale. Doing the same thing to both sides keeps it level. That is how you get x by itself.
Sort out the question
You solve by filling three boxes:
- Box 1 comes after , once the parentheses are gone.
- Box 2 is the number equal to .
- Box 3 is the value of x.
A tile can be used more than once, and some tiles are not used.
Distribute the −0.5
Multiply −0.5 by each term inside the parentheses. A negative times a positive is negative:
So . The line already shows a plus sign, so box 1 gets −4.
Watch out: the −0.5 multiplies the 8 too. Writing 4 instead starts a wrong chain: 4, then 20, then −40. Every number in that chain is a tile.
Add 4 to both sides
You want −0.5x alone on one side, and the −4 is in the way. Adding 4 undoes subtracting 4, so add 4 to both sides:
Box 2 gets 28.
Watch out: taking 4 away from 24 instead gives 20, another tile.
Divide both sides by −0.5
Now x is multiplied by −0.5. Dividing undoes multiplying, so divide both sides by −0.5:
Dividing by 0.5 is the same as multiplying by 2, since every whole holds two halves. A positive divided by a negative is negative. So .
Watch out: dropping the minus sign gives 56, which is also a tile.
Name the three tiles
From top to bottom, the finished steps read:
So the boxes get −4, 28 and −56, in that order. On the test, you drag each tile into its box. On this site, you choose it from the box’s menu.
Check your answer
Put back into the first equation. . Then , since a negative times a negative is positive. That gives 24, the left side, so −56 is right.
More questions like this
The original DOE question

Question 4 of 120
2026 Practice Test A Math, question 32Question
What is the value of x in the equation ?
Enter your answer in the space provided. Enter only your answer.
On the test you build the answer on an on-screen keypad; here, type it. Use ^ for a power, sqrt( ) or √ for a root, pi for π, and <= or >= for ≤ and ≥.
Show the answer
Correct answer: x = -13/3
Solution:
Start with .
Subtract from both sides to move all terms involving x to one side.
Combine like terms.
Divide both sides by −3 to solve for x.
Question analysis
This equation question asks for the value of x when 6x equals 9x plus 13, typed into a box after "x =". Students solve a linear equation with the variable on both sides by gathering the x terms and dividing. With no answer choices to check against, keeping the sign of each moved term is the main challenge.
- Grade level
- Grade 8 content, by NYS standard
- Compared with grade 7
- At grade 7 The variable appears on both sides, a grade 8 topic, yet collecting it takes one subtraction and one division, much like a grade 7 two-step equation. The typed answer, with no choices to compare, adds some risk.
- Estimated difficulty
- Straightforward: two steps or one careful reading.
- Thinking it demands
- Depth of knowledge 1, recall and reproduction · mainly apply
- What makes it hard
- Error-prone arithmetic moderate
- An answer in an unexpected form minor
- Solution
- 2 steps
- Reading level
- Question and choices: about grade 5, 21 words.
- Students, last 30 days
- Not enough answers yet to show (it takes 10).
Why it is hard, traps and wrong answers (shows the answer)
Why it is hard
Two moves solve the equation, so the method is not in doubt; the points are lost in the result. Subtracting 6x instead, which gives 0 = 3x + 13, works as well but moves the sign onto the 13, and either route ends in a division that must keep the negative. The answer is not a whole number, which unsettles students who expect one, and a switch to decimals leads to a rounded entry that is not exact.
Error-prone arithmetic moderate Working it out
Collecting the x terms gives 6x − 9x = −3x, a negative coefficient, and 13 ÷ (−3) is a negative fraction that does not come out whole, so both the sign and the fraction must survive. (Brown & Burton, 1978; Junker & Sijtsma, 2001)
An answer in an unexpected form minor Choosing the answer
The answer is typed after the printed x =, with no choices to compare, and its decimal form, −4.333…, repeats forever, so only a fraction or mixed number is exact. (Enright, Morley & Sheehan, 2002)
Strategy: Subtract 9x from both sides so that x appears once, divide both sides by the coefficient left on x, and check by substituting the result into both sides of the original equation.
Traps
- Negatives and direction: Arithmetic with negative numbers, the order of a subtraction, or direction on a number line. (Moving a term across the equals sign without changing its sign is a faulty procedure.)
- Wrong operation: Adds instead of multiplying, divides the wrong way round, turns a ratio or rate upside down, or undoes a step in the wrong direction (subtracts what should be added back).
- Rounds too early: Rounds a value partway through, or rounds the wrong way, so the final answer drifts from the exact one.
The wrong answers, classified
13/3 Negatives and direction (Brown & Burton, 1978)
Reaches −3x = 13 correctly but drops the negative when dividing 13 by −3, entering a positive 13/3.
-4.33 Rounds too early (King et al., 2004)
Solves correctly but turns −13/3 into a decimal and rounds it to −4.33, which is close to the exact value but not equal to it.
-3/13 Wrong operation (Hegarty, Mayer & Monk, 1995; King et al., 2004)
Gets to −3x = 13 but divides the wrong way round, putting the coefficient −3 over the constant 13 instead of 13 over −3.
Worked solution, step by step
Formulas used
- Doing the same to both sides
- a and b are the two sides of an equation, and c is any number or term (not zero when you divide). Taking the same thing away from both sides, or dividing both by the same number, keeps the sides equal. That is how you get x by itself.
- Dividing by a negative number
- a and b are positive numbers, so −b is negative. A positive number divided by a negative number is negative. You can write the minus sign in front of the whole fraction.
- Changing a fraction to a mixed number
- Use this when the top of a fraction is bigger than the bottom. Divide a by b. q is the number of whole times b fits into a. r is the remainder, what is left over. The remainder goes on top of the leftover fraction.
Sort out the question
You need the value of x that makes true. The letter x appears on both sides, so first gather the x terms on one side. There are no choices to check against, so work carefully.
Move the x terms to one side
Subtract 9x from both sides. This clears the x term off the right side:
Since 6 − 9 = −3, the left side is −3 times x.
Divide both sides by −3
x is multiplied by −3, so divide both sides by −3:
A positive divided by a negative is negative, so x is negative.
Watch out: dropping the minus sign gives 13/3, which is wrong. Also, the number you divide by goes on the bottom. Writing −3/13 turns the fraction upside down.
Write it as a mixed number
A mixed number is a whole number with a fraction, like 4 1/3. Divide 13 by 3. The 3 fits 4 times, with 1 left over.
So .
Watch out: as a decimal, −13/3 is −4.333…, and the 3s never end. Rounding to −4.33 is close, but it is not exact. Keep the fraction.
Enter the answer
The box already shows x =, so you enter only the number. On the test, press the minus key first. Then press the fraction key, a small box over a small box. Type 13 in the top box and 3 in the bottom box. On this site, type −13/3 or −4 1/3.
So the finished answer reads x = −13/3. You type only the −13/3, which is the same as −4 1/3.
Check your answer
Put into both sides. The left side is . The right side is . Both sides equal −26, so the answer is right.
More questions like this
The original DOE question

Question 5 of 120
2026 Practice Test A Math, question 50Question
Let , , and . Determine the value of .
Enter your fractional answer in the space provided. Enter only your fraction.
On the test you build the answer on an on-screen keypad; here, type it. Use ^ for a power, sqrt( ) or √ for a root, pi for π, and <= or >= for ≤ and ≥.
Show the answer
Correct answer: 7/5
Solution:
Substitute , , and in : .
Then simplify the complex fraction by multiplying the complex fraction by a form of 1, : .
Simplify after multiplying by a form of 1: .
Then simplify again and add the two fractions: .
Question analysis
This substitution question gives values for b, c and d and asks for the value of an expression made of a fraction divided by a fraction, plus another fraction. Students substitute, simplify the complex fraction and add, then type the result. Dividing fractions in the stacked form is the main hurdle, and the item wants a fraction, not a decimal.
- NYS standards
- Grade level
- Grade 7 content, by NYS standard
- Compared with grade 7
- At grade 7 Grade 7 students evaluate expressions and divide and add fractions. A fraction stacked over another fraction looks unfamiliar and there are no choices to check, but with these values the work is three short steps.
- Estimated difficulty
- Moderate: several steps, or a close reading with one strong distractor.
- Thinking it demands
- Depth of knowledge 1, recall and reproduction · mainly apply
- What makes it hard
- Error-prone arithmetic moderate
- Something you must already know minor
- An answer in an unexpected form minor
- Solution
- 3 steps
- Reading level
- Question and choices: about grade 9, 22 words.
- Students, last 30 days
- Not enough answers yet to show (it takes 10).
Why it is hard, traps and wrong answers (shows the answer)
Why it is hard
Once the values are in, the work is one fraction division and one addition, but the division is printed as a fraction over a fraction, in small type. Multiplying the two fractions, or flipping the top one, gives a sum in fifteenths that looks as finished as the right one. Noticing that the 4s cancel, so the stacked part is simply 3/5, turns the last step into adding fifths.
Error-prone arithmetic moderate Working it out
Dividing 4/5 by 4/3 means multiplying by 3/4, giving 3/5, which is then added to 4/5; multiplying straight across or flipping the top fraction instead both lead to fifteenths. (Brown & Burton, 1978; Junker & Sijtsma, 2001)
Something you must already know minor Working it out
Nothing on the page says that a fraction over a fraction is a division, or that dividing by 4/3 means multiplying by its reciprocal, and the stacked form is rare in grade 7 work. (Anderson & Krathwohl, 2001)
An answer in an unexpected form minor Choosing the answer
The value is typed into a fraction box with no choices to check against, and the item asks for a fraction, so the equal decimal 1.4 is not accepted. (Enright, Morley & Sheehan, 2002)
Strategy: Substitute the values, rewrite the stacked fraction as the top fraction times the reciprocal of the bottom one, where the 4s cancel, then add the last fraction and leave the result as a fraction.
Traps
- Wrong operation: Adds instead of multiplying, divides the wrong way round, turns a ratio or rate upside down, or undoes a step in the wrong direction (subtracts what should be added back).
- A faulty procedure: A systematic but wrong procedure: adding fractions straight across, applying an exponent to each term of a sum, dropping a sign when moving a term.
- Misreads the question: Misses or misreads a condition or a word in the question: "at least", "each", "remaining", "not".
The wrong answers, classified
28/15 Wrong operation (Hegarty, Mayer & Monk, 1995; King et al., 2004)
Multiplies 4/5 by 4/3 instead of dividing, getting 16/15, then adds 4/5, or 12/15, to reach 28/15.
37/15 A faulty procedure (Brown & Burton, 1978; Tatsuoka, 1983)
Flips the top fraction instead of the bottom one, so the stacked part becomes 5/4 × 4/3 = 5/3, and 5/3 + 4/5 = 37/15.
1.4 Misreads the question (Hegarty, Mayer & Monk, 1995)
Finds the right value but works in decimals, 0.6 + 0.8 = 1.4, and enters that, though the item asks for a fraction.
Worked solution, step by step
Formulas used
- Dividing fractions
- a, b, c and d are numbers that are not zero. To divide by a fraction, multiply by its reciprocal, the fraction flipped upside down. Flip only the fraction you divide by. It works because a fraction times its reciprocal is 1, so the reciprocal undoes the fraction, just as dividing does.
- Adding fractions with the same bottom
- d is the denominator, the bottom number, which tells the size of each piece. a and b are the numerators, the top numbers, which count the pieces. When the pieces are the same size, add the tops and keep the bottom.
Sort out the question
You know , and . You need the value of:
The first part is a fraction on top of a fraction. A fraction bar means divide, so this part is . The answer must be typed as a fraction.
Put in the numbers
Replace each letter with its value. Look closely: the bottom fraction has b under the c, not d.
So the expression becomes:
Divide the two fractions
Use the rule for dividing fractions. The reciprocal of 4/3 is 3/4. To multiply fractions, multiply the tops and multiply the bottoms:
To simplify 12/20, divide its top and bottom by 4.
Watch out: flip only the bottom fraction. Multiplying without flipping gives 16/15 and a total of 28/15. Flipping the top one gives 5/3 and a total of 37/15.
Add the last fraction
Both fractions are now fifths, so add the tops and keep the bottom:
The value is 7/5.
Enter it as a fraction
The item asks for a fraction. 7/5 equals the decimal 1.4, but 1.4 is not accepted. On the test, the answer box already holds a fraction template, a small box over a small box. Type 7 in the top box. Then click the bottom box and type 5. On this site, type 7/5.
So you would enter 7/5.
Check your answer
Check with decimals. , and 4/3 is about 1.33. Then is about 0.6, which is 3/5. Last, , and 1.4 is the same as 7/5.
More questions like this
The original DOE question

Question 6 of 120
2026 Practice Test C Math, question 2Question
If , what is the value of m?
- A
- B
- C2
- D3
Show the answer
Correct answer: B
The quantity means the same as , so the equation can be rewritten:
Subtract 4 from both sides:
Multiply both sides of the equation by m:
Solve for m:
Simplify:
Question analysis
This equation question asks for the value of m when 8 divided by m, plus 4, equals 20. Students undo the addition, then work out what m must be for 8 divided by it to give the value left. Because m is the divisor rather than the number being divided, the last step needs care.
- Grade level
- Grade 7 content, by NYS standard
- Compared with grade 7
- At grade 7 Undoing an addition and then a division is typical two-step grade 7 equation work. The unknown sitting in a denominator is less common than px + q = r, which makes the last step easier to get backward.
- Estimated difficulty
- Straightforward: two steps or one careful reading.
- Thinking it demands
- Depth of knowledge 1, recall and reproduction · mainly apply
- What makes it hard
- Error-prone arithmetic moderate
- Something you must already know minor
- Solution
- 3 steps
- Reading level
- Question and choices: about grade 6, 10 words.
- Students, last 30 days
- Not enough answers yet to show (it takes 10).
Why it is hard, traps and wrong answers (shows the answer)
Why it is hard
Undoing the + 4 is routine, so nearly all the risk sits in the last step, where m divides 8 rather than being divided by it. Students who read 8 ÷ m = 16 as asking how many 8s make 16 answer 2, and substituting it back, 8 ÷ 2 + 4 = 8, shows at once that it fails. The right value makes 8 ÷ 1/2 = 16, a division that gives a larger number, which feels wrong but is correct.
Error-prone arithmetic moderate Working it out
The unknown is the divisor, so 8 ÷ m = 16 ends in m = 8 ÷ 16, a quotient less than 1; the familiar order, 16 ÷ 8, gives a whole number instead. (Brown & Burton, 1978; Junker & Sijtsma, 2001)
Something you must already know minor Working it out
Students must see that (8 ÷ m) is the fraction 8/m and that freeing m from a denominator means multiplying both sides by it, a move grade 7 equations rarely need. (Anderson & Krathwohl, 2001)
Strategy: Subtract 4 from both sides, multiply both sides by m so the unknown is no longer in a denominator, then divide; check by substituting your value back into the equation.
Traps
- Wrong operation: Adds instead of multiplying, divides the wrong way round, turns a ratio or rate upside down, or undoes a step in the wrong direction (subtracts what should be added back).
The wrong answers, classified
A Wrong operation (Hegarty, Mayer & Monk, 1995; King et al., 2004)
Adds 4 to 20 instead of subtracting it, so 8 ÷ m = 24 and m = 8/24, which simplifies to 1/3.
C Wrong operation (Hegarty, Mayer & Monk, 1995; King et al., 2004)
Gets 8 ÷ m = 16 correctly but then divides 16 by 8, putting the divisor and the dividend the wrong way round, so m comes out as 2.
D Wrong operation (Hegarty, Mayer & Monk, 1995; King et al., 2004)
Makes both mistakes, adding 4 to get 8 ÷ m = 24 and then dividing 24 by 8 instead of 8 by 24.
Worked solution, step by step
Formulas used
- Keeping an equation balanced
- a and b are the two sides of an equation, and c is any number. An equation is like a balanced scale. Subtract the same number from both sides, or multiply both sides by the same number, and it stays balanced. That is how you get the unknown by itself.
Sort out the question
The equation is . You need the value of m. Here m is the number you divide 8 by. In words: 8 divided by some number, plus 4, makes 20.
Undo the plus 4
A fraction bar means divide, so is the same as . Subtract 4 from both sides to undo the plus 4:
Now 8 divided by m equals 16.
Watch out: adding 4 instead gives 24 on the right. That leads to choice A, 1/3, or to D, 3.
Get m out of the bottom
m is on the bottom of the fraction. Multiply both sides by m to free it:
Now divide both sides by 16:
8 goes into both 8 and 16, so 8/16 simplifies to 1/2.
Choose the answer
Watch out: it is tempting to divide 16 by 8 and get 2, choice C. But ask yourself: 8 divided by what number makes 16? To get an answer bigger than 8, you must divide by a number less than 1.
So the answer is B, 1/2.
Check your answer
Put 1/2 back into the equation. How many halves are in 8? There are 16, so . Then . That matches the equation, so m = 1/2 is right.
More questions like this
The original DOE question

Question 7 of 120
2026 Practice Test C Math, question 3Question
What is the value of x in the equation shown above?
- A336
- B240
- C−240
- D−336
Show the answer
Correct answer: D
Simplify . First, subtract x from both sides of the equation. Then, divide both sides by 5.
Question analysis
This algebra question gives the equation 6x = x − 1,680, with x on both sides, and asks for the value of x. Students collect the x terms on one side and divide by the coefficient that remains. The choices pair two sizes with both signs, so every move across the equals sign has to keep its sign right.
- Grade level
- Grade 8 content, by NYS standard
- Compared with grade 7
- At grade 7 An unknown on both sides of the equals sign is a grade 8 topic, yet gathering the x terms here takes one subtraction and one division, the same work as a two-step grade 7 equation.
- Estimated difficulty
- Straightforward: two steps or one careful reading.
- Thinking it demands
- Depth of knowledge 1, recall and reproduction · mainly apply
- What makes it hard
- Error-prone arithmetic moderate
- A very close wrong answer moderate
- Solution
- 2 steps
- Reading level
- Question and choices: about grade 5, 12 words.
- Corrected from the DOE handbook
- A line of the explanation’s working, printed without its fraction bars and equals sign, was restored.
- Students, last 30 days
- Not enough answers yet to show (it takes 10).
Why it is hard, traps and wrong answers (shows the answer)
Why it is hard
Collecting the x terms takes one subtraction, and the only way the method goes wrong is moving x across the equals sign, which turns the 5 into a 7. The sign is the bigger hazard: 6x equals x minus a large number, so x must be negative, yet the division 1,680 ÷ 5 is done on positive numbers. Substituting −336 back gives −2,016 on each side, which confirms both the size and the sign.
Error-prone arithmetic moderate Working it out
Subtracting x from both sides leaves 5x = −1,680, and 1,680 ÷ 5 = 336 has to be worked out by hand while the negative sign is carried through to the result. (Brown & Burton, 1978; Junker & Sijtsma, 2001)
A very close wrong answer moderate Choosing the answer
The choices are two sizes, 336 and 240, each offered with both signs, so 336 and −336 are written the same except for the minus; only tracking the sign of 1,680 separates them. (Embretson & Wetzel, 1987; Gorin & Embretson, 2006; Ascalon et al., 2007)
Strategy: Subtract x from both sides so the unknown appears once, divide by the coefficient that is left, and substitute the result into both sides to check that they match.
Traps
- Negatives and direction: Arithmetic with negative numbers, the order of a subtraction, or direction on a number line. (Moving a term across the equals sign without changing its sign is a faulty procedure.)
- A faulty procedure: A systematic but wrong procedure: adding fractions straight across, applying an exponent to each term of a sum, dropping a sign when moving a term.
The wrong answers, classified
A Negatives and direction (Brown & Burton, 1978)
Reaches 5x = −1,680 correctly but drops the negative sign when dividing by 5, giving a positive 336 of the right size.
B A faulty procedure (Brown & Burton, 1978; Tatsuoka, 1983)
Moves x to the left without changing its sign, getting 7x, and also loses the minus on 1,680, so 1,680 ÷ 7 = 240.
C A faulty procedure (Brown & Burton, 1978; Tatsuoka, 1983)
Moves x to the left side without changing its sign, writing 6x + x = −1,680, so divides by 7 and gets −240.
What was corrected from the DOE handbook, and why
- Explanation: The DOE’s explanation page for this question is one of the pages replaced in the appendix, and on it the step between 5x = −1,680 and x = −336 shows only 5x over 5 and −1,680 over 5: the two fraction bars and the equals sign between them are missing, so the line is not an equation. The sentence above it says to divide both sides by 5, and the 2022–23 guide, which first printed this explanation, prints the step as 5x/5 = −1,680/5. The site shows 5x/5 = −1,680/5.
Worked solution, step by step
Formulas used
- Keeping an equation balanced
- a and b are the two sides of an equation, and c is any number (not 0 when you divide). An equation is like a balanced scale. Subtract the same thing from both sides, or divide both sides by the same number, and it stays balanced.
- Dividing a negative by a positive
- a and b are positive numbers, so −a is negative. Divide the sizes as usual. Then give the answer a minus sign, because a negative divided by a positive is negative.
Sort out the question
The equation is . You need the value of x. Here 6x means 6 times x. The unknown x is on both sides. So first gather it on one side.
Subtract x from both sides
Take x away from both sides. On the right, x − x is 0, so only −1,680 is left:
Six x’s take away one x leaves five x’s.
Watch out: moving x to the left without changing its sign gives 7x. Dividing by 7 then leads to choice C, −240, or B, 240.
Divide both sides by 5
5x means 5 times x. Divide both sides by 5 to undo it:
Find the size first. Split 1,680 into 1,500 + 180:
A negative divided by a positive is negative:
Choose the answer
Watch out: the minus sign is easy to drop. Positive 336 is choice A. Carry the sign of −1,680 all the way to the end.
So the answer is D, −336.
Check your answer
Put −336 into both sides. The left side is . The right side is . The two sides match, so x = −336 is right.
More questions like this
The original DOE question

Question 8 of 120
2026 Practice Test C Math, question 4Question
A person buys a used car with a down payment of $1,200 and makes monthly payments of $275 for 3 years. What is the total amount the person pays for the car?
- A$2,025
- B$9,900
- C$11,100
- D$13,500
Show the answer
Correct answer: C
Determine the total cost of the car by adding the down payment to the total monthly payments over 3 years.
There are 12 months in a year, so multiply (12 months/year × 3 years) to get a total of 36 months. Determine the total monthly payments by multiplying the monthly payment ($275) × the total number of months (36):
Determine the total cost of the car by adding the down payment ($1,200) to the total monthly payments ($9,900):
The total cost of the car is $11,100.
Question analysis
A used car is bought with a down payment of $1,200 followed by monthly payments of $275 for 3 years, and students find the total paid. The work is to count the payments, multiply, and add the down payment. Mixing up years and months, or forgetting the money paid up front, leads to the wrong totals among the choices.
- NYS standards
- Grade level
- Grade 6 content, by NYS standard
- Compared with grade 7
- Below grade 7 A total made of one payment up front plus equal monthly payments is a short whole-number calculation, simpler than grade 7 word problems with percents or negatives. The only conversion is from years to months.
- Estimated difficulty
- Routine: one familiar step, little to misread.
- Thinking it demands
- Depth of knowledge 2, skills and concepts · mainly apply
- What makes it hard
- Much to keep track of minor
- Error-prone arithmetic minor
- Solution
- 3 steps
- Reading level
- Question and choices: about grade 5, 29 words.
- Students, last 30 days
- Not enough answers yet to show (it takes 10).
Why it is hard, traps and wrong answers (shows the answer)
Why it is hard
The situation is familiar and the method direct, so this is one of the easier questions on the test. Points are lost in two places: turning 3 years into 36 payments, and remembering the money paid up front after the long multiplication. Each slip, like paying the down payment once a year, leads to a listed total, so checking that the answer holds exactly one $1,200 and 36 payments of $275 is worth the seconds.
Much to keep track of minor Working it out
The $1,200 down payment is paid once while the $275 repeats every month, so it has to be set aside while 36 payments are totaled and then added at the end. (Sweller, 1988; Carpenter, Just & Shell, 1990)
Error-prone arithmetic minor Working it out
The product 275 × 36 = 9,900 is a two-digit multiplication done by hand; splitting it as 275 × 4 = 1,100 and then 1,100 × 9 makes it quick and safe. (Brown & Burton, 1978; Junker & Sijtsma, 2001)
Strategy: Turn 3 years into a number of months, multiply the monthly payment by it, and add the down payment once at the end.
Traps
- Stops one step early: A choice is a number from partway through the solution.
- Units or scale: The answer is wanted in other units, or a rate or scale must be converted first.
- Misreads the question: Misses or misreads a condition or a word in the question: "at least", "each", "remaining", "not".
The wrong answers, classified
A Units or scale (King et al., 2004)
Multiplies the $275 by 3, the number of years, instead of by 36 months, then adds the $1,200 down payment: 825 + 1,200 = 2,025.
B Stops one step early (King et al., 2004; Gierl et al., 2017)
Finds the 36 monthly payments, 36 × $275 = $9,900, and stops without adding the $1,200 down payment made at the start.
D Misreads the question (Hegarty, Mayer & Monk, 1995)
Works out one year as $1,200 + 12 × $275 = $4,500 and multiplies by 3, so the down payment is paid three times instead of once.
Worked solution, step by step
Formulas used
- Changing years into months
- Each year has 12 months. Multiply the number of years by 12 to get the number of months. You need months here because a payment is made every month.
- Total cost with a down payment
- The down payment is money paid once, at the start. The monthly payment is paid every month. Multiply it by the number of months to get all the monthly payments. Then add the down payment only once, because it is paid only once.
Sort out the question
The person pays $1,200 once, at the start. This is the down payment. Then the person pays $275 every month for 3 years. You need the total amount paid for the car.
The payments come once a month, but the time is given in years. So change the years into months first.
Change 3 years into months
Use the months formula:
So the person makes 36 monthly payments.
Watch out: multiplying $275 by 3 counts only 3 payments. That leads to choice A, $2,025.
Add up the monthly payments
Multiply $275 by 36. A quick way is to split 36 into 4 × 9:
So the 36 payments add up to $9,900.
Watch out: stopping here gives choice B, $9,900. The down payment is still missing.
Add the down payment once
Use the total-cost formula:
The person pays $11,100 in all. Adding $1,200 for every year counts it three times. That gives choice D, $13,500.
So the answer is C, $11,100.
Check your answer
Estimate. $275 is a little less than $300, and . Add the $1,200: . The real total should be a little less than $12,000. $11,100 fits.
More questions like this
The original DOE question

Question 9 of 120
2026 Practice Test C Math, question 9Question
Maria rides her bicycle to school at a constant speed of 15 miles per hour. If the distance to school is 6 miles, how many minutes will it take Maria to get to school?
- A10
- B15
- C24
- D30
Show the answer
Correct answer: C
Maria’s rate of speed is given as 15 miles per hour. Since 1 hour is equivalent to 60 minutes, her rate of speed, in miles per minute, can be determined.
, or mile per minute.
Therefore, it takes Maria 4 minutes to ride 1 mile.
The distance to school is 6 miles, so it will take minutes to ride to school.
Question analysis
Maria bikes 6 miles to school at a constant 15 miles per hour, and students find how many minutes the ride takes. It tests using a rate to find a time and converting hours to minutes. With the speed given per hour and the question asking, in bold, for minutes, keeping track of units is the main hurdle.
- Grade level
- Grade 6 content, by NYS standard
- Compared with grade 7
- Below grade 7 Distance, speed and time with whole numbers is grade 6 rate work. The only extra demand is an answer in minutes when the speed is per hour, a conversion grade 7 students make routinely.
- Estimated difficulty
- Straightforward: two steps or one careful reading.
- Thinking it demands
- Depth of knowledge 2, skills and concepts · mainly apply
- What makes it hard
- Solution
- 2 steps
- Reading level
- Question and choices: about grade 6, 32 words.
- Students, last 30 days
- Not enough answers yet to show (it takes 10).
Why it is hard, traps and wrong answers (shows the answer)
Why it is hard
The numbers are small, but the speed is per hour and the answer is wanted in minutes, so students have to choose a route through the units. Finding the minutes per mile first, 4 at 15 miles an hour, turns the rest into a single multiplication. The wrong choices come from using a number in the stem as the answer, from mixing the 60 minutes with the 6 miles, or from rounding 0.4 hour to a half hour.
Something you must already know minor Working it out
Nothing on the page says that time is distance divided by speed or that an hour has 60 minutes, and the bold word minutes requires both. (Anderson & Krathwohl, 2001)
Error-prone arithmetic minor Working it out
6 ÷ 15 is less than 1, 0.4 hour, and turning it into minutes means 0.4 × 60; the cleaner route, 60 ÷ 15 = 4 minutes a mile, avoids decimals. (Brown & Burton, 1978; Junker & Sijtsma, 2001)
Strategy: Find how many minutes Maria needs to ride one mile at 15 miles per hour, then multiply by the number of miles to school.
Traps
- Numbers taken from the question: Combines the numbers in the question without a model of the situation, or is simply a number that appears in the question.
- Rounds too early: Rounds a value partway through, or rounds the wrong way, so the final answer drifts from the exact one.
The wrong answers, classified
A Numbers taken from the question (Hegarty, Mayer & Monk, 1995)
Divides the 60 minutes in an hour by the 6 miles, 60 ÷ 6 = 10, as if the ride took a full hour, and ignores the 15 mph speed.
B Numbers taken from the question (Hegarty, Mayer & Monk, 1995)
Takes the 15 in 15 miles per hour as the number of minutes, a number copied from the question without any calculation.
D Rounds too early (King et al., 2004)
Sees that 6 miles is a little under half of 15, rounds the time of 0.4 hour up to half an hour, and gives 30 minutes.
Worked solution, step by step
Formulas used
- Minutes for each mile
- Miles per hour tells how many miles you ride in one hour, which is 60 minutes. Sharing the 60 minutes evenly among those miles gives the minutes for each mile. This works when the speed stays the same the whole time.
- Distance, speed and time
- Distance is how far you go, here in miles. Speed is how far you go in one hour. Dividing the distance by the speed gives the time in hours.
Sort out the question
Maria rides at a constant speed of 15 miles per hour. Constant means it never changes. School is 6 miles away. You need the time in minutes, not hours. You must know that one hour has 60 minutes.
Find the minutes for one mile
15 miles per hour means Maria rides 15 miles in 60 minutes. Use the minutes-per-mile formula:
So each mile takes Maria 4 minutes.
Find the minutes for 6 miles
Each of the 6 miles takes 4 minutes:
So the ride takes 24 minutes.
Watch out: 15 is the speed, not a time, so choice B is a trap. And , choice A, ignores the speed.
Choose the answer
Another way is the time formula. , so the ride takes 0.4 of an hour. In minutes, that is .
Watch out: rounding 0.4 hour up to half an hour gives choice D, 30.
So the answer is C, 24.
Check your answer
Check with the speed. 24 minutes is of an hour. In a full hour Maria rides 15 miles. So in 2/5 of an hour she rides miles. That is exactly the distance to school.
More questions like this
The original DOE question

Question 10 of 120
2026 Practice Test C Math, question 11Question
Allison has 5 stamp albums with 576 stamps in each album. If she transfers her stamp collection to 6 albums, each holding 378 stamps, how many stamps will be left over?
- A198
- B612
- C620
- D632
Show the answer
Correct answer: B
Determine the total number of stamps in 5 albums holding 576 stamps:
Determine the total number of stamps in 6 albums holding 378 stamps:
Subtract 2,268 from 2,880 to find the number of stamps that will be left over:
Question analysis
Allison moves a stamp collection from 5 albums of 576 stamps into 6 albums that hold 378 each, and students find how many stamps are left over. It tests multiplying and subtracting large whole numbers in a word problem. The question gives no total, so the collection has to be counted before the new albums' capacity is taken away.
- Grade level
- Grade 7 content, by NYS standard
- Compared with grade 7
- Below grade 7 Whole-number multiplication and subtraction in a three-step word problem is easier than grade 7 work with fractions, decimals or negatives. Because the products are large, a slip or a rounded estimate easily gives another choice.
- Estimated difficulty
- Straightforward: two steps or one careful reading.
- Thinking it demands
- Depth of knowledge 2, skills and concepts · mainly apply
- What makes it hard
- A very close wrong answer moderate
- Error-prone arithmetic minor
- Solution
- 3 steps
- Reading level
- Question and choices: about grade 6, 27 words.
- Students, last 30 days
- Not enough answers yet to show (it takes 10).
Why it is hard, traps and wrong answers (shows the answer)
Why it is hard
The plan is clear from the stem: count the stamps, then take away what the six new albums hold, so the question tests careful arithmetic. Its choices punish the estimating that saves time elsewhere, since rounding either factor shifts the result by only a few tens, onto another listed number. Students who skip the album counts altogether and compare one album with one album find 198 waiting.
A very close wrong answer moderate Choosing the answer
612, 620 and 632 lie within 20 of one another, so rounding 576 and 378 to friendly numbers before multiplying lands on a wrong choice; only exact products separate them. (Embretson & Wetzel, 1987; Gorin & Embretson, 2006; Ascalon et al., 2007)
Error-prone arithmetic minor Working it out
Two products of three-digit numbers, 5 × 576 = 2,880 and 6 × 378 = 2,268, must be done by hand and then subtracted with regrouping. (Brown & Burton, 1978; Junker & Sijtsma, 2001)
Strategy: Multiply to find the total number of stamps, multiply again to find how many the six new albums hold, subtract, and check the last digit of each product.
Traps
- Rounds too early: Rounds a value partway through, or rounds the wrong way, so the final answer drifts from the exact one.
- Numbers taken from the question: Combines the numbers in the question without a model of the situation, or is simply a number that appears in the question.
The wrong answers, classified
A Numbers taken from the question (Hegarty, Mayer & Monk, 1995)
Subtracts 378 from 576, comparing one old album with one new album, and ignores that there are 5 old albums and 6 new ones.
C Rounds too early (King et al., 2004)
Rounds 576 to 580 and 378 to 380 before multiplying, so 2,900 − 2,280 = 620, an estimate rather than the exact number left over.
D Rounds too early (King et al., 2004)
Rounds only 576 up to 580, getting 2,900 stamps, then subtracts the exact 2,268, so the count comes out 20 too high.
Worked solution, step by step
Formulas used
- Total in equal groups
- Here the groups are albums. The amount in each group is how many stamps one album holds. When every group is the same size, multiplying is a fast way to add them all up.
Sort out the question
Allison has 5 albums with 576 stamps in each. She moves all her stamps into 6 new albums. Each new album holds 378 stamps. Some stamps will not fit. You need the number left over.
Count all her stamps
Use the equal-groups formula. Split 576 into 500 + 76 to make it easy:
Allison has 2,880 stamps.
Count what the new albums hold
Do the same for the 6 new albums. Split 378 into 300 + 78:
The new albums hold 2,268 stamps in all.
Subtract to find the leftovers
The stamps left over are the ones she has minus the ones that fit:
Watch out: , choice A, compares just one old album with one new one. Rounding to 580 and 380 first gives 620, choice C. Rounding only 576 gives 632, choice D. Use the exact numbers.
So the answer is B, 612.
Check your answer
Add the leftovers to the stamps that fit: . That is exactly the number Allison started with. So no stamps were lost or counted twice.
More questions like this
The original DOE question

Question 11 of 120
2026 Practice Test C Math, question 13Question
Start with the number 135.28 and perform the following steps in order:
- Step 1: Multiply by 10.
- Step 2: Add 0.5 to the result of Step 1.
- Step 3: Drop the digits after the decimal point.
- Step 4: Divide by 10.
What is the result?
- A13.5
- B135
- C135.2
- D135.3
Show the answer
Correct answer: D
Begin by multiplying 135.28 by 10:
Add 0.5:
Drop the digits after the decimal point, so becomes .
Divide by 10:
Question analysis
Students start with 135.28 and carry out four listed steps: multiply by 10, add 0.5, drop the digits after the decimal point, and divide by 10. It tests place value and operations with decimals. Skipping a step, or doing two of them in the wrong order, changes the result, and the choices are built from those slips.
- NYS standards
- 6.NS.3 multi-digit decimal operations
- Grade level
- Grade 6 content, by NYS standard
- Compared with grade 7
- Below grade 7 Multiplying and dividing a decimal by 10 and adding 0.5 are grade 5 and 6 skills. The four steps are spelled out, so the demand is following them exactly and in order, not choosing a method.
- Estimated difficulty
- Straightforward: two steps or one careful reading.
- Thinking it demands
- Depth of knowledge 1, recall and reproduction · mainly apply
- What makes it hard
- A very close wrong answer moderate
- Many steps minor
- Error-prone arithmetic minor
- Solution
- 4 steps
- Reading level
- Question and choices: about grade 3, 36 words.
- Students, last 30 days
- Not enough answers yet to show (it takes 10).
Why it is hard, traps and wrong answers (shows the answer)
Why it is hard
The steps spell out how to round 135.28 to the nearest tenth, but nothing says so, and they have to be followed exactly. The decisive moment is step 2, where adding 0.5 pushes 1,352.8 past 1,353; skip it and the digits are simply cut, not rounded. Students who recognize the routine can check the result directly, since 135.28 lies closer to 135.3 than to 135.2.
A very close wrong answer moderate Choosing the answer
135.3 and 135.2 differ only in the tenths digit, and 135 shares their whole-number part, so a rough sense of the result's size rules out nothing. (Embretson & Wetzel, 1987; Gorin & Embretson, 2006; Ascalon et al., 2007)
Many steps minor Working it out
Four listed steps move the decimal point twice, and doing them in another order, or skipping one, still produces a believable number near 135. (Daniel & Embretson, 2010; Enright, Morley & Sheehan, 2002)
Error-prone arithmetic minor Working it out
Adding 0.5 to 1,352.8 carries into the ones place, since 8 tenths and 5 tenths make 1.3, which turns 1,352 into 1,353 before the decimals are dropped. (Brown & Burton, 1978; Junker & Sijtsma, 2001)
Strategy: Write down the number after each step instead of doing them in your head, and carry out the steps exactly in the order listed.
Traps
- Misreads the question: Misses or misreads a condition or a word in the question: "at least", "each", "remaining", "not".
- Rounds too early: Rounds a value partway through, or rounds the wrong way, so the final answer drifts from the exact one.
The wrong answers, classified
A Misreads the question (Hegarty, Mayer & Monk, 1995)
Skips step 1, so adds 0.5 to 135.28, drops the decimals to get 135, and then divides by 10 to reach 13.5.
B Misreads the question (Hegarty, Mayer & Monk, 1995)
Divides by 10 before dropping the digits after the decimal point, so 1,353.3 becomes 135.33 and then 135, doing steps 3 and 4 in reverse order.
C Rounds too early (King et al., 2004)
Leaves out step 2, or adds 0.5 without carrying, so 1,352 is kept and 135.2 results: 135.28 cut down instead of rounded up.
Worked solution, step by step
Formulas used
- Multiplying and dividing by 10
- a is any decimal number. Multiplying by 10 moves its decimal point one place to the right, so each digit is worth ten times as much. Dividing by 10 moves the point one place to the left. The two steps undo each other.
Sort out the question
You start with 135.28 and do four steps, in order. Write down the number after each step. Doing them in your head, or in another order, leads to a wrong choice. You need the number at the end.
Multiply by 10
Step 1. Multiplying by 10 moves the decimal point one place to the right:
The digits stay the same. Only the decimal point moves.
Add 0.5
Step 2. Line up the decimal points. 8 tenths plus 5 tenths is 13 tenths. That is 1 whole and 3 tenths, so carry the 1 into the ones place:
Watch out: skipping this step, or forgetting to carry, keeps 1,352. That leads to choice C, 135.2.
Drop the digits after the point
Step 3. Cut off the digits after the decimal point. Do not round. So 1,353.3 becomes 1,353.
Watch out: do step 3 before step 4. Dividing first gives 135.33. Dropping its decimals then gives 135, choice B.
Divide by 10
Step 4. Dividing by 10 moves the decimal point one place to the left:
Skipping step 1 gives 13.5, choice A. So the answer is D, 135.3.
Check your answer
These four steps are a recipe for rounding to the nearest tenth. 135.28 is between 135.2 and 135.3. Its hundredths digit is 8, which is 5 or more, so it rounds up to 135.3. The recipe and the rounding agree.
More questions like this
The original DOE question

Question 12 of 120
2026 Practice Test C Math, question 14Question
If , what is the value of ?
- A−18
- B−6
- C−2
- D2
Show the answer
Correct answer: B
Substitute for each value of x in the expression:
minus
Evaluate the terms involving exponents:
minus
Evaluate the terms involving multiplication:
minus
Simplify the expression:
The absolute value of is 6, and the absolute value of is 12, so is the equivalent of subtracting 12 from 6:
Question analysis
This substitution question sets x = −2 in an expression that subtracts one absolute value from another: the first holds x, x squared and x cubed, the second x, 2x and 3x. Students evaluate the expression. It tests powers of negative numbers, absolute value and integer subtraction, and the signs of the square and the cube are where answers go wrong.
- NYS standards
- Grade level
- Grade 7 content, by NYS standard
- Compared with grade 7
- At grade 7 Substituting a negative number and taking absolute values is typical grade 7 sign practice. This expression puts a square and a cube of a negative inside one pair of bars and then subtracts two absolute values, so there are several places to slip.
- Estimated difficulty
- Moderate: several steps, or a close reading with one strong distractor.
- Thinking it demands
- Depth of knowledge 1, recall and reproduction · mainly apply
- What makes it hard
- Error-prone arithmetic moderate
- Many steps minor
- Solution
- 4 steps
- Reading level
- Question and choices: about grade 7, 8 words.
- Students, last 30 days
- Not enough answers yet to show (it takes 10).
Why it is hard, traps and wrong answers (shows the answer)
Why it is hard
Every step is routine, but the expression stacks sign decisions, and each wrong choice records a different one going wrong. The powers of −2 alternate in sign, which students who treat every power as positive, or the square as negative, miss. The last step catches students who know the rules: both absolute values are positive, yet 6 − 12 is still negative, so the answer keeps its minus sign.
Error-prone arithmetic moderate Working it out
With x = −2 the square is 4 but the cube is −8, so the first bars hold −2 + 4 − 8 = −6, and the sign changes from each term to the next. (Brown & Burton, 1978; Junker & Sijtsma, 2001)
Many steps minor Working it out
Six terms are substituted, two pairs of bars are simplified and made positive, and only then is 12 subtracted from 6, four stages that must come in a fixed order. (Daniel & Embretson, 2010; Enright, Morley & Sheehan, 2002)
Strategy: Work out each power of −2 separately, keeping its sign, add the terms inside each pair of bars, take both absolute values, and subtract only at the end.
Traps
- Negatives and direction: Arithmetic with negative numbers, the order of a subtraction, or direction on a number line. (Moving a term across the equals sign without changing its sign is a faulty procedure.)
- A faulty procedure: A systematic but wrong procedure: adding fractions straight across, applying an exponent to each term of a sum, dropping a sign when moving a term.
The wrong answers, classified
A A faulty procedure (Brown & Burton, 1978; Tatsuoka, 1983)
Simplifies both insides correctly but treats the first bars like parentheses, keeping −6, so −6 − 12 = −18.
C Negatives and direction (Brown & Burton, 1978)
Takes (−2)³ as positive 8, as if every power of a negative were positive, so the first bars hold −2 + 4 + 8 = 10, and 10 − 12 = −2.
D Negatives and direction (Brown & Burton, 1978)
Takes (−2)² as −4, so the first bars hold −2 − 4 − 8 = −14, and 14 − 12 = 2; dropping the minus from x throughout also gives 2.
Worked solution, step by step
Formulas used
- Absolute value
- a is any number. The bars mean absolute value: how far a is from 0 on the number line. A distance is never negative, so |−6| = 6 and |6| = 6. Work out what is inside the bars first, then take the absolute value.
- Powers of a negative number
- The small raised number is the exponent. It tells how many times −2 is multiplied by itself. Two negatives multiply to a positive. So an even number of negative factors gives a positive answer, and an odd number gives a negative one.
Sort out the question
You need the value of when x = −2. The bars | | mean absolute value. Work out each pair of bars on its own. Subtract only at the end.
Find the powers of −2
Put −2 in for x. Keep each negative sign:
The square is positive, but the cube is negative.
Watch out: taking as +8 makes the first bars hold 10. That leads to choice C, −2.
Work out the first bars
Add the three terms inside the first pair of bars:
−2 + 4 is 2, and 2 + (−8) is −6. The distance from −6 to 0 is 6.
Work out the second bars
Here 2x means 2 times x, so it is −4. And 3x is −6:
All three terms are negative, so they add to −12. Its absolute value is 12.
Subtract the second value
Now subtract the second value from the first:
Watch out: the bars make each part positive, but the difference can still be negative. Keeping −6 inside the first bars gives −6 − 12 = −18, choice A.
So the answer is B, −6.
Check your answer
Check the second bars a faster way. , and . That matches. Also, the second value, 12, is bigger than the first, 6. So the difference must be negative, as −6 is.
More questions like this
The original DOE question

Question 13 of 120
2026 Practice Test C Math, question 15Question
A grocery store sells 1-gallon containers of milk for $3.99. The store also sells orange juice in a 6-pack of 5.5-fluid-ounce bottles for $1.79. Suppose the store wants to sell its orange juice in gallon containers instead. To the nearest dollar, how much more would a gallon of orange juice cost than a gallon of milk?
Enter your answer in the space.
Fill-in question: work out the answer and type it as a number.
Show the answer
Correct answer: 3
To determine the cost of a gallon of orange juice, begin by finding the total number of ounces in the 6-pack of bottles:
So, 33 oz of orange juice costs $1.79.
There are 128 oz in 1 gallon. Set up a proportion using the $1.79 cost per 33 oz of orange juice and the unknown cost (x) per 1 gallon of orange juice:
Cross multiply to solve for x in the proportion:
So, the orange juice costs $6.94 per gallon, and the milk costs $3.99 per gallon.
Subtract the cost per gallon of milk from the cost per gallon of orange juice.
Round the difference to the nearest dollar.
$2.95 rounds to $3.
Question analysis
A store sells milk by the gallon for $3.99 and orange juice in six-packs of 5.5-fluid-ounce bottles for $1.79. Students work out what a gallon of the juice would cost at the same price per ounce and how much more that is than the milk, to the nearest dollar. The ounces in a gallon must be known, and several steps involve decimals.
- Grade level
- Grade 7 content, by NYS standard
- Compared with grade 7
- Above grade 7 Unit prices are grade 6 and 7 work, but this chains five steps with decimals and needs a fact the question does not give, the number of fluid ounces in a gallon. Typing a rounded difference, with no choices, adds risk.
- Estimated difficulty
- Hard: combines ideas, needs a plan, and has more than one tempting wrong answer.
- Thinking it demands
- Depth of knowledge 2, skills and concepts · mainly apply
- What makes it hard
- Something you must already know moderate
- Many steps moderate
- Error-prone arithmetic minor
- An answer in an unexpected form minor
- Solution
- 5 steps
- Reading level
- Question and choices: about grade 5, 60 words.
- Corrected from the DOE handbook
- A rounded value in the explanation is now marked as approximate (≈ instead of =).
- Students, last 30 days
- Not enough answers yet to show (it takes 10).
Why it is hard, traps and wrong answers (shows the answer)
Why it is hard
The calculation is long, and its key fact is missing from the page. Students who know the 128 fluid ounces still face a division by 33 that does not come out evenly, which tempts them to round the price per ounce to 5 cents and lose about 50 cents a gallon. Keeping the exact quotient to the end, or scaling 33 ounces up by about 3.9, keeps the difference near $2.95, which rounds to 3.
Something you must already know moderate Working it out
The question never says that a gallon holds 128 fluid ounces, yet the whole comparison depends on it; the 6-pack holds only 6 × 5.5 = 33 ounces. (Anderson & Krathwohl, 2001)
Many steps moderate Working it out
Five moves follow one another: the ounces in a pack, the scale-up to 128 ounces, the division by 33, the subtraction of $3.99 and the rounding to a whole dollar. (Daniel & Embretson, 2010; Enright, Morley & Sheehan, 2002)
Error-prone arithmetic minor Working it out
1.79 × 128 = 229.12 and 229.12 ÷ 33 are long decimal calculations without a calculator, and a slip in either moves the price of a gallon. (Brown & Burton, 1978; Junker & Sijtsma, 2001)
An answer in an unexpected form minor Choosing the answer
The rounded difference is typed with no choices, so an unrounded $2.95, or a figure rounded too soon, looks just as finished as the whole-dollar answer. (Enright, Morley & Sheehan, 2002)
Strategy: Find the ounces in one six-pack, scale its price up to the 128 fluid ounces in a gallon, subtract the milk's price, and round only at the end.
Traps
- Stops one step early: A choice is a number from partway through the solution.
- Rounds too early: Rounds a value partway through, or rounds the wrong way, so the final answer drifts from the exact one.
- Misreads the question: Misses or misreads a condition or a word in the question: "at least", "each", "remaining", "not".
The wrong answers, classified
7 Stops one step early (King et al., 2004; Gierl et al., 2017)
Finds the juice's cost per gallon, about $6.94, rounds it to $7, and enters that without subtracting the $3.99 price of the milk.
2 Rounds too early (King et al., 2004)
Rounds the price per ounce, 1.79 ÷ 33 ≈ 0.054, to $0.05, so a gallon costs $6.40 and the difference, $2.41, rounds to 2.
2.95 Misreads the question (Hegarty, Mayer & Monk, 1995)
Works out the difference of $2.95 correctly but enters it as it stands, though the question asks for it to the nearest dollar.
What was corrected from the DOE handbook, and why
- Explanation: The DOE’s explanation goes from 33x = $229.12 to “x = $6.94”. But 229.12 ÷ 33 = 6.9430…, so $6.94 is the cost per gallon rounded to the cent. The site writes x ≈ $6.94. Nothing else changes: $6.94 − $3.99 = $2.95, which rounds to $3, and the unrounded cost gives the same answer.
Worked solution, step by step
Formulas used
- Fluid ounces in a gallon
- A gallon holds 128 fluid ounces. This is a fact you must know, because the question does not give it. A fluid ounce measures an amount of liquid. Multiply gallons by 128 to change them into fluid ounces.
- Cross-multiplying a proportion
- A proportion says two ratios are equal. Here each ratio is ounces over dollars. a and c are the tops, and b and d are the bottoms. Multiply each top by the other bottom, and the two products are equal. That turns the proportion into an equation.
Sort out the question
Milk costs $3.99 for 1 gallon. Orange juice comes in a 6-pack of 5.5-fluid-ounce bottles for $1.79. You need how much more a gallon of juice would cost than a gallon of milk. Round to the nearest dollar.
The question doesn’t say how big a gallon is. You must know this fact: 1 gallon is 128 fluid ounces.
Find the ounces in a 6-pack
Each of the 6 bottles holds 5.5 fluid ounces:
So $1.79 buys 33 fluid ounces of juice.
Set up a proportion
Let x be the cost in dollars of a gallon, 128 fluid ounces, of juice. The price per ounce stays the same. So ounces over dollars is the same for the pack and the gallon:
Cross-multiply:
Find the cost of a gallon
Divide both sides by 33:
The sign ≈ means about equal. The exact value is 6.943…, so a gallon of juice costs about $6.94.
Watch out: don’t round too early. One ounce costs about $0.054. Rounding that to $0.05 makes a gallon $6.40, and your answer becomes 2.
Subtract the milk’s price
Find how much more the juice costs:
A gallon of juice costs $2.95 more than a gallon of milk.
Watch out: entering 7, the juice’s price, forgets to subtract the milk.
Round and enter it
The question asks for the nearest dollar. $2.95 is between $2 and $3. Its cents, 95, are 50 or more, so it rounds up to $3. Do not enter 2.95.
Type only the number in the box. So you would enter 3.
Check your answer
Estimate. 128 ounces is almost 4 packs, since . Four packs cost dollars, so a gallon costs a bit less than that. Milk costs about $4. About $7 minus $4 is $3, which matches.
More questions like this
The original DOE question

Question 14 of 120
2026 Practice Test C Math, question 16Question
- A−1
- B0
- C
- D1
Show the answer
Correct answer: B
Simplify the expression.
is the equivalent of subtracting 3 from 3, and is the equivalent of adding 3 to 3:
The zero property of division states that zero divided by any nonzero number equals zero, so .
Question analysis
This fraction has 3 plus negative 3 on top and 3 minus negative 3 on the bottom, and students find its value. It tests adding and subtracting negative numbers and dividing integers. The top and the bottom look almost alike, so each sign has to be read carefully before anything is divided.
- Grade level
- Grade 7 content, by NYS standard
- Compared with grade 7
- Below grade 7 Adding and subtracting a negative integer and dividing are grade 7 basics, and here the numbers are small. It is a short routine calculation, easier than typical grade 7 work, though the two signs invite a quick misreading.
- Estimated difficulty
- Routine: one familiar step, little to misread.
- Thinking it demands
- Depth of knowledge 1, recall and reproduction · mainly apply
- What makes it hard
- Error-prone arithmetic minor
- Solution
- 2 steps
- Reading level
- Question and choices: about grade 16+, 2 words.
- Corrected from the DOE handbook
- A grammatical error in the explanation was corrected.
- A rule stated too broadly in the explanation was corrected.
- Students, last 30 days
- Not enough answers yet to show (it takes 10).
Why it is hard, traps and wrong answers (shows the answer)
Why it is hard
The arithmetic is two one-step sign calculations and a division by 6. The danger is reading the top and the bottom as alike: they differ in a single sign, and treating them the same way gives 1 or −1. Students who rewrite 3 − (−3) as 3 + 3 and 3 + (−3) as 3 − 3 see 0 over 6 at once, and zero divided by a nonzero number is zero.
Error-prone arithmetic minor Working it out
The top adds −3 and the bottom subtracts −3, signs that look nearly the same but give 0 and 6, so each has to be rewritten before anything is divided. (Brown & Burton, 1978; Junker & Sijtsma, 2001)
Strategy: Simplify the top and the bottom separately, rewriting the subtraction of a negative as an addition, and only then divide the top by the bottom.
Traps
- Negatives and direction: Arithmetic with negative numbers, the order of a subtraction, or direction on a number line. (Moving a term across the equals sign without changing its sign is a faulty procedure.)
The wrong answers, classified
A Negatives and direction (Brown & Burton, 1978)
Adds the sizes on top and keeps the minus, taking 3 + (−3) as −6, so the fraction becomes −6/6 = −1.
C Little reason to choose it (Haladyna & Downing, 1993; Rodriguez, 2005)
No sign rule gives a top of 1, so 1/6 mostly draws students who find the bottom, 6, and are unsure what a top of 0 means.
D Negatives and direction (Brown & Burton, 1978)
Treats the top like the bottom, adding 3 and 3 in both places, so the fraction becomes 6/6 = 1.
What was corrected from the DOE handbook, and why
- Explanation: The DOE’s explanation says “3 − (−3) is equivalent of adding 3 to 3”, without the article that the same sentence uses in “3 + (−3) is the equivalent of subtracting 3 from 3”. The site now says “is the equivalent of adding 3 to 3”.
- Explanation: The DOE’s explanation says “The zero property of division states that zero divided by any number equals zero.” Zero divided by zero is undefined, not zero, so the rule holds only when the divisor is not zero. The site now says “zero divided by any nonzero number equals zero”. Here the divisor is 6, so 0/6 = 0, as before.
Worked solution, step by step
Formulas used
- Adding a negative
- a and b are numbers. Adding a negative is the same as subtracting. On a number line, adding −3 moves you 3 steps left, just like subtracting 3.
- Subtracting a negative
- a and b are numbers. Subtracting a negative is the same as adding. Taking away a debt of 3 dollars leaves you 3 dollars better off. On a number line, you move right.
- Zero divided by a number
- b is any number except 0. Zero split into b equal parts leaves 0 in each part. The rule needs b not to be 0, because dividing by 0 has no answer.
Sort out the question
The top of the fraction is , and the bottom is . A fraction bar means divide. Work out the top and the bottom separately first. Then divide the top by the bottom.
Work out the top
Adding −3 is the same as subtracting 3:
A number plus its opposite is always 0.
Watch out: do not add the 3s and keep the minus sign. That makes the top −6 and leads to choice A, −1.
Work out the bottom
Subtracting −3 is the same as adding 3:
Watch out: the top and bottom look alike, but they are not. Making both of them 6 gives 6/6 = 1, choice D.
Divide the top by the bottom
Now the fraction is 0 over 6. Zero divided by any number other than zero is zero:
A top of 0 does not make the fraction 1/6, choice C. So the answer is B, 0.
Check your answer
Check by multiplying. A division is right when the answer times the bottom gives the top. Here , which is the top. So 0/6 really is 0.
More questions like this
The original DOE question

Question 15 of 120
2026 Practice Test C Math, question 19Question
What is the value of ?
- A
- B
- C
- D
Show the answer
Correct answer: C
Evaluate the expression by multiplying the terms in the numerator and the terms in the denominator. The product of two negative values is positive:
Simplify the result:
Question analysis
This question asks for the product of negative three fourths and negative two fifths. Students multiply the fractions, settle the sign of the result, and simplify. The choices mix positive and negative answers with results from other operations, so both the sign and the operation have to be right.
- Grade level
- Grade 7 content, by NYS standard
- Compared with grade 7
- At grade 7 Multiplying two negative fractions is a standard grade 7 exercise, done here in one product and one simplification. It matches typical classroom work, with the sign rule and lowest terms as the only points of care.
- Estimated difficulty
- Routine: one familiar step, little to misread.
- Thinking it demands
- Depth of knowledge 1, recall and reproduction · mainly apply
- What makes it hard
- A very close wrong answer minor
- Error-prone arithmetic minor
- Solution
- 2 steps
- Reading level
- Question and choices: about grade 10, 10 words.
- Students, last 30 days
- Not enough answers yet to show (it takes 10).
Why it is hard, traps and wrong answers (shows the answer)
Why it is hard
This is a single product of two fractions, and most students finish it quickly. The choices are built around two decisions, the sign of the product and the operation itself: two of them come from subtracting the fractions, and one keeps a minus sign that two negative factors cancel. Settling the sign first, positive, rules out half of the choices before any multiplying.
A very close wrong answer minor Choosing the answer
3/10 and −3/10 are identical except for the sign, so the size alone does not separate them; only the rule for multiplying two negatives does. (Embretson & Wetzel, 1987; Gorin & Embretson, 2006; Ascalon et al., 2007)
Error-prone arithmetic minor Working it out
Two negative fractions are multiplied, 3 × 2 over 4 × 5, and the product 6/20 has to be reduced to 3/10 before it matches a choice. (Brown & Burton, 1978; Junker & Sijtsma, 2001)
Strategy: Decide the sign of the product first, then multiply the numerators and the denominators and reduce the fraction to lowest terms.
Traps
- Negatives and direction: Arithmetic with negative numbers, the order of a subtraction, or direction on a number line. (Moving a term across the equals sign without changing its sign is a faulty procedure.)
- Wrong operation: Adds instead of multiplying, divides the wrong way round, turns a ratio or rate upside down, or undoes a step in the wrong direction (subtracts what should be added back).
The wrong answers, classified
A Wrong operation (Hegarty, Mayer & Monk, 1995; King et al., 2004)
Subtracts the fractions instead of multiplying them, −3/4 − (−2/5) = −15/20 + 8/20, which gives −7/20.
B Negatives and direction (Brown & Burton, 1978)
Multiplies the sizes correctly, 3/4 × 2/5 = 6/20 = 3/10, but keeps a minus sign, though two negative factors give a positive product.
D Wrong operation (Hegarty, Mayer & Monk, 1995; King et al., 2004)
Drops both signs and subtracts the sizes, 3/4 − 2/5 = 15/20 − 8/20 = 7/20, instead of multiplying the fractions.
Worked solution, step by step
Formulas used
- Multiplying fractions
- a and c are the tops (numerators). b and d are the bottoms (denominators). Multiply the tops together and the bottoms together. You do not need a common denominator to multiply. That is only for adding and subtracting.
- Multiplying two negatives
- a and b are positive numbers, so −a and −b are negative. A negative times a negative is positive. So when both factors are negative, the minus signs cancel.
Sort out the question
The two fractions sit side by side in parentheses, with nothing between them. That means multiply. Both fractions are negative. You need their product, the answer to the multiplication.
Decide the sign first
A negative times a negative is positive. So the answer will be positive. That rules out choices A and B.
Watch out: choice B, −3/10, has the right size but the wrong sign. The two minus signs cancel.
Multiply tops and bottoms
Now multiply the sizes. Multiply the tops, then the bottoms:
Watch out: do not find a common denominator. That is for adding and subtracting. Subtracting the fractions gives 7/20 or −7/20, choices D and A.
Simplify the fraction
2 goes into both 6 and 20. Divide the top and the bottom by 2:
The product is positive 3/10. So the answer is C, 3/10.
Check your answer
Use decimals. 3/4 is 0.75 and 2/5 is 0.4. Then , which is 3/10. Two negatives give a positive, so the product is positive 3/10.
More questions like this
The original DOE question

Question 16 of 120
2026 Practice Test C Math, question 22Question
During a hiking trip, a group of students recorded the elevation (in feet) at several points along the trail:
What is the difference between the highest and lowest elevations recorded on the trail?
Enter your answer in the space.
Fill-in question: work out the answer and type it as a number.
Show the answer
Correct answer: 210
Determine the difference between the highest and lowest elevations:
Determine the highest elevation:
Of −120, −80, 0, 45, −30, and 90, the greatest value is 90 because its location is farthest to the right on a number line.
Highest elevation
Determine the lowest elevation:
Of −120, −80, 0, 45, −30, and 90, the lowest value is −120 because its location is farthest to the left on a number line.
Lowest elevation
Determine the difference between the two elevations:
Question analysis
A group of students on a hiking trip records six elevations in feet, some below zero and some above, and finds the difference between the highest and the lowest, typing the result. It tests ordering positive and negative numbers and subtracting integers. Spotting the lowest reading among several negatives and subtracting a negative number correctly are where errors creep in.
- Grade level
- Grade 7 content, by NYS standard
- Compared with grade 7
- At grade 7 Finding the gap between a positive and a negative value by subtracting is core grade 7 work with integers. Picking the extremes from six readings is quick, so the demand is the subtraction of a negative number.
- Estimated difficulty
- Straightforward: two steps or one careful reading.
- Thinking it demands
- Depth of knowledge 2, skills and concepts · mainly apply
- What makes it hard
- Error-prone arithmetic moderate
- An answer in an unexpected form minor
- Solution
- 2 steps
- Reading level
- Question and choices: about grade 7, 40 words.
- Students, last 30 days
- Not enough answers yet to show (it takes 10).
Why it is hard, traps and wrong answers (shows the answer)
Why it is hard
Picking the highest and lowest of six readings is quick, though −120 must be recognized as lower than −80 and −30. The points are lost in the subtraction: the span runs 120 feet up to zero and 90 more above it, and students who treat the readings as plain sizes find only 30. Picturing the two readings on a vertical number line shows the whole span.
Error-prone arithmetic moderate Working it out
The difference is 90 − (−120), and subtracting a negative means adding 120, so the part of the trail below zero is easy to leave out. (Brown & Burton, 1978; Junker & Sijtsma, 2001)
An answer in an unexpected form minor Choosing the answer
The difference is typed with no choices, so 30 or −30, the results of mishandling the negative, gets no warning that the two readings lie on opposite sides of zero. (Enright, Morley & Sheehan, 2002)
Strategy: Pick the greatest and the least elevation by their places on a number line, then subtract the least from the greatest, turning the subtraction of a negative into an addition.
Traps
- Negatives and direction: Arithmetic with negative numbers, the order of a subtraction, or direction on a number line. (Moving a term across the equals sign without changing its sign is a faulty procedure.)
- Wrong operation: Adds instead of multiplying, divides the wrong way round, turns a ratio or rate upside down, or undoes a step in the wrong direction (subtracts what should be added back).
- Information you don't need: The question gives numbers or facts that play no part in the answer.
The wrong answers, classified
30 Negatives and direction (Brown & Burton, 1978)
Subtracts the sizes, 120 − 90 = 30, as if both readings were on the same side of zero, leaving out the stretch below zero.
-30 Wrong operation (Hegarty, Mayer & Monk, 1995; King et al., 2004)
Combines the two extremes by adding, 90 + (−120) = −30, the net of the readings, instead of subtracting the lowest from the highest.
-210 Negatives and direction (Brown & Burton, 1978)
Subtracts in the reverse order, lowest minus highest, −120 − 90 = −210, and enters a negative difference.
Worked solution, step by step
Formulas used
- Difference between highest and lowest
- The difference between the highest and lowest values is how far apart they are. Subtract the lowest from the highest, so the answer is never negative.
- Subtracting a negative
- a and b are numbers. Subtracting a negative is the same as adding a positive. On a number line, it means moving to the right.
Sort out the question
Elevation is height above or below a starting level, here 0 feet. Negative elevations are below 0. The six readings are −120, −80, 0, 45, −30 and 90 feet. You need the difference between the highest and the lowest.
Find the highest and the lowest
Picture the readings on a number line. The highest is farthest right: 90 feet. The lowest is farthest left: −120 feet.
For negative numbers, the bigger the number after the minus sign, the lower it is. So −120 is lower than −80.
Subtract the lowest from the highest
Use the difference formula. Subtracting a negative is the same as adding:
So the two readings are 210 feet apart.
Watch out: treats both readings as if they were above 0. Adding them, , is wrong too.
Enter the answer
A difference like this is a distance, so it is positive. Subtracting in the other order gives −210, which is wrong. Type only the number, with no units.
So you would enter 210.
Check your answer
Count the distance in two parts. From −120 feet up to 0 is 120 feet. From 0 up to 90 is 90 more feet. Together, feet. That matches.
More questions like this
The original DOE question

Question 17 of 120
2026 Practice Test C Math, question 25Question
For each foot of curtain width, yard of fabric is needed to make ruffles. How many yards of fabric are needed per foot of curtain width?
- A yd
- B yd
- C yd
- D yd
Show the answer
Correct answer: C
It takes yard of fabric to make foot of curtain width.
To find the ratio of 1 foot of curtain width to foot of curtain width , divide.
So the amount of fabric needed for 1 foot of curtain width is times the amount needed for foot of curtain width.
The amount of fabric needed for 1 foot of curtain width is yards.
Question analysis
Making ruffles takes 5/6 yard of fabric for every 3/8 foot of curtain width, and students find how many yards of fabric one foot of curtain width needs. It tests finding a unit rate when both quantities are fractions. The two units differ, and choosing whether to multiply, divide or add the fractions is the crucial decision.
- Grade level
- Grade 7 content, by NYS standard
- Compared with grade 7
- At grade 7 Computing a unit rate from a ratio of two fractions is the grade 7 rate standard itself. Two units, feet and yards, and an unfamiliar sewing setting make it harder to see which fraction divides which.
- Estimated difficulty
- Moderate: several steps, or a close reading with one strong distractor.
- Thinking it demands
- Depth of knowledge 2, skills and concepts · mainly apply
- What makes it hard
- Turning words into math moderate
- Error-prone arithmetic minor
- Solution
- 2 steps
- Reading level
- Question and choices: about grade 5, 36 words.
- Students, last 30 days
- Not enough answers yet to show (it takes 10).
Why it is hard, traps and wrong answers (shows the answer)
Why it is hard
Two fractions and two units, feet and yards, leave students to decide whether to multiply, divide or add, and each wrong choice records one of those decisions. A sense check rules out the most tempting one before any arithmetic: a whole foot is more than 3/8 foot, so it needs more than 5/6 yard, yet multiplying gives only 5/16. Dividing the yards by the feet then picks out the answer among the rest.
Turning words into math moderate Understanding the question
“For each 3/8 foot of curtain width, 5/6 yard of fabric” gives the rate as a pair of fractions, and “per foot” means dividing the yards by the feet. (Hegarty, Mayer & Monk, 1995; Koedinger & Nathan, 2004)
Error-prone arithmetic minor Working it out
Dividing by 3/8 means multiplying by 8/3, and the product 40/18 has to be reduced to 20/9, an improper fraction rather than a whole number. (Brown & Burton, 1978; Junker & Sijtsma, 2001)
Strategy: Divide the yards of fabric by the feet of curtain width, since a rate per foot puts feet in the denominator, then simplify the fraction.
Traps
- Wrong operation: Adds instead of multiplying, divides the wrong way round, turns a ratio or rate upside down, or undoes a step in the wrong direction (subtracts what should be added back).
The wrong answers, classified
A Wrong operation (Hegarty, Mayer & Monk, 1995; King et al., 2004)
Multiplies 5/6 by 3/8 instead of dividing, getting 15/48 = 5/16, so a whole foot seems to need less fabric than 3/8 foot.
B Wrong operation (Hegarty, Mayer & Monk, 1995; King et al., 2004)
Adds 5/6 and 3/8 over a common denominator, 20/24 + 9/24 = 29/24, combining yards with feet instead of forming a rate.
D Wrong operation (Hegarty, Mayer & Monk, 1995; King et al., 2004)
Finds that a foot is 8/3 times 3/8 foot, then adds 8/3 and 5/6 instead of multiplying them: 16/6 + 5/6 = 21/6 = 7/2.
Worked solution, step by step
Formulas used
- Unit rate
- A unit rate tells how much for exactly 1 of something. Here it is yards of fabric for 1 foot of curtain. Per foot means for each foot, so feet go on the bottom. Divide the yards by the feet.
- Dividing by a fraction
- a is any number, and b/c is a fraction. Dividing by a fraction is the same as multiplying by its reciprocal, the fraction flipped upside down. It works because b/c fits into 1 exactly c/b times.
Sort out the question
For every 3/8 foot of curtain width, you need 5/6 yard of fabric. You need the yards of fabric for 1 whole foot. That is a unit rate, an amount for exactly 1 foot.
3/8 foot is less than a whole foot. So a whole foot needs more than 5/6 yard.
Set up the division
Per foot means divide the yards by the feet:
Watch out: multiplying 5/6 by 3/8 gives 5/16, choice A. That is less fabric for more curtain, which makes no sense. Adding them gives 29/24, choice B, but you can’t add yards and feet.
Multiply by the reciprocal
Flip 3/8 to get 8/3, and multiply:
The 8/3 says a whole foot is 8/3 times as long as 3/8 foot. So it needs 8/3 times as much fabric.
Watch out: adding 8/3 and 5/6 gives 7/2, choice D. Multiply them instead.
Simplify the fraction
2 goes into both 40 and 18:
So 1 foot of curtain width needs 20/9 yards of fabric, a little more than 2 yards. So the answer is C, 20/9 yd.
Check your answer
Multiply back. 3/8 foot should need 3/8 of the fabric for a whole foot: yard. That is the amount the question gives. Also, 20/9 is more than 5/6, as it should be.
More questions like this
The original DOE question

Question 18 of 120
2026 Practice Test C Math, question 30Question
Out of 2,000 high school seniors, 191 were enrolled in the Honor Society. What percentage of the entire group of 2,000 seniors were in the Honor Society?
- A0.955%
- B1.91%
- C9.55%
- D19.1%
Show the answer
Correct answer: C
The fraction represents the 191 high school seniors out of 2,000 enrolled in the Honor Society.
To determine the percentage, convert the fraction to a decimal. Then, rewrite the decimal as a percentage.
Question analysis
Out of 2,000 high school seniors, 191 belong to the Honor Society, and students find what percent of the whole group that is. It tests writing a part of a whole as a percent. Several choices share the same digits, so the decimal point has to be placed with care when the fraction becomes a percent.
- Grade level
- Grade 6 content, by NYS standard
- Compared with grade 7
- Below grade 7 Writing a part of a whole as a percent is grade 6 work, done here with one division and one conversion. The awkward numbers, 191 out of 2,000, make placing the decimal point the only real demand.
- Estimated difficulty
- Straightforward: two steps or one careful reading.
- Thinking it demands
- Depth of knowledge 1, recall and reproduction · mainly apply
- What makes it hard
- Error-prone arithmetic moderate
- Solution
- 2 steps
- Reading level
- Question and choices: about grade 7, 24 words.
- Students, last 30 days
- Not enough answers yet to show (it takes 10).
Why it is hard, traps and wrong answers (shows the answer)
Why it is hard
The method is a single fraction, 191 over 2,000, so the question tests decimal places. The four choices share the digits 955 or 191 and differ only in where the point falls, which means a slip of one place still finds a choice waiting. A rough check settles it: 191 is a little under 200, and 200 is 10% of 2,000, so the share must be a little under 10%.
Error-prone arithmetic moderate Working it out
Dividing 191 by 2,000 gives 0.0955, with a zero right after the decimal point, and writing it as a percent moves the point two more places; each move is a chance to land one place off. (Brown & Burton, 1978; Junker & Sijtsma, 2001)
Strategy: Write the Honor Society members as a fraction of all 2,000 seniors, divide, and move the decimal point two places to the right to turn the decimal into a percent.
Traps
- An arithmetic slip: The right method with a plausible arithmetic error: a digit, a place value or a times-table fact.
- Misunderstands the concept: A wrong belief about a concept: that percents can be added, that area grows like length, that averages can be averaged, that a bigger denominator means a bigger fraction.
The wrong answers, classified
A An arithmetic slip (Junker & Sijtsma, 2001)
Finds 0.0955 but moves the decimal point only one place when writing the percent, giving 0.955%, ten times too small.
B Misunderstands the concept (Smith, diSessa & Roschelle, 1993; De Bock et al., 1998; Ni & Zhou, 2005)
Divides 191 by 100, as if a percent were always out of 100, and never uses the 2,000 seniors, so 191 ÷ 100 = 1.91 becomes 1.91%.
D An arithmetic slip (Junker & Sijtsma, 2001)
Divides 191 by 1,000 instead of 2,000, dropping the 2 while moving the decimal point, so 0.191 becomes 19.1%, twice the true share.
Worked solution, step by step
Formulas used
- Percent of a whole
- The part is the smaller group you care about. The whole is the entire group. The fraction tells what share of the whole the part is. Multiplying by 100 turns that share into a percent, which means out of 100.
Sort out the question
There are 2,000 seniors in all. Of them, 191 are in the Honor Society. You need the percent of all 2,000 seniors who are in it.
So 191 is the part, and 2,000 is the whole.
Write the share as a fraction
Put the part over the whole:
This fraction says 191 out of every 2,000 seniors. Next, turn it into a decimal by dividing.
Divide to get a decimal
Dividing by 2,000 is the same as dividing by 2 and then by 1,000:
Dividing by 1,000 moves the decimal point 3 places to the left. So the share is 0.0955.
Change the decimal to a percent
Multiply by 100. That moves the decimal point 2 places to the right:
So the share is 9.55%.
Watch out: moving the point only 1 place gives 0.955%, choice A. Dividing by 1,000 instead of 2,000 gives 19.1%, choice D. Dividing 191 by 100 gives 1.91%, choice B.
Give the answer
The 191 Honor Society members are 9.55% of all 2,000 seniors. That is a little less than one tenth of them.
So the answer is C, 9.55%.
Check your answer
Estimate. 191 is a little less than 200. And 200 out of 2,000 is one tenth, which is 10%. So the answer should be a little less than 10%. Only 9.55% fits.
More questions like this
The original DOE question

Question 19 of 120
2026 Practice Test C Math, question 37Question
The table shows the probability of randomly picking each flavor of candy from a bowl.
PICKING CANDY FROM
A BOWL
| Flavor | Probability |
|---|---|
| Butterscotch | 0.57 |
| Lemon | 0.095 |
| Maple | 0.125 |
| Strawberry | 0.21 |
Which flavor is most likely to be randomly picked?
- Abutterscotch
- Blemon
- Cmaple
- Dstrawberry
Show the answer
Correct answer: A
The flavor most likely to be picked at random is butterscotch, because its probability is the greatest of the probabilities in the list. More than half the candies in the bowl are butterscotch.
Question analysis
A table lists the probability of picking butterscotch, lemon, maple or strawberry candy at random from a bowl, each as a decimal. Students decide which flavor is most likely to be picked. It tests the meaning of probability and comparing decimals, which have different numbers of digits here and must be compared by place value.
- Grade level
- Grade 6 content, by NYS standard
- Compared with grade 7
- Below grade 7 Reading probabilities as likelihoods is grade 6 content, and this needs only a comparison of four decimals. The one demand is comparing decimals with different numbers of digits, a skill from earlier grades.
- Estimated difficulty
- Routine: one familiar step, little to misread.
- Thinking it demands
- Depth of knowledge 1, recall and reproduction · mainly understand
- What makes it hard
- Error-prone arithmetic minor
- Solution
- 1 step
- Reading level
- Question and choices: about grade 9, 37 words.
- Students, last 30 days
- Not enough answers yet to show (it takes 10).
Why it is hard, traps and wrong answers (shows the answer)
Why it is hard
One idea answers the question: the most likely flavor has the greatest probability. The only obstacle is comparing decimals of different lengths, where 0.125 and 0.095 look bigger than 0.57 to students who count digits. Writing each as thousandths, 570, 95, 125 and 210, or noticing that 0.57 alone is more than one half, makes the order plain.
Error-prone arithmetic minor Working it out
The probabilities have two and three decimal places, 0.57 beside 0.095 and 0.125, so comparing them by length, or by their digits as whole numbers, ranks them wrongly. (Brown & Burton, 1978; Junker & Sijtsma, 2001)
Strategy: Line the four decimals up by place value, adding zeros so each has three decimal places, and compare them digit by digit starting from the tenths place.
Traps
- Misunderstands the concept: A wrong belief about a concept: that percents can be added, that area grows like length, that averages can be averaged, that a bigger denominator means a bigger fraction.
The wrong answers, classified
B Misreads the figure (Lesh, Post & Behr, 1987; Kirsch & Mosenthal, 1990)
Reads lemon’s 0.095 as 0.95, overlooking the 0 in the tenths place, so it looks almost certain and larger than 0.57.
C Misunderstands the concept (Smith, diSessa & Roschelle, 1993; De Bock et al., 1998; Ni & Zhou, 2005)
Treats the decimal with more digits as the larger, or compares 125 with 57 as whole numbers, so 0.125 seems bigger than 0.57.
D Little reason to choose it (Haladyna & Downing, 1993; Rodriguez, 2005)
No common misreading makes 0.21 the largest, since it is neither the longest decimal nor the one with the biggest digits, so it mostly draws guesses.
Worked solution, step by step
Formulas used
- Probability
- P is the probability of picking a flavor. It is a number from 0 to 1. The more candies of a flavor there are, the bigger its probability. So the flavor with the greatest probability is the most likely to be picked.
Sort out the question
The table gives the probability of picking each of four flavors. You need the flavor that is most likely to be picked.
The greater the probability, the more likely the pick. So you need the greatest of the four decimals.
Line up the decimals
The decimals have different numbers of digits. Add zeros at the end so each has three decimal places. This does not change their values:
Flavor Probability Butterscotch 0.570 Lemon 0.095 Maple 0.125 Strawberry 0.210 Compare the tenths digits
Start with the first digit after the decimal point, the tenths place. The tenths digits are 5, 0, 1 and 2. The biggest is 5, so 0.570 is the greatest.
Watch out: 0.125 has more digits than 0.57, but it is smaller. Compare place by place, not by length. That mistake leads to choice C. Also, lemon is 0.095, not 0.95, so choice B is out.
Give the answer
Butterscotch has the greatest probability, 0.57. So it is the flavor most likely to be picked.
So the answer is A, butterscotch.
Check your answer
0.57 is more than 0.5, which is one half. So more than half the candies are butterscotch. The other three flavors add up to , less than half. So butterscotch must be the most likely.
More questions like this
The original DOE question

Question 20 of 120
2026 Practice Test C Math, question 44Question
A smartphone screen is designed to be 72 millimeters wide. The quality control team allows for a variation of in the width. Select the minimum and maximum screen widths that fall within the acceptable range of screen widths, in millimeters.
Select the correct answer from each drop-down to complete the sentence.
The acceptable screen width is from to millimeters.
Choose an answer from each menu, then check. The DOE has not published how answers with several parts are scored; this site counts one right only when every part is right.
Show the answer
Correct answer: blank 1: 69.12; blank 2: 74.88
A variation of in the width means that the width of the smartphone can be from 4% less than the standard of 72 mm to 4% greater than 72 mm.
The least allowed measure is
The greatest allowed measure is
Therefore, the allowable range is from 69.12 mm to 74.88 mm in width.
Question analysis
A smartphone screen is designed to be 72 millimeters wide, and quality control allows a variation of plus or minus 4%. Students choose the minimum and maximum acceptable widths from two drop-down menus. It tests finding a percent of a quantity, and the 4% has to be turned into millimeters before it is added or subtracted.
- Grade level
- Grade 7 content, by NYS standard
- Compared with grade 7
- At grade 7 Finding a percent of a number and adding or subtracting it is grade 7 percent work. The ± sign, the decimal result and two linked menus, which must both be right, add a little to the usual demand.
- Estimated difficulty
- Moderate: several steps, or a close reading with one strong distractor.
- Thinking it demands
- Depth of knowledge 2, skills and concepts · mainly apply
- What makes it hard
- Error-prone arithmetic moderate
- Turning words into math minor
- A very close wrong answer minor
- Many steps minor
- Solution
- 3 steps
- Reading level
- Question and choices: about grade 8, 59 words.
- Students, last 30 days
- Not enough answers yet to show (it takes 10).
Why it is hard, traps and wrong answers (shows the answer)
Why it is hard
The question rewards turning the percent into millimeters before doing anything else. Students who treat ±4% as ±4 millimeters find the two whole-number options at either end of the menus, 68.00 and 76.00, which look like a natural pair. Those who compute 2.88 correctly can still lose the item on the maximum by rounding to 3 and picking 75.00. Multiplying 72 by 0.96 and by 1.04 is a quick double-check.
Error-prone arithmetic moderate Working it out
Four percent of 72 is 0.04 × 72 = 2.88, a decimal product, and taking it from 72 means borrowing across the decimal point to reach 69.12. (Brown & Burton, 1978; Junker & Sijtsma, 2001)
Turning words into math minor Understanding the question
The phrase “a variation of ±4% in the width” has to become 4% of 72 millimeters, a length of 2.88 mm, before anything is added or subtracted. (Hegarty, Mayer & Monk, 1995; Koedinger & Nathan, 2004)
A very close wrong answer minor Choosing the answer
The second menu lists 75.00 just 0.12 above 74.88, so a rounded estimate of 72 + 3 lands on the wrong option, and estimating cannot separate the two. (Embretson & Wetzel, 1987; Gorin & Embretson, 2006; Ascalon et al., 2007)
Many steps minor Working it out
Both menus must be right to score, so the minimum and the maximum each need their own subtraction or addition after the shared percent is found. (Daniel & Embretson, 2010; Enright, Morley & Sheehan, 2002)
Strategy: Find 4% of the 72-millimeter design width first, then subtract that amount for the minimum and add it for the maximum, before looking at the menus.
Traps
- Misunderstands the concept: A wrong belief about a concept: that percents can be added, that area grows like length, that averages can be averaged, that a bigger denominator means a bigger fraction.
- Rounds too early: Rounds a value partway through, or rounds the wrong way, so the final answer drifts from the exact one.
The wrong answers, classified
AD Misunderstands the concept (Smith, diSessa & Roschelle, 1993; De Bock et al., 1998; Ni & Zhou, 2005)
Reads ±4% as ±4 millimeters, so the widths run from 72 − 4 = 68.00 to 72 + 4 = 76.00.
BC Rounds too early (King et al., 2004)
Finds the 69.12 minimum, then estimates the maximum by rounding the 2.88 change up to 3, so 72 + 3 = 75.00 is picked over 74.88.
Worked solution, step by step
Formulas used
- Percent of a number
- The percent is how many out of 100. Dividing it by 100 turns it into a decimal, so 4% becomes 0.04. The whole is the amount you take the percent of. The part is the amount that the percent stands for.
Sort out the question
The screen is designed to be 72 millimeters (mm) wide. The sign ±4% means plus or minus 4%. So a screen may be up to 4% narrower or up to 4% wider than 72 mm.
You need the minimum, the smallest allowed width, and the maximum, the largest. You pick each one from a drop-down menu.
Find 4% of 72 mm
Use the percent formula. 4% is :
So the width may change by up to 2.88 mm either way.
Watch out: 4% is not 4 mm. Taking 4 away and adding 4 gives 68.00 and 76.00. Both are in the menus, and both are wrong.
Find the minimum width
Take the change away from the design width:
The narrowest allowed screen is 69.12 mm wide.
Find the maximum width
Add the change to the design width:
The widest allowed screen is 74.88 mm wide.
Watch out: rounding 2.88 up to 3 gives 75.00. That is in the second menu too, but it is too wide.
Choose from each menu
Open the first drop-down menu and choose 69.12. Open the second one and choose 74.88.
So the sentence reads: the acceptable screen width is from 69.12 to 74.88 millimeters.
Check your answer
Use multipliers. A screen 4% narrower keeps 96% of the width: . A screen 4% wider is 104% of it: . Both match. Also, both ends are the same 2.88 mm away from 72.
More questions like this
The original DOE question

Question 21 of 120
2026 Practice Test C Math, question 48Question
Which table shows a proportional relationship?
- A
x y 0 0 4 8 3 - B
x y 0 1 4 8 6 - C
x y 0 −1 4 8 0 - D
x y 0 0 4 12 8 16
Show the answer
Correct answer: A
The first table is the only one with a constant of proportionality, .
In each ordered pair, .
Question analysis
Four tables each give y for x = 0, 4 and 8, with some values written as fractions or negatives. Students choose the table that shows a proportional relationship. It tests recognizing proportional relationships from a table, which means checking every row against one rule rather than judging by the pattern.
- Grade level
- Grade 7 content, by NYS standard
- Compared with grade 7
- At grade 7 Deciding from a table whether a relationship is proportional is a core grade 7 skill. The fractions and negative values in the tables make each ratio a careful check rather than a glance.
- Estimated difficulty
- Straightforward: two steps or one careful reading.
- Thinking it demands
- Depth of knowledge 2, skills and concepts · mainly apply
- What makes it hard
- Every choice must be checked moderate
- Error-prone arithmetic minor
- Solution
- 2 steps
- Reading level
- Question and choices: about grade 9, 13 words.
- Students, last 30 days
- Not enough answers yet to show (it takes 10).
Why it is hard, traps and wrong answers (shows the answer)
Why it is hard
Two quick tests decide proportionality, and the tables are built so that each test alone lets a wrong table through. The last table starts at (0, 0) like the right one, while the middle two grow by equal steps like the right one. Only checking that y ÷ x is the same in every row with x not 0 separates the one table whose ratio stays at 3/8.
Every choice must be checked moderate Choosing the answer
Each table has to be tested row by row, and two of them start at (0, 0), so the opening row settles nothing; only y ÷ x in the other rows separates them. (Embretson & Wetzel, 1987)
Error-prone arithmetic minor Working it out
The y-values include 3/2, 7/2 and −1/2, so the ratios mean dividing fractions by 4, such as (3/2) ÷ 4 = 3/8, and comparing them with 3 ÷ 8. (Brown & Burton, 1978; Junker & Sijtsma, 2001)
Strategy: For each table, divide y by x in every row where x is not zero, and check that the quotient never changes and that y is 0 when x is 0.
Traps
- Misunderstands the concept: A wrong belief about a concept: that percents can be added, that area grows like length, that averages can be averaged, that a bigger denominator means a bigger fraction.
- Checks only one number: Tries one value in each choice and takes the first that works, when that value happens to work for a wrong choice too; a second value would rule it out.
The wrong answers, classified
B Misunderstands the concept (Smith, diSessa & Roschelle, 1993; De Bock et al., 1998; Ni & Zhou, 2005)
Sees y rise by the same 5/2 each time x rises by 4 and takes the steady change as proportional, missing that y is 1 when x is 0.
C Misreads the figure (Lesh, Post & Behr, 1987; Kirsch & Mosenthal, 1990)
Spots a 0 in the y column and a steady rise of 1/2, but that 0 belongs to x = 8, while at x = 0 the table gives −1.
D Checks only one number (Schoenfeld, 1985)
Checks only the row (0, 0), which every proportional table has, or only 12 ÷ 4 = 3, without testing 16 ÷ 8 = 2 in the last row.
Worked solution, step by step
Formulas used
- Proportional relationship
- y and x are the two amounts in each row. k is the constant of proportionality, the same number in every row. Two tests follow from it. When x is 0, y must be 0. And y ÷ x must equal k in every row where x is not 0.
Sort out the question
Each table gives y for x = 0, 4 and 8. You need the one that shows a proportional relationship. That means y is always the same number times x.
Use two tests. First, y must be 0 when x is 0. Second, y ÷ x must be the same in the other rows.
Test the row where x is 0
Look at the top row of each table:
- Table A: y = 0. It passes.
- Table B: y = 1. It fails.
- Table C: y = −1. It fails.
- Table D: y = 0. It passes.
Watch out: tables B and C go up by equal steps. Steady steps are not enough, because they do not start at 0. Table C does have a 0, but it is next to x = 8.
Test the ratio in table A
Divide y by x. Dividing by 4 is the same as multiplying by :
Both rows give . Table A passes both tests.
Test the ratio in table D
Divide y by x in the same way:
The ratios are different, so table D is not proportional.
Watch out: table D starts at (0, 0) like a proportional table. If you check only that row, or only the row with 4, you will pick choice D.
Give the answer
Only table A starts at (0, 0) and keeps y ÷ x the same.
So the answer is A, the table with y = 0, and 3.
Check your answer
Use the rule for table A, . When x = 4, . When x = 8, . Both match. Doubling x from 4 to 8 also doubles y.
More questions like this
The original DOE question

Question 22 of 120
2026 Practice Test D Math, question 2Question
What is the value of z in ?
- A1
- B5
- C
- D
Show the answer
Correct answer: D
First, multiply both sides of the equation by 10 to eliminate the fractions. In other words, multiply each term by 10.
Then, distribute and combine like terms to find the value for z.
Question analysis
This algebra question gives an equation with three letters and fractions, x over 10 plus (y − x) over 5 equals z over 10, and asks for the value of z. Students clear the denominators, distribute and combine like terms. The two fractions on the left have different denominators, which is where the usual slip happens.
- NYS standards
- Grade level
- Grade 7 content, by NYS standard
- Compared with grade 7
- At grade 7 Grade 7 students add and expand linear expressions with fraction coefficients, usually in one letter. Here three letters appear, one numerator is a difference, and the result is an expression rather than a number, which adds abstraction but no new skill.
- Estimated difficulty
- Moderate: several steps, or a close reading with one strong distractor.
- Thinking it demands
- Depth of knowledge 1, recall and reproduction · mainly apply
- What makes it hard
- Variables instead of numbers moderate
- Error-prone arithmetic moderate
- Solution
- 3 steps
- Reading level
- Question and choices: about grade 6, 10 words.
- Students, last 30 days
- Not enough answers yet to show (it takes 10).
Why it is hard, traps and wrong answers (shows the answer)
Why it is hard
The equation has three fractions and three letters, and the work is three routine moves: multiply through by 10, distribute, collect the x terms. Most errors come from the middle term, whose denominator 5 differs from the other two; treating it as tenths makes z simply y. Students who test values should avoid x = y, since that pair makes y and 2y − x agree, and x = y = 1 even makes the number 1 fit.
Variables instead of numbers moderate Understanding the question
The answer is z in terms of x and y, not a number, yet two choices are plain numbers, 1 and 5, which tempt students who expect the equation to give z a single value. (Koedinger & Nathan, 2004; Enright, Morley & Sheehan, 2002)
Error-prone arithmetic moderate Working it out
Clearing the denominators turns (y − x)/5 into 2(y − x), and the −2x from distributing must then combine with the lone x to leave −x, two places where a factor or a sign slips. (Brown & Burton, 1978; Junker & Sijtsma, 2001)
Strategy: Multiply every term on both sides by 10 so no fractions remain, distribute across the parentheses, and combine the x terms; substituting small numbers for x and y checks the result.
Traps
- A faulty procedure: A systematic but wrong procedure: adding fractions straight across, applying an exponent to each term of a sum, dropping a sign when moving a term.
- Numbers taken from the question: Combines the numbers in the question without a model of the situation, or is simply a number that appears in the question.
The wrong answers, classified
A Checks only one number (Schoenfeld, 1985)
Tests x = 1 and y = 1, gets 1/10 + 0 = z/10, so z = 1, and takes the choice that reads 1; any pair with x ≠ y rules it out.
B Numbers taken from the question (Hegarty, Mayer & Monk, 1995)
Expects z to be a number and takes the 5 from the middle denominator, a number copied from the equation rather than the result of any step.
C A faulty procedure (Brown & Burton, 1978; Tatsuoka, 1983)
Adds the numerators x and y − x over 10 as if (y − x)/5 were already in tenths, so the left side becomes y/10 and z = y.
Worked solution, step by step
Formulas used
- Doing the same to both sides
- a and b are the two sides of an equation. Multiplying both sides by the same number keeps them equal, like adding the same weight to both pans of a balance. Here 10 is a good choice, because it clears away every fraction.
- The distributive property
- a is the number outside the parentheses, and b and c are the terms inside. Multiply a by each term inside, and keep the minus sign between them. It works because a groups of (b − c) is a groups of b minus a groups of c.
Sort out the question
The equation has three letters, x, y and z. You need z written using x and y. The answer will not be one number, because x and y can be anything. The fractions make the work messy, so clear them first.
Multiply every term by 10
The bottoms are 10, 5 and 10, and each one divides into 10. So multiply every term by 10:
10 times x/10 is x. Since 10 ÷ 5 = 2, 10 times (y − x)/5 is 2(y − x). And 10 times z/10 is z.
Distribute the 2
Use the distributive property. Multiply the 2 by both y and x:
So the equation becomes:
Combine like terms
Like terms have the same letter. Here x and −2x are like terms. Since 1 − 2 = −1, they combine to −x:
That leaves:
Watch out: do not add the tops of x/10 and (y − x)/5 straight away. Their bottoms are different. Doing it anyway gives z = y, choice C. Choices A and B are plain numbers, but z changes when x and y do.
So the answer is D, .
Check your answer
Pick numbers. Let x = 2 and y = 7. The left side is 2/10 + 5/5 = 0.2 + 1 = 1.2. Choice D gives z = 2 × 7 − 2 = 12, and 12/10 = 1.2. Both sides match.
More questions like this
The original DOE question

Question 23 of 120
2026 Practice Test D Math, question 4Question
If , what is the value of ?
- A
- B
- C
- D
Show the answer
Correct answer: C
The first step is to substitute the value for x into the expression to get .
Then, evaluate the denominator and finally divide the numerator by the denominator.
Question analysis
This substitution question sets x equal to one fourth and asks for the value of 2 divided by (2 − x). Students substitute, subtract a fraction from a whole number, and divide by the result. The expression is a stacked fraction, so treating the whole denominator as one quantity and dividing rather than multiplying are where students slip.
- NYS standards
- Grade level
- Grade 6 content, by NYS standard
- Compared with grade 7
- Below grade 7 Substituting a value and dividing by a fraction are grade 6 skills, and here they take three short steps with friendly numbers. The stacked fraction asks for care, but the demand is below typical grade 7 work with signed rational numbers.
- Estimated difficulty
- Straightforward: two steps or one careful reading.
- Thinking it demands
- Depth of knowledge 1, recall and reproduction · mainly apply
- What makes it hard
- Error-prone arithmetic moderate
- An answer in an unexpected form minor
- Solution
- 3 steps
- Reading level
- Question and choices: about grade 10, 12 words.
- Students, last 30 days
- Not enough answers yet to show (it takes 10).
Why it is hard, traps and wrong answers (shows the answer)
Why it is hard
Substitution is one step, so the question is about handling a fraction inside a fraction. The bar over 2 − x groups the whole denominator, and the division by 7/4 must flip it; both errors lead to listed choices. A size check helps: 2 − 1/4 is a little less than 2, so the value must be a little more than 1, which rules out every wrong choice.
Error-prone arithmetic moderate Working it out
The denominator 2 − 1/4 has to become 7/4 before anything is divided, and dividing 2 by 7/4 means multiplying by 4/7; multiplying by 7/4 instead is the usual slip. (Brown & Burton, 1978; Junker & Sijtsma, 2001)
An answer in an unexpected form minor Choosing the answer
The work ends at the improper fraction 8/7, but the choices show it only as a mixed number, listed among 3/4, 8/9 and 3 1/2. (Enright, Morley & Sheehan, 2002)
Strategy: Simplify the denominator to a single fraction first, then divide 2 by that fraction by multiplying by its reciprocal; treating the fraction bar as a grouping symbol avoids the common slip.
Traps
- Wrong operation: Adds instead of multiplying, divides the wrong way round, turns a ratio or rate upside down, or undoes a step in the wrong direction (subtracts what should be added back).
- Order of operations: Working left to right, or distributing a minus sign wrongly, gives a choice.
- Negatives and direction: Arithmetic with negative numbers, the order of a subtraction, or direction on a number line. (Moving a term across the equals sign without changing its sign is a faulty procedure.)
The wrong answers, classified
A Order of operations (Brown & Burton, 1978)
Lets the fraction bar cover only the first 2, working 2/2 − 1/4 = 1 − 1/4 = 3/4 instead of dividing 2 by the whole denominator.
B Negatives and direction (Brown & Burton, 1978)
Adds 1/4 to 2 instead of subtracting it, so the denominator becomes 9/4, and 2 ÷ 9/4 = 8/9.
D Wrong operation (Hegarty, Mayer & Monk, 1995; King et al., 2004)
Finds the denominator 7/4 correctly but multiplies 2 by it instead of dividing, 2 × 7/4 = 14/4 = 3 1/2.
Worked solution, step by step
Formulas used
- Dividing by a fraction
- a is any number, and b/c is a fraction. To divide by a fraction, multiply by its reciprocal (the fraction flipped upside down). It works because dividing asks how many copies of b/c fit into a.
- Changing an improper fraction to a mixed number
- Use it when the top, a, is bigger than the bottom, b. q is how many whole times b fits into a. r is the remainder, what is left over. For 8/7, the 7 fits once with 1 left, so 8/7 = 1 1/7.
Sort out the question
You know . You need the value of 2 divided by (2 − x). A fraction bar means divide. It also groups, so you work out the whole bottom, 2 − x, before you divide.
Work out the bottom
Put in 1/4 for x. To subtract, write 2 as fourths, since 2 = 8/4:
The bottom is 7/4.
Watch out: the sign is minus. Adding 1/4 gives 9/4 and then 8/9, choice B.
Divide 2 by 7/4
Now the problem is 2 ÷ 7/4. Use the rule for dividing by a fraction. Flip 7/4 to get 4/7, then multiply:
Watch out: multiplying by 7/4 instead of 4/7 gives 14/4 = 3 1/2, choice D.
Write it as a mixed number
The choices use mixed numbers. 7 fits into 8 once, with 1 left over:
Watch out: the fraction bar covers all of 2 − 1/4. Working 2/2 = 1 first and then taking away 1/4 gives 3/4, choice A.
So the answer is C, .
Check your answer
Estimate. The bottom, 1 3/4, is a bit less than 2. So 2 divided by it should be a bit more than 1, and 1 1/7 fits. Also check by multiplying: 7/4 × 8/7 = 56/28 = 2. That is the top, so the division is right.
More questions like this
The original DOE question

Question 24 of 120
2026 Practice Test D Math, question 7Question
A middle school library has a shelf with 40 books, each labeled with a different number from 201 to 240. One book is selected at random. What is the probability, as a percentage, of selecting book number 223?
Enter your answer in the space provided.
Fill-in question: work out the answer and type it as a number.
Show the answer
Correct answer: 2.5%
The probability that book number 223 will be selected at random from 40 books is 1 out of 40. To find the probability as a percentage, convert the fraction to a decimal.
The chance of selecting one specific book is .
Convert the decimal to a percentage:
Question analysis
A library shelf holds 40 books numbered 201 to 240, and one is picked at random. Students find the probability of picking one particular book and type it as a percentage. It tests simple probability and converting a fraction to a percent; the book numbers play no part, and the decimal point needs care.
- Grade level
- Grade 6 content, by NYS standard
- Compared with grade 7
- Below grade 7 Finding the probability of one equally likely outcome is grade 6 content. The only further step is rewriting the fraction as a percent, which needs care with place value, so it is lighter than grade 7 compound probability.
- Estimated difficulty
- Straightforward: two steps or one careful reading.
- Thinking it demands
- Depth of knowledge 1, recall and reproduction · mainly apply
- What makes it hard
- An answer in an unexpected form moderate
- Error-prone arithmetic minor
- Solution
- 2 steps
- Reading level
- Question and choices: about grade 6, 41 words.
- Students, last 30 days
- Not enough answers yet to show (it takes 10).
Why it is hard, traps and wrong answers (shows the answer)
Why it is hard
The book numbers, 201 to 240, and the chosen number 223 play no part, since every book is equally likely and the shelf holds 40. The chance is 1 in 40, and the real demand is the form: changing it to a percent means a decimal with a zero in the tenths place, then a shift of two places. Students who know that 1/4 is 25% can check that 1/40 must be a tenth of that.
An answer in an unexpected form moderate Choosing the answer
Only the bold word percentage sets the form, since the empty box shows no % sign, so the probability 1/40 must be turned into 2.5, not entered as the fraction or as 0.025. (Enright, Morley & Sheehan, 2002)
Error-prone arithmetic minor Working it out
Dividing 1 by 40 gives 0.025, with a zero right after the decimal point, and losing that zero turns the percent into 25. (Brown & Burton, 1978; Junker & Sijtsma, 2001)
Strategy: Count the books, write the chance of picking one particular book as a fraction, then turn the fraction into a decimal and multiply by 100 to get the percent.
Traps
- Stops one step early: A choice is a number from partway through the solution.
- Misreads the question: Misses or misreads a condition or a word in the question: "at least", "each", "remaining", "not".
- Information you don't need: The question gives numbers or facts that play no part in the answer.
The wrong answers, classified
0.025 Stops one step early (King et al., 2004; Gierl et al., 2017)
Finds the probability as a decimal, 1 ÷ 40 = 0.025, and enters it without multiplying by 100, though the box asks for a percentage.
25 An arithmetic slip (Junker & Sijtsma, 2001)
Loses the zero after the decimal point when dividing, taking 1 ÷ 40 as 0.25, as 1 ÷ 4 would be, and so enters 25.
1/40 Misreads the question (Hegarty, Mayer & Monk, 1995)
Enters the probability as the fraction 1/40, the form it was found in, overlooking the bold word percentage in the question.
Worked solution, step by step
Formulas used
- Probability of one outcome
- P is the probability, the chance of an event. The top counts the outcomes you want. The bottom counts all the equally likely outcomes. Use it when each outcome has the same chance, like picking one book at random.
- Changing a fraction to a percent
- a/b is the fraction. Percent means out of 100. Multiplying by 100 tells you how many out of 100 the fraction is. For example, 1/2 × 100 = 50, so 1/2 is 50%.
Sort out the question
The shelf has 40 books, numbered 201 to 240. One book is picked at random, so every book has the same chance. You need the chance of picking book 223, written as a percentage. Book 223 is on the shelf, since 223 is between 201 and 240.
Write the probability as a fraction
Only 1 book is number 223, and there are 40 books in all:
The numbers on the labels do not matter beyond this. They just give each book its own name.
Change the fraction to a decimal
Divide 1 by 40. It helps to start from 1/4 = 0.25. Since 40 is ten times 4, 1/40 is one tenth of 1/4:
Watch out: there is a 0 right after the decimal point. Losing it gives 0.25 and then 25, which is wrong.
Change the decimal to a percent
Multiply by 100 to get a percent. That moves the decimal point two places to the right:
So the chance is 2.5%.
Watch out: 0.025 is the probability as a decimal, and 1/40 is the same chance as a fraction. The question asks for a percentage, so neither one is the answer here.
Enter the number
The box shows no % sign. Type 2.5. Adding the sign, as 2.5%, also counts.
So you would enter 2.5.
Check your answer
2.5% means 2.5 out of every 100. Out of 40 books, that is 40 × 0.025 = 1 book, the one numbered 223. Also, one book out of 40 should be a small chance, and 2.5% is small.
More questions like this
The original DOE question

Question 25 of 120
2026 Practice Test D Math, question 10Question
For what values of x is the above inequality true?
- A
- B
- C
- D
Show the answer
Correct answer: A
Use inverse operations to isolate the variable x by first getting the x variable on one side.
Now, when dividing by , the direction of the inequality sign changes.
Another way to solve is to keep the coefficient of x positive and then recognize that is the same as .
Question analysis
This algebra question asks which values of x make the inequality 2x + 11 > 3x + 9 true, choosing from four solution sets. It tests solving a linear inequality with the variable on both sides. Collecting the x terms can leave a negative coefficient, and handling the inequality sign at that point is where most mistakes happen.
- Grade level
- Grade 8 content, by NYS standard
- Compared with grade 7
- At grade 7 Two-step inequalities are grade 7 work, and having x on both sides, a grade 8 idea, takes only one extra subtraction here. The demand matches a careful grade 7 problem, with one sign decision that is easy to get wrong.
- Estimated difficulty
- Moderate: several steps, or a close reading with one strong distractor.
- Thinking it demands
- Depth of knowledge 1, recall and reproduction · mainly apply
- What makes it hard
- Error-prone arithmetic moderate
- A very close wrong answer moderate
- Solution
- 2 steps
- Reading level
- Question and choices: about grade 10, 15 words.
- Corrected from the DOE handbook
- A grammatical error in the explanation was corrected.
- Students, last 30 days
- Not enough answers yet to show (it takes 10).
Why it is hard, traps and wrong answers (shows the answer)
Why it is hard
The boundary 2 comes out of two routine moves; the direction is where points are lost. Whichever side the x terms are collected on, the last step either divides by a negative or leaves x on the right, and both moments invite a reversed answer. A second risk is moving the 9 without changing its sign, which yields 20. Substituting x = 0, which makes 11 > 9 true, confirms the direction.
Error-prone arithmetic moderate Working it out
Subtracting 3x from both sides leaves −x > −2, and dividing by −1 must reverse the sign; subtracting 2x instead leaves 2 > x, which still has to be read from the x side. (Brown & Burton, 1978; Junker & Sijtsma, 2001)
A very close wrong answer moderate Choosing the answer
x < 2 and x > 2 share the boundary and differ only in direction, so finding the 2 settles nothing; only the sign rule or a test value such as x = 0 decides. (Embretson & Wetzel, 1987; Gorin & Embretson, 2006; Ascalon et al., 2007)
Strategy: Subtract 2x from both sides so the x term stays positive, undo the + 9, then rewrite the result with x first; testing a value in the original inequality checks the direction.
Traps
- Negatives and direction: Arithmetic with negative numbers, the order of a subtraction, or direction on a number line. (Moving a term across the equals sign without changing its sign is a faulty procedure.)
- A faulty procedure: A systematic but wrong procedure: adding fractions straight across, applying an exponent to each term of a sum, dropping a sign when moving a term.
The wrong answers, classified
B Negatives and direction (Brown & Burton, 1978)
Reaches −x > −2 but divides by −1 without reversing the inequality, or reads 2 > x as x > 2, so the direction comes out backwards.
C A faulty procedure (Brown & Burton, 1978; Tatsuoka, 1983)
Moves the 9 across the inequality without changing its sign, 11 + 9 = 20 instead of 11 − 9 = 2, and keeps the direction right.
D A faulty procedure (Brown & Burton, 1978; Tatsuoka, 1983)
Moves the 9 without changing its sign to get 20 > x, then also rewrites that statement backwards as x > 20, two errors at once.
What was corrected from the DOE handbook, and why
- Explanation: The DOE’s explanation says “Another way to solve is to keep the coefficient of x positive and then recognizing that 2 > x is the same as x < 2.” The two verbs joined by “and then” should have the same form, so the site now says “and then recognize that”.
Worked solution, step by step
Formulas used
- Doing the same to both sides of an inequality
- a and b are the two sides, and c is any number or term. Subtracting (or adding) the same amount on both sides keeps the inequality true and its sign the same. That is how you move terms from one side to the other.
- Dividing by a negative number
- a and b are any numbers. Multiplying or dividing both sides by a negative number flips the sign, so > becomes <. For example, 3 > 2, but −3 < −2. Use it whenever you divide by a negative number.
Sort out the question
The sign > means is greater than. You need every value of x that makes 2x + 11 greater than 3x + 9. The answer is a range of values, not one number. Solve it like an equation, but keep an eye on the direction of the sign.
Gather the x terms on one side
The right side has more x’s, 3x, than the left side, 2x. So subtract 2x from both sides. That keeps the x term positive:
Get x by itself
Subtract 9 from both sides:
Watch out: to move the 9, subtract it from both sides. Adding it instead gives 20 > x, which leads to choice C or D.
Read it from the x side
says 2 is greater than x. That is the same as saying x is less than 2:
Watch out: when you swap the sides, the sign must point the other way. Writing gives choice B. If you subtract 3x instead, you get . Dividing by −1 then flips the sign, and you get again.
So the answer is A, .
Check your answer
Test x = 0, which is less than 2. The left side is 11 and the right side is 9, and 11 > 9 is true. Test x = 5, which is more than 2. The left side is 21 and the right side is 24, and 21 > 24 is false. So only values below 2 work.
More questions like this
The original DOE question

Question 26 of 120
2026 Practice Test D Math, question 15Question
What is the value of the expression shown above?
- A
- B
- C
- D
Show the answer
Correct answer: C
To add fractions, find a common denominator and rename the fractions using the common denominator. The least common denominator for 11, 22, and 33 is 66. After adding the fractions, the final fraction can be reduced to lowest terms.
Question analysis
This fractions question asks for the value of 1/11 + 1/22 + 1/33. Students find a common denominator for three fractions, rename each one, add and simplify. The denominators are all multiples of 11, and adding the tops and bottoms straight across, or forgetting to rename a numerator, leads to tempting wrong choices.
- Grade level
- Grade 7 content, by NYS standard
- Compared with grade 7
- Below grade 7 Adding fractions with unlike denominators is taught before grade 7. Finding a common denominator for three related numbers and simplifying is short, routine work, lighter than typical grade 7 problems with signed rational numbers.
- Estimated difficulty
- Straightforward: two steps or one careful reading.
- Thinking it demands
- Depth of knowledge 1, recall and reproduction · mainly apply
- What makes it hard
- Error-prone arithmetic moderate
- An answer in an unexpected form minor
- Solution
- 3 steps
- Reading level
- Question and choices: about grade 9, 14 words.
- Students, last 30 days
- Not enough answers yet to show (it takes 10).
Why it is hard, traps and wrong answers (shows the answer)
Why it is hard
The question checks whether students rename fractions before adding, and each wrong choice comes from a shortcut that skips that step or stops early. Seeing that 22 and 33 are multiples of 11 points to 66 as the common denominator. A size check helps too: the sum must be more than 1/11, its largest term, which rules out two of the wrong choices at once.
Error-prone arithmetic moderate Working it out
Three unlike denominators must be renamed over 66, not over the product of all three, and the numerators 6, 3 and 2 have to be found one by one before adding. (Brown & Burton, 1978; Junker & Sijtsma, 2001)
An answer in an unexpected form minor Choosing the answer
The sum comes out as 11/66, which must be reduced to match a choice; its simplest form has a denominator, 6, unlike any in the expression. (Enright, Morley & Sheehan, 2002)
Strategy: Notice that 22 and 33 are multiples of 11, rename all three fractions over their least common multiple, add the numerators, and simplify the result.
Traps
- A faulty procedure: A systematic but wrong procedure: adding fractions straight across, applying an exponent to each term of a sum, dropping a sign when moving a term.
- Stops one step early: A choice is a number from partway through the solution.
The wrong answers, classified
A A faulty procedure (Brown & Burton, 1978; Tatsuoka, 1983)
Adds the numerators and the denominators straight across, 3 over 11 + 22 + 33 = 66, and simplifies 3/66 to 1/22.
B A faulty procedure (Brown & Burton, 1978; Tatsuoka, 1983)
Puts the three 1s over the largest denominator, 33, without renaming the other two fractions, so 3/33 simplifies to 1/11.
D Stops one step early (King et al., 2004; Gierl et al., 2017)
Adds the first two fractions correctly, 2/22 + 1/22 = 3/22, and stops before adding the third fraction, 1/33.
Worked solution, step by step
Formulas used
- Equivalent fractions
- a/b is a fraction, and n is any number except 0. Multiplying the top and the bottom by the same n gives an equal fraction. It works because n/n is 1, and multiplying by 1 changes nothing. Use it to give fractions the same bottom.
- Adding fractions with the same denominator
- d is the denominator, the bottom number, which tells the size of each piece. a, b and c are the numerators, the top numbers, which count the pieces. When the pieces are the same size, add the tops and keep the bottom.
Sort out the question
You need to add three fractions: 1/11, 1/22 and 1/33. Their denominators (bottom numbers) are all different. You can only add fractions when the pieces are the same size. So first give all three the same denominator.
Find a common denominator
A common denominator is a number that 11, 22 and 33 all divide into. Notice that 22 = 2 × 11 and 33 = 3 × 11. So the smallest number that all three divide into is:
Rename each fraction
Multiply the top and bottom of each fraction by the number that makes the bottom 66:
Add the tops
Now every piece is a sixty-sixth. Add the tops and keep the bottom:
Watch out: never add the bottoms. Adding straight across gives 3/66 = 1/22, choice A. Putting the three 1s over 33 gives 3/33 = 1/11, choice B.
Simplify the fraction
To simplify, divide the top and bottom by a number that goes into both. Here 11 goes into 11 and into 66:
Watch out: add all three fractions. Stopping after the first two gives 3/22, choice D.
So the answer is C, .
Check your answer
Estimate with decimals. 1/11 is about 0.091, 1/22 is about 0.045 and 1/33 is about 0.030. They add to about 0.166. And 1/6 is 0.1666…, a match. The other choices are all 0.136 or less.
More questions like this
The original DOE question

Question 27 of 120
2026 Practice Test D Math, question 18Question
Which of the following decimals is equivalent to ?
- A
- B
- C
- D
Show the answer
Correct answer: C
First, add the mixed numbers. Then, convert the fraction to a decimal.
Question analysis
This question asks which repeating decimal equals the sum of the mixed numbers 1 2/3 and 2 4/9. Students rename the fractions with a common denominator, add, and convert the fraction part to a decimal with a bar over its repeating digit. The choices differ in both the whole number and the repeating digit, so each step has to be right.
- NYS standards
- Grade level
- Grade 7 content, by NYS standard
- Compared with grade 7
- At grade 7 Adding mixed numbers and writing a fraction as a repeating decimal are standard grade 7 skills. This combines them in three short steps; renaming a fraction and reading the bar notation are the only places that need care.
- Estimated difficulty
- Straightforward: two steps or one careful reading.
- Thinking it demands
- Depth of knowledge 1, recall and reproduction · mainly apply
- What makes it hard
- Error-prone arithmetic moderate
- An answer in an unexpected form minor
- Solution
- 3 steps
- Reading level
- Question and choices: about grade 13, 13 words.
- Students, last 30 days
- Not enough answers yet to show (it takes 10).
Why it is hard, traps and wrong answers (shows the answer)
Why it is hard
Two fraction moves and one conversion stand between the sum and the choices. The carry is the main hazard: 10/9 has to become 1 1/9, and students who keep only the 1/9 land on a choice with the wrong whole number. Estimating first, about 1.7 + 2.4 = 4.1, rules out both choices that begin with 3 and the one that equals 5.
Error-prone arithmetic moderate Working it out
Adding 2/3 and 4/9 needs 2/3 renamed as 6/9, and the sum 10/9 is more than 1, so a whole must be carried into the 3 before converting. (Brown & Burton, 1978; Junker & Sijtsma, 2001)
An answer in an unexpected form minor Choosing the answer
The choices are repeating decimals with bars, so a mixed number in ninths has to be recognized as a digit repeating forever; knowing that ninths repeat their numerator makes the match quick. (Enright, Morley & Sheehan, 2002)
Strategy: Rename 2/3 as ninths, add the whole numbers and the fractions separately, regroup any fraction of 9/9 or more as a whole, then divide the leftover numerator by 9.
Traps
- A faulty procedure: A systematic but wrong procedure: adding fractions straight across, applying an exponent to each term of a sum, dropping a sign when moving a term.
- Answer in another form: The right answer is written differently from the way you worked it out.
The wrong answers, classified
A An arithmetic slip (Junker & Sijtsma, 2001)
Adds the fractions to 10/9 but keeps only the 1/9 left over, forgetting to carry the whole 1 into the 3, so the sum becomes 3 1/9.
B A faulty procedure (Brown & Burton, 1978; Tatsuoka, 1983)
Adds the numerators 2 and 4 over 9 without renaming 2/3 as 6/9, so gets 3 6/9, which is 3.666…
D A faulty procedure (Brown & Burton, 1978; Tatsuoka, 1983)
Reaches 4 1/9 but repeats the denominator's 9 instead of the numerator's 1, as if one ninth were 0.999… rather than 0.111…
Worked solution, step by step
Formulas used
- Equivalent fractions
- a/b is a fraction, and n is any number except 0. Multiplying the top and the bottom by the same n gives an equal fraction, because n/n is 1. Use it to give two fractions the same bottom before you add them.
- Ninths as repeating decimals
- 1 divided by 9 is 0.111…, with 1s that go on forever. The bar over a digit means that digit repeats forever. Ninths from 1/9 to 8/9 repeat their top digit, so 4/9 is 0.444… and 2/9 is 0.222…
Sort out the question
You need to add two mixed numbers, 1 2/3 and 2 4/9. A mixed number is a whole number plus a fraction. Then write the sum as a decimal. The choices are repeating decimals, where the bar over a digit means it repeats forever.
Rename two thirds as ninths
The fractions 2/3 and 4/9 have different bottoms. Since 3 × 3 = 9, multiply the top and bottom of 2/3 by 3:
So 1 2/3 is the same as 1 6/9.
Watch out: adding the tops 2 and 4 over 9 without renaming gives 3 6/9, choice B.
Add the mixed numbers
Add the whole numbers, then add the fractions:
10/9 is more than 1. It is 9/9 plus 1/9, or 1 1/9. Carry the 1 into the whole number:
Watch out: forgetting to carry the 1 gives 3 1/9, choice A.
Change it to a decimal
One ninth is 0.111…, with the 1 repeating forever. So:
Watch out: ninths repeat the top digit, not the 9. Choice D, 4.999…, does not match 4 1/9.
So the answer is C, .
Check your answer
Use rough decimals. 1 2/3 is about 1.667, and 2 4/9 is about 2.444. Their sum is about 4.111. That matches 4.111… and rules out both choices that start with 3. And 4.999… is almost 5, which is too big.
More questions like this
The original DOE question

Question 28 of 120
2026 Practice Test D Math, question 19Question
A store manager purchases a piece of furniture for $456.00. To determine the selling price, the manager increases the purchase cost by 125%. A customer buys the furniture and pays an additional 8% sales tax. How much does the customer pay for the furniture?
- A$615.60
- B$627.48
- C$1,108.08
- D$1,846.80
Show the answer
Correct answer: C
Given a purchase price of $456.00, the 125% increase in price is calculated as:
The selling price equals the purchase price plus the increase, or:
The sales tax on the selling price is:
The customer pays the selling price plus the sales tax:
Question analysis
A store manager buys a piece of furniture for $456.00 and raises the price by 125% to set the selling price, and the customer also pays 8% sales tax. Students find the total the customer pays. It tests percent increase and sales tax in sequence, and reading an increase of more than 100% correctly is the main challenge.
- NYS standards
- Grade level
- Grade 7 content, by NYS standard
- Compared with grade 7
- Above grade 7 Grade 7 students find markups and sales tax, usually with increases under 100%. An increase of more than 100% is unusual and easy to misread, and two percent changes must be applied in order, which goes beyond routine grade 7 work.
- Estimated difficulty
- Hard: combines ideas, needs a plan, and has more than one tempting wrong answer.
- Thinking it demands
- Depth of knowledge 2, skills and concepts · mainly apply
- What makes it hard
- Turning words into math moderate
- Many steps moderate
- Error-prone arithmetic minor
- Solution
- 4 steps
- Reading level
- Question and choices: about grade 7, 41 words.
- Students, last 30 days
- Not enough answers yet to show (it takes 10).
Why it is hard, traps and wrong answers (shows the answer)
Why it is hard
A percent above 100 is unusual in grade 7 work, and it is the center of the question: the markup more than doubles the price. Students who treat “by 125%” as “125% of” still find a listed answer after adding tax, and so do students who add $125. A rough check helps: the selling price must be more than twice $456, about $1,000, and the tax adds less than a tenth of that.
Turning words into math moderate Understanding the question
“Increases the purchase cost by 125%” adds 125% of $456 to the $456 itself, a multiplier of 2.25; reading it as 125% of the cost leaves the original price out. (Hegarty, Mayer & Monk, 1995; Koedinger & Nathan, 2004)
Many steps moderate Working it out
Four steps in a row, the increase, the selling price, the tax and the total, each depend on the one before, and two of them are easy to merge or skip. (Daniel & Embretson, 2010; Enright, Morley & Sheehan, 2002)
Error-prone arithmetic minor Working it out
Taking 8% of $1,026 means multiplying by 0.08, and a decimal point one place off, 0.8, makes the tax ten times too large. (Brown & Burton, 1978; Junker & Sijtsma, 2001)
Strategy: Turn each percent change into a multiplier, remembering that an increase by a percent is added to the original amount, apply the markup and then the tax, and estimate to check the size.
Traps
- Stops one step early: A choice is a number from partway through the solution.
- Misunderstands the concept: A wrong belief about a concept: that percents can be added, that area grows like length, that averages can be averaged, that a bigger denominator means a bigger fraction.
- An arithmetic slip: The right method with a plausible arithmetic error: a digit, a place value or a times-table fact.
The wrong answers, classified
A Stops one step early (King et al., 2004; Gierl et al., 2017)
Finds the increase, 125% of $456 = $570, and uses it as the selling price without adding back the $456 cost, then adds 8% tax.
B Misunderstands the concept (Smith, diSessa & Roschelle, 1993; De Bock et al., 1998; Ni & Zhou, 2005)
Reads the 125% increase as $125, a fixed amount, so the selling price is $581, and then adds 8% tax correctly to reach $627.48.
D An arithmetic slip (Junker & Sijtsma, 2001)
Finds the $1,026 selling price correctly but writes 8% as 0.8, adding $820.80 in tax instead of $82.08.
Worked solution, step by step
Formulas used
- Percent of a number
- n is the starting amount, and p is the percent. Percent means out of 100, so 125% is 125/100 = 1.25 and 8% is 8/100 = 0.08. Multiply n by that decimal to find the part.
- Price after an increase
- The old price is what you start with. The increase is the amount added on. To increase by a percent, find that percent of the old price, then add it to the old price. Sales tax is added the same way.
Sort out the question
The manager pays $456.00 for the furniture. The selling price is that cost increased by 125%. The customer then pays 8% sales tax on top. Sales tax is an extra charge, a percent of the price. You need the total the customer pays.
Find the increase
Find 125% of $456. As a decimal, 125% is 1.25, which is 1 and a quarter. A quarter of 456 is 114:
The increase is $570.
Find the selling price
Increases by means the increase is added to the cost:
The selling price is $1,026.
Watch out: $570 is only the increase. Using it as the price gives $615.60, choice A. And 125% is a percent, not $125. Adding $125 leads to $627.48, choice B.
Find the sales tax
As a decimal, 8% is 0.08. Find 8% of the selling price:
The tax is $82.08.
Watch out: 8% is 0.08, not 0.8. Using 0.8 makes the tax ten times too big and gives $1,846.80, choice D.
Add the tax to the price
The customer pays the selling price plus the tax:
So the answer is C, $1,108.08.
Check your answer
Estimate. The price more than doubles: $456 plus $570 is about $1,000. Tax of 8% adds about $80. So the total should be a bit over $1,080, and only $1,108.08 is close. Or multiply in one go: 456 × 2.25 × 1.08 = 1,108.08.
More questions like this
The original DOE question

Question 29 of 120
2026 Practice Test D Math, question 20Question
What is the value of ?
- A−76
- B−4
- C4
- D148
Show the answer
Correct answer: B
Use the order of operations to evaluate the expression. It is important to recognize that the fraction bar is a grouping symbol and so the entire numerator should be evaluated first. Exponents are evaluated first.
Then multiplication, recognizing that the product of a negative factor and a positive factor is negative.
Then addition and subtraction in order from left to right, recognizing the rules for adding and subtracting signed numbers.
And finally the fraction can be evaluated by division, recognizing that the quotient of a positive and a negative number is negative.
Question analysis
This arithmetic question asks for the value of a fraction whose numerator, −9(−4)² + 36(−4) + 304, is divided by −4. Students follow the order of operations with negative numbers: a square, two products, a sum and a division. Every step carries a sign, and one dropped negative changes the result completely.
- NYS standards
- Grade level
- Grade 7 content, by NYS standard
- Compared with grade 7
- At grade 7 Order of operations with negative numbers is standard grade 7 practice. This expression stacks a squared negative, two products and a division by a negative into one fraction, so it takes more steps than usual, each with a sign to track.
- Estimated difficulty
- Moderate: several steps, or a close reading with one strong distractor.
- Thinking it demands
- Depth of knowledge 1, recall and reproduction · mainly apply
- What makes it hard
- Error-prone arithmetic moderate
- Many steps minor
- A very close wrong answer minor
- Solution
- 4 steps
- Reading level
- Question and choices: about grade 5, 6 words.
- Students, last 30 days
- Not enough answers yet to show (it takes 10).
Why it is hard, traps and wrong answers (shows the answer)
Why it is hard
Nothing here is conceptually new; the question measures care with signs under the order of operations. The parentheses in (−4)² decide whether −9 multiplies 16 or −16, and the two products of −144 then nearly cancel the 304, leaving a small numerator whose sign is easy to lose. Writing each intermediate value with its sign, line by line, prevents most errors.
Error-prone arithmetic moderate Working it out
Five sign decisions sit in one expression: squaring −4, two products with a negative factor, a sum that climbs from −288 past zero, and a division by −4. (Brown & Burton, 1978; Junker & Sijtsma, 2001)
Many steps minor Working it out
The numerator alone takes an exponent, two multiplications and two additions before the single division, and all of it must be finished before dividing. (Daniel & Embretson, 2010; Enright, Morley & Sheehan, 2002)
A very close wrong answer minor Choosing the answer
The right value and the choice 4 differ only in sign, so a student with the right size must still check the sign of a positive numerator over −4. (Embretson & Wetzel, 1987; Gorin & Embretson, 2006; Ascalon et al., 2007)
Strategy: Treat the fraction bar as grouping: square −4 first, do the two multiplications, combine the numerator from left to right, and only then divide by −4, writing each sign as you go.
Traps
- Negatives and direction: Arithmetic with negative numbers, the order of a subtraction, or direction on a number line. (Moving a term across the equals sign without changing its sign is a faulty procedure.)
- Order of operations: Working left to right, or distributing a minus sign wrongly, gives a choice.
The wrong answers, classified
A Order of operations (Brown & Burton, 1978)
Squares as if the minus sat outside the parentheses, taking (−4)² as −16, so −9 × (−16) = 144, the numerator becomes 304, and 304 ÷ (−4) = −76.
C Negatives and direction (Brown & Burton, 1978)
Works the numerator out correctly as 16 but divides by −4 as if the signs did not matter, giving a positive quotient.
D Negatives and direction (Brown & Burton, 1978)
Drops every negative sign, adding 144 + 144 + 304 = 592 and dividing by 4, so 148 keeps none of the signs in the problem.
Worked solution, step by step
Formulas used
- Order of operations
- This is the order for working out an expression. Grouping means parentheses and the fraction bar. Exponents are small raised numbers, like the 2 in (−4)². Next, multiply and divide from left to right. Last, add and subtract from left to right.
- Squaring a negative number
- a is a positive number, so −a is negative. Squaring means multiplying a number by itself. A negative times a negative is positive, so a negative number squared is positive. For example, (−4)² = 16.
- Signs when you multiply or divide
- When two numbers have different signs, their product or quotient is negative. When they have the same sign, it is positive. A quotient is the answer to a division.
Sort out the question
You need the value of one big fraction. The fraction bar is a grouping symbol, so finish the whole top first. Then divide by −4. Follow the order of operations, and track every minus sign.
Do the exponent first
The only exponent is (−4)². Squaring means multiplying a number by itself:
Watch out: (−4)² is 16, not −16. Using −16 makes the top 304, which gives −76, choice A.
Do the multiplication
Now multiply. A negative times a positive is negative:
So the top becomes:
Add from left to right
Add the two negatives first:
Then add 304. Since 304 is more than 288, the result is positive:
The whole top is 16.
Divide by −4
Now divide the top by the bottom. A positive divided by a negative is negative:
Watch out: positive 4, choice C, ignores the negative bottom. Dropping every minus sign gives 592 ÷ 4 = 148, choice D.
So the answer is B, −4.
Check your answer
Multiply back. If the answer is −4, then −4 times the bottom, −4, should give the top. It does: (−4) × (−4) = 16. Also, the top is positive and the bottom is negative, so the answer must be negative.
More questions like this
The original DOE question

Question 30 of 120
2026 Practice Test D Math, question 21Question
Maxie borrowed $7.75 from her mother, $11.00 from her father, and $4.50 from her brother to purchase a video game. Her grandmother gave her $25.00 as a gift. How much money will Maxie have left or still owe if she uses the money her grandmother gave her to pay back the money she borrowed?
- AMaxie will still owe $2.25.
- BMaxie will still owe $1.75.
- CMaxie will have $1.75 left.
- DMaxie will have $2.25 left.
Show the answer
Correct answer: C
First, determine the total amount Maxie borrowed, in dollars:
Then use subtraction to determine the difference between the amount her grandmother gave her and the amount she borrowed:
The difference is positive, which means that Maxie will still have $1.75 left from the amount her grandmother gave her.
Question analysis
Maxie borrowed money from her mother, father and brother to buy a video game, then received $25.00 from her grandmother to pay them back. Students decide how much money she will have left over or still owe. It tests adding and subtracting decimals with money, and the choices also test which way the difference goes.
- Grade level
- Grade 6 content, by NYS standard
- Compared with grade 7
- Below grade 7 Adding and subtracting money amounts is grade 6 decimal work. Here it takes one sum and one difference, and the only further demand is deciding whether the result is money left or money owed, well below typical grade 7 tasks.
- Estimated difficulty
- Routine: one familiar step, little to misread.
- Thinking it demands
- Depth of knowledge 2, skills and concepts · mainly apply
- What makes it hard
- Error-prone arithmetic minor
- Turning words into math minor
- Solution
- 2 steps
- Reading level
- Question and choices: about grade 4, 66 words.
- Students, last 30 days
- Not enough answers yet to show (it takes 10).
Why it is hard, traps and wrong answers (shows the answer)
Why it is hard
Few students miss this one, since it needs only one addition and one subtraction with money. The choices come in pairs, so the right amount must also be matched with the right outcome. Lining up the decimal points, and asking whether $25.00 is more or less than the $23.25 borrowed, settles both the amount and whether Maxie owes or keeps money.
Error-prone arithmetic minor Working it out
The loans add to $23.25, and subtracting that from $25.00 means borrowing across two zeros, a classic place for a digit to go wrong. (Brown & Burton, 1978; Junker & Sijtsma, 2001)
Turning words into math minor Understanding the question
Each amount appears twice among the choices, once as money left and once as money owed, so the result must also be read for direction by asking which is larger, the gift or the loans. (Hegarty, Mayer & Monk, 1995; Koedinger & Nathan, 2004)
Strategy: Add the three amounts borrowed, compare the total with the $25.00 gift, and decide from which is larger whether Maxie ends up with money left or still owes some.
Traps
- Negatives and direction: Arithmetic with negative numbers, the order of a subtraction, or direction on a number line. (Moving a term across the equals sign without changing its sign is a faulty procedure.)
- A faulty procedure: A systematic but wrong procedure: adding fractions straight across, applying an exponent to each term of a sum, dropping a sign when moving a term.
The wrong answers, classified
A Little reason to choose it (Haladyna & Downing, 1993; Rodriguez, 2005)
Needs two errors at once, a wrong difference such as $2.25 and the reversed outcome, so no single line of working reaches it and it mostly draws guesses.
B Negatives and direction (Brown & Burton, 1978)
Finds the $1.75 difference correctly but reverses its meaning, as if the $25.00 gift fell short of the $23.25 borrowed instead of covering it.
D A faulty procedure (Brown & Burton, 1978; Tatsuoka, 1983)
Subtracts $23.25 from $25.00 column by column, taking the smaller digit from the larger instead of borrowing, so 5 − 0 and 2 − 0 give $2.25.
Worked solution, step by step
Formulas used
- Money left over
- Money she has is the $25.00 gift. Money she owes is the total she borrowed. If the result is positive, she has that much left. If it were negative, she would still owe that much. Comparing the two amounts first tells you which.
Sort out the question
Maxie borrowed from three people: $7.75, $11.00 and $4.50. Her grandmother gave her $25.00. She uses the $25.00 to pay everyone back. You need to know if money is left over or if she still owes some, and how much.
Add up what she borrowed
Line up the decimal points and add:
She owes $23.25 in all. That is the amount she must pay back.
Compare the gift with the debt
The gift, $25.00, is more than the $23.25 she owes. So she can pay everyone back and still have money left. She will not owe anything.
Watch out: once you find $1.75, keep its meaning straight. Saying she still owes $1.75, choice B, gets the direction backwards.
Subtract to find what is left
Take the debt away from the gift:
You need to regroup (borrow) across the zeros. Think of $25.00 as 24 dollars and 100 cents. Then 100 − 25 = 75 cents, and 24 − 23 = 1 dollar.
Watch out: taking the smaller digit from the larger one in each column gives $2.25, choice D.
So the answer is C: Maxie will have $1.75 left.
Check your answer
Add back. The $23.25 she pays plus the $1.75 she keeps is 23.25 + 1.75 = 25.00. That is the whole gift, so the subtraction is right.
More questions like this
The original DOE question

Question 31 of 120
2026 Practice Test D Math, question 22Question
Seth grows strawberries in his garden.
- He picked cups of strawberries on Monday.
- He picked 4 cups of strawberries on Tuesday.
- He ate cup of strawberries for breakfast each day on Wednesday, Thursday, and Friday.
How many cups of strawberries did Seth have left?
- A
- B
- C6
- D9
Show the answer
Correct answer: B
When Seth picks strawberries, the value represents a positive number, and when he eats the strawberries, the value represents a negative number. Write an expression and then evaluate the expression, where the negative value is multiplied by 3 because he ate the same amount on 3 different days.
If the multiplication is confusing, evaluate the expression below which represents the sum for the 5 days with each day listed separately.
Question analysis
Seth picked strawberries on Monday and Tuesday, in amounts given as a mixed number and a whole number, then ate the same fraction of a cup at breakfast on three days. Students find how many cups he has left. It tests adding, multiplying and subtracting fractions in a short word problem, and the eaten amount repeats each day.
- Grade level
- Grade 7 content, by NYS standard
- Compared with grade 7
- Below grade 7 Adding mixed numbers and multiplying a fraction by a whole number are skills from before grade 7. The three steps are short and the numbers friendly, so the demand is below typical grade 7 work with signed rational numbers.
- Estimated difficulty
- Straightforward: two steps or one careful reading.
- Thinking it demands
- Depth of knowledge 2, skills and concepts · mainly apply
- What makes it hard
- Error-prone arithmetic moderate
- Turning words into math minor
- Solution
- 3 steps
- Reading level
- Question and choices: about grade 6, 47 words.
- Students, last 30 days
- Not enough answers yet to show (it takes 10).
Why it is hard, traps and wrong answers (shows the answer)
Why it is hard
The bulleted list lays out the story day by day, so setting up the problem is easy; the points are lost in the fractions. The number of breakfast days, 3, sits right beside the 3/4 cup, and subtracting 3 cups instead of three quarters of a cup each day is the tempting shortcut. Writing every amount in fourths, 26/4 picked and 9/4 eaten, makes the last step a whole-number subtraction.
Error-prone arithmetic moderate Working it out
Three breakfasts of 3/4 cup make 9/4 = 2 1/4 cups, and taking that from 6 1/2 means renaming the half as 2/4, two fraction steps where a slip is easy. (Brown & Burton, 1978; Junker & Sijtsma, 2001)
Turning words into math minor Understanding the question
Picking adds and eating subtracts, and “each day on Wednesday, Thursday, and Friday” means the 3/4 cup counts three times, not once. (Hegarty, Mayer & Monk, 1995; Koedinger & Nathan, 2004)
Strategy: Add the two amounts picked, multiply the breakfast amount by the number of days, and subtract that from the total; writing every amount in fourths keeps the arithmetic simple.
Traps
- Numbers taken from the question: Combines the numbers in the question without a model of the situation, or is simply a number that appears in the question.
- Wrong operation: Adds instead of multiplying, divides the wrong way round, turns a ratio or rate upside down, or undoes a step in the wrong direction (subtracts what should be added back).
The wrong answers, classified
A Numbers taken from the question (Hegarty, Mayer & Monk, 1995)
Subtracts 3 cups, the number of breakfast days, instead of 3 × 3/4 = 2 1/4 cups, so 6 1/2 − 3 = 3 1/2.
C Little reason to choose it (Haladyna & Downing, 1993; Rodriguez, 2005)
No common working gives exactly 6; it is near the 6 1/2 cups picked and mostly catches students who drop the fractions or guess.
D Wrong operation (Hegarty, Mayer & Monk, 1995; King et al., 2004)
Adds the 2 1/4 cups eaten to the 6 1/2 cups picked instead of subtracting, 8 3/4 cups, and takes the nearest choice, 9.
Worked solution, step by step
Formulas used
- Total of a repeated amount
- Use it when the same amount happens again and again. Here Seth eats 3/4 cup on each of 3 days, so the number of times is 3 and the amount each time is 3/4 cup.
- A whole number times a fraction
- n is a whole number, and a/b is a fraction. Multiply the whole number by the top only, and keep the bottom. It works because n groups of a pieces make n × a pieces, and each piece is still size 1/b.
Sort out the question
Seth picked 2 1/2 cups on Monday and 4 cups on Tuesday. Then he ate 3/4 cup each day on Wednesday, Thursday and Friday. That is 3 days of eating. Picking adds strawberries, and eating takes them away. You need the number of cups he has left.
Add what he picked
Add the two days of picking:
He picked 6 1/2 cups in all, before he ate any.
Find how much he ate
He ate 3/4 cup on each of 3 days. Multiply:
To change 9/4 to a mixed number, note that 4 fits into 9 twice, with 1 left over. He ate 2 1/4 cups.
Watch out: he ate 3/4 cup three times, not 3 cups. Subtracting 3 gives 3 1/2, choice A.
Take away what he ate
Write the half as fourths, so both fractions have the same bottom: 1/2 = 2/4. Then subtract the wholes and the fourths:
Watch out: eating takes away. Adding the 2 1/4 cups gives 8 3/4, and the nearest choice is 9, choice D.
So the answer is B, cups.
Check your answer
Use decimals. 2.5 + 4 = 6.5 cups picked. 3 × 0.75 = 2.25 cups eaten. Then 6.5 − 2.25 = 4.25 cups, which is 4 1/4.
More questions like this
The original DOE question

Question 32 of 120
2026 Practice Test D Math, question 24Question
An athlete runs kilometer in minute. At this rate, how many kilometers would the athlete run in 1 minute?
- A
- B
- C
- D6
Show the answer
Correct answer: B
To determine the number of kilometers in 1 minute, find the unit rate in kilometers per minute: .
To evaluate the fraction, use the reciprocal when dividing to get kilometer per 1 minute.
Question analysis
An athlete runs 1/8 kilometer in 3/4 minute, and students find how many kilometers the athlete would run in 1 minute at the same rate. It tests unit rates with fractions. Both the distance and the time are fractions, so deciding which one to divide by which is the main challenge.
- Grade level
- Grade 7 content, by NYS standard
- Compared with grade 7
- At grade 7 Computing a unit rate from a ratio of fractions is the grade 7 standard itself, and this is a standard example: one fraction divided by another in two short steps, with the order of division the only real decision.
- Estimated difficulty
- Straightforward: two steps or one careful reading.
- Thinking it demands
- Depth of knowledge 2, skills and concepts · mainly apply
- What makes it hard
- Error-prone arithmetic moderate
- Turning words into math minor
- Solution
- 2 steps
- Reading level
- Question and choices: about grade 9, 23 words.
- Students, last 30 days
- Not enough answers yet to show (it takes 10).
Why it is hard, traps and wrong answers (shows the answer)
Why it is hard
The question is a unit rate with fractions, and its wrong choices are the other ways to combine 1/8 and 3/4. Since 1 minute is only a third longer than 3/4 minute, the distance must be only a third more than 1/8 kilometer, which rules out the product and both large choices at once. Dividing with the units written in, kilometers over minutes, keeps the order right.
Error-prone arithmetic moderate Working it out
The rate is a fraction divided by a fraction, 1/8 ÷ 3/4, and only the 3/4 may be flipped; multiplying straight across or dividing the other way round both give listed choices. (Brown & Burton, 1978; Junker & Sijtsma, 2001)
Turning words into math minor Understanding the question
Kilometers in 1 minute means kilometers per minute, so the 1/8 goes on top even though the time, 3/4, is the larger number. (Hegarty, Mayer & Monk, 1995; Koedinger & Nathan, 2004)
Strategy: Divide the distance by the time, kilometers over minutes, by multiplying 1/8 by the reciprocal of 3/4, and check that the units of the result are kilometers per minute.
Traps
- Wrong operation: Adds instead of multiplying, divides the wrong way round, turns a ratio or rate upside down, or undoes a step in the wrong direction (subtracts what should be added back).
The wrong answers, classified
A Wrong operation (Hegarty, Mayer & Monk, 1995; King et al., 2004)
Multiplies 1/8 by 3/4 instead of dividing, getting 3/32, which is less than the 1/8 kilometer already run in under a minute.
C Wrong operation (Hegarty, Mayer & Monk, 1995; King et al., 2004)
Splits the 3/4 minute into quarters but multiplies 1/8 by 3 instead of dividing, then multiplies by 4 for a full minute, giving 12/8 = 1 1/2.
D Wrong operation (Hegarty, Mayer & Monk, 1995; King et al., 2004)
Divides 3/4 by 1/8, minutes by kilometers, which gives 6 minutes per kilometer, the rate turned upside down.
Worked solution, step by step
Formulas used
- Unit rate
- A unit rate tells how much happens in 1 unit of time. Here the distance is in kilometers and the time is in minutes, so the rate is kilometers per minute. You divide because you are sharing the distance equally over the minutes.
- Dividing fractions
- a, b, c and d are numbers that are not zero. To divide by a fraction, multiply by its reciprocal (the fraction flipped upside down). Flip only the second fraction, the one you divide by.
Sort out the question
The athlete runs 1/8 kilometer in 3/4 minute, which is less than a full minute. You need how far the athlete runs in 1 whole minute at the same speed. That is the unit rate, in kilometers per minute.
Set up the division
Kilometers per minute means kilometers divided by minutes. So the distance comes first and the time second:
Watch out: dividing the other way, 3/4 ÷ 1/8, gives 6. That is minutes per kilometer, the rate turned upside down, choice D.
Divide the fractions
Flip 3/4 to get 4/3, then multiply. Multiply the tops and multiply the bottoms:
Simplify by dividing the top and bottom by 4:
Watch out: multiplying 1/8 × 3/4 without flipping gives 3/32, choice A.
Make sense of the answer
In 1 minute, the athlete runs 1/6 kilometer. That is a bit more than 1/8 kilometer, which makes sense. A full minute is a bit longer than 3/4 minute, so the athlete goes a bit farther. Choice C, 1 1/2 kilometers, would be 12 times as far in barely more time.
So the answer is B, kilometer.
Check your answer
Work in quarter minutes. In 3 quarter minutes, the athlete runs 1/8 km. So in 1 quarter minute, the athlete runs 1/8 ÷ 3 = 1/24 km. A full minute has 4 quarters: 4 × 1/24 = 4/24 = 1/6 km.
More questions like this
The original DOE question

Question 33 of 120
2026 Practice Test D Math, question 30Question
A recipe uses cup of sugar for every cups of flour. A cook wants to increase the recipe. How many cups of sugar are needed for each cup of flour?
- A
- B
- C
- D
Show the answer
Correct answer: A
To find the cups of sugar for each cup of flour, find the unit rate using this ratio:
Then, convert the denominator to an improper fraction and divide to find the cups of sugar per cup of flour.
Question analysis
A recipe uses 2/3 cup of sugar for every 1 1/4 cups of flour, and this unit rate question asks how many cups of sugar go with each cup of flour. Students divide one fraction by a mixed number. Deciding which amount to divide by which, and converting the mixed number first, are where mistakes creep in.
- Grade level
- Grade 7 content, by NYS standard
- Compared with grade 7
- At grade 7 Computing a unit rate from a ratio of fractions is exactly the grade 7 standard. This one divides by a mixed number, and the cook's plan to enlarge the recipe adds wording without adding any numbers to use.
- Estimated difficulty
- Moderate: several steps, or a close reading with one strong distractor.
- Thinking it demands
- Depth of knowledge 2, skills and concepts · mainly apply
- What makes it hard
- Error-prone arithmetic moderate
- Turning words into math minor
- Solution
- 2 steps
- Reading level
- Question and choices: about grade 5, 36 words.
- Students, last 30 days
- Not enough answers yet to show (it takes 10).
Why it is hard, traps and wrong answers (shows the answer)
Why it is hard
The work is a single fraction division, but it involves a mixed number and an awkward result. Students unsure of the rule multiply the two amounts or divide them the other way round, and each gives a tidy listed fraction. A size check settles it: 1 1/4 cups of flour take only 2/3 cup of sugar, so one cup of flour needs less than 2/3 cup, which leaves a single choice.
Error-prone arithmetic moderate Working it out
The divisor is the mixed number 1 1/4, which must become 5/4 before dividing; then 2/3 × 4/5 gives 8/15, a fraction that does not simplify and looks unfinished. (Brown & Burton, 1978; Junker & Sijtsma, 2001)
Turning words into math minor Understanding the question
The phrase “for each cup of flour” puts flour in the denominator, sugar ÷ flour, and the sentence about increasing the recipe adds nothing to the calculation. (Hegarty, Mayer & Monk, 1995; Koedinger & Nathan, 2004)
Strategy: Write the sugar over the flour, change 1 1/4 to an improper fraction, and divide by multiplying by its reciprocal, keeping sugar on top because the question asks for sugar per cup of flour.
Traps
- Wrong operation: Adds instead of multiplying, divides the wrong way round, turns a ratio or rate upside down, or undoes a step in the wrong direction (subtracts what should be added back).
- A faulty procedure: A systematic but wrong procedure: adding fractions straight across, applying an exponent to each term of a sum, dropping a sign when moving a term.
The wrong answers, classified
B Wrong operation (Hegarty, Mayer & Monk, 1995; King et al., 2004)
Multiplies 2/3 by 5/4 instead of dividing, getting 10/12 = 5/6, more sugar for one cup of flour than the recipe uses for 1 1/4 cups.
C Wrong operation (Hegarty, Mayer & Monk, 1995; King et al., 2004)
Divides the flour by the sugar, 5/4 ÷ 2/3 = 15/8 = 1 7/8, which is cups of flour for each cup of sugar, the rate upside down.
D A faulty procedure (Brown & Burton, 1978; Tatsuoka, 1983)
Splits the mixed number apart, dividing 2/3 by only the 1/4 to get 2 2/3, then adding the whole 1 to make 3 2/3.
Worked solution, step by step
Formulas used
- Unit rate
- A unit rate tells how much of one thing goes with 1 of another. Here it is the cups of sugar for 1 cup of flour. The amount you want goes on top. The amount you want to make 1 goes on the bottom.
- Mixed number to fraction
- w is the whole number, and n/d is the fraction part. Multiply the whole number by the bottom, add the top, and keep the bottom. It works because each whole holds d pieces of size 1/d.
- Dividing fractions
- a, b, c and d are numbers that are not zero. To divide by a fraction, multiply by its reciprocal, the fraction flipped upside down. Flip only the fraction you divide by.
Sort out the question
The recipe uses cup of sugar for every cups of flour. You need the cups of sugar for each 1 cup of flour. The part about making more of the recipe gives no numbers, so you can set it aside.
Set up the unit rate
You want sugar for each cup of flour. So sugar goes on top and flour goes on the bottom:
Watch out: dividing the other way, flour by sugar, gives . That is cups of flour for each cup of sugar, choice C.
Change the mixed number
You cannot divide by a mixed number directly. Change it to a fraction first. Each whole has 4 fourths:
Divide the fractions
Multiply by the reciprocal of 5/4, which is 4/5. Multiply the tops and multiply the bottoms:
The fraction 8/15 cannot be simplified, since 8 and 15 share no factor but 1.
Watch out: multiplying without flipping gives , choice B.
So the answer is A, .
Check your answer
More than 1 cup of flour takes only 2/3 cup of sugar. So 1 cup of flour needs a bit less than 2/3. Since , the answer 8/15 is a bit less. Also, , which brings back the recipe.
More questions like this
The original DOE question

Question 34 of 120
2026 Practice Test D Math, question 33Question
A car costing $24,000 is subject to a sales tax of 8%. If Bindu made a $10,000 down payment on this car, what is the total amount she has left to pay?
- A$14,000
- B$15,620
- C$15,920
- D$25,920
Show the answer
Correct answer: C
First, find the sales tax. Then, add the sales tax to the cost of the car. Finally, subtract the down payment to find out how much she has left to pay.
Question analysis
Bindu buys a $24,000 car with an 8% sales tax and makes a $10,000 down payment, and students find how much she still has to pay. This percent word problem combines finding a tax, adding it to the price and subtracting a payment. Every step must be done in order, since leaving one out gives an amount that looks just as reasonable.
- NYS standards
- Grade level
- Grade 7 content, by NYS standard
- Compared with grade 7
- At grade 7 Adding sales tax to a price is a standard grade 7 percent task. This one also subtracts a down payment at the end, three routine steps with round numbers, much like a typical classroom problem.
- Estimated difficulty
- Straightforward: two steps or one careful reading.
- Thinking it demands
- Depth of knowledge 2, skills and concepts · mainly apply
- What makes it hard
- Many steps minor
- Error-prone arithmetic minor
- Solution
- 3 steps
- Reading level
- Question and choices: about grade 5, 29 words.
- Students, last 30 days
- Not enough answers yet to show (it takes 10).
Why it is hard, traps and wrong answers (shows the answer)
Why it is hard
The method is the standard one for tax on a purchase, so the question checks order and completeness. Forgetting the tax or forgetting the down payment each produces an amount as reasonable-looking as the answer, and a careless 8 × 24 produces one just $300 below it. Multiplying the price by 1.08 in one step, which gives $25,920, is a second route that catches a slip in the tax.
Many steps minor Working it out
Three operations come in a fixed order, 8% of $24,000, then adding the tax, then subtracting the $10,000, and leaving out the first or the last gives a listed choice. (Daniel & Embretson, 2010; Enright, Morley & Sheehan, 2002)
Error-prone arithmetic minor Working it out
Finding 8% of $24,000 comes down to 8 × 24 = 192 with two zeros added, and a lost carry in that product turns $1,920 into $1,620. (Brown & Burton, 1978; Junker & Sijtsma, 2001)
Strategy: Find 8% of the price and add it, or multiply the price by 1.08, to get the full cost with tax, then subtract what Bindu has already paid.
Traps
- Stops one step early: A choice is a number from partway through the solution.
- Misreads the question: Misses or misreads a condition or a word in the question: "at least", "each", "remaining", "not".
The wrong answers, classified
A Misreads the question (Hegarty, Mayer & Monk, 1995)
Subtracts the $10,000 down payment from the $24,000 price and never adds the 8% sales tax, so the tax is simply left out.
B An arithmetic slip (Junker & Sijtsma, 2001)
Drops the carried 3 when multiplying 8 × 24, so the tax comes out $1,620 instead of $1,920 and the balance $300 too low.
D Stops one step early (King et al., 2004; Gierl et al., 2017)
Adds the $1,920 tax to the price correctly but stops at $25,920, the full cost, forgetting to subtract the $10,000 Bindu already paid.
Worked solution, step by step
Formulas used
- Percent of a number
- Percent means out of 100. So 8% is 8/100, or 0.08. To find a percent of a number, change the percent to a decimal and multiply it by the whole.
- Amount left to pay
- The price plus the tax is the full cost. A down payment is money paid at the start. Subtract it, because that part is already paid.
Sort out the question
You know:
- The car costs $24,000.
- The sales tax is 8%. Sales tax is extra money added to a price.
- Bindu paid $10,000 at the start. That is the down payment.
You need the amount Bindu still has to pay. Work in order: tax, then full cost, then subtract.
Find the sales tax
Change 8% to the decimal 0.08. Multiply it by the price:
A quick way: 1% of 24,000 is 240, so 8% is . The tax is $1,920.
Watch out: in 8 × 24 you carry a 3 from 8 × 4 = 32. Dropping it gives 162, so the tax looks like $1,620. That leads to $15,620, choice B.
Find the full cost
Add the tax to the price:
The car costs $25,920 with tax.
Watch out: this is not the answer yet. Stopping here gives $25,920, choice D. Bindu already paid part of it.
Subtract the down payment
Bindu already paid $10,000. Take it away:
She has $15,920 left to pay.
Watch out: leaving out the tax gives , choice A.
So the answer is C, $15,920.
Check your answer
Use a shortcut for the full cost. The price plus 8% more is 108% of the price, or 1.08 times it: . Then . Same answer.
More questions like this
The original DOE question

Question 35 of 120
2026 Practice Test D Math, question 42Question
A student reads of a book in hour. What fraction of the book can the student read in 1 hour?
- A
- B
- C
- D
Show the answer
Correct answer: B
To find the fraction of the book the student can read in 1 hour, find the unit rate per hour. First, set up the ratio.
Then use division to find the unit rate.
Another way to solve the problem is to set up the ratio and then multiply both the numerator and denominator by 3, since hour times 3 equals 1 hour.
Question analysis
A student reads 1/12 of a book in 1/3 of an hour, and this rate question asks what fraction of the book the student can read in a whole hour. It tests finding a unit rate when both amounts are fractions. Deciding whether to multiply or divide, and which fraction goes on top, decides the result.
- Grade level
- Grade 7 content, by NYS standard
- Compared with grade 7
- At grade 7 Computing a unit rate from a ratio of fractions is the grade 7 standard itself. This is a short example with unit fractions, where scaling the time up to a whole hour is as quick as dividing.
- Estimated difficulty
- Straightforward: two steps or one careful reading.
- Thinking it demands
- Depth of knowledge 2, skills and concepts · mainly apply
- What makes it hard
- Error-prone arithmetic minor
- Turning words into math minor
- Solution
- 2 steps
- Reading level
- Question and choices: about grade 5, 25 words.
- Students, last 30 days
- Not enough answers yet to show (it takes 10).
Why it is hard, traps and wrong answers (shows the answer)
Why it is hard
Thinking in thirds of an hour makes this quick: an hour holds three of them, so the student reads three twelfths of the book. Students who reach for a fraction rule instead must choose between multiplying and dividing, and between two orders of division. A sense check rules out two wrong choices at once: a whole hour must cover more than 1/12 of the book, and no more than the whole book.
Error-prone arithmetic minor Working it out
Both amounts are unit fractions, and 1/12 ÷ 1/3 means multiplying by 3, which gives 3/12 that still has to be simplified to match a choice. (Brown & Burton, 1978; Junker & Sijtsma, 2001)
Turning words into math minor Understanding the question
The phrase “fraction of the book … in 1 hour” asks for book per hour, so the fraction of the book is divided by the time, not the other way round. (Hegarty, Mayer & Monk, 1995; Koedinger & Nathan, 2004)
Strategy: Ask how many thirds of an hour make 1 hour, then scale the fraction of the book by the same factor; or divide the fraction of the book by the time.
Traps
- Wrong operation: Adds instead of multiplying, divides the wrong way round, turns a ratio or rate upside down, or undoes a step in the wrong direction (subtracts what should be added back).
- Numbers taken from the question: Combines the numbers in the question without a model of the situation, or is simply a number that appears in the question.
The wrong answers, classified
A Wrong operation (Hegarty, Mayer & Monk, 1995; King et al., 2004)
Multiplies 1/12 by 1/3 instead of dividing, getting 1/36, which would mean reading less of the book in an hour than in a third of one.
C Numbers taken from the question (Hegarty, Mayer & Monk, 1995)
Adds the two fractions, 1/12 + 4/12 = 5/12, combining an amount of the book with an amount of time as if they were alike.
D Wrong operation (Hegarty, Mayer & Monk, 1995; King et al., 2004)
Divides the time by the amount read, 1/3 ÷ 1/12 = 12/3, which is hours per book, the rate turned upside down.
Worked solution, step by step
Formulas used
- Unit rate
- A unit rate tells how much happens in 1 unit, here 1 hour. Put the part of the book on top and the time on the bottom. Dividing finds the part of the book for one whole hour.
- Dividing fractions
- a, b, c and d are numbers that are not zero. To divide by a fraction, multiply by its reciprocal, the fraction flipped upside down. Flip only the fraction you divide by.
Sort out the question
The student reads of a book in of an hour. You need the part of the book read in 1 whole hour. That is a unit rate.
Scale up to one hour
One hour holds three thirds of an hour. So in 1 hour the student reads 3 times as much:
To simplify 3/12, divide the top and bottom by 3. The student reads 1/4 of the book in 1 hour.
Check with the unit rate
Divide the part of the book by the time. Multiply by the reciprocal of 1/3, which is 3/1:
Both ways give 1/4.
Avoid the wrong operations
Watch out: multiplying gives , choice A. That is less than 1/12. But in a full hour, the student must read more than in a third of an hour. Dividing the time by the book gives 12/3, choice D. That is 4 whole books.
So the answer is B, .
Check your answer
If the student reads 1/4 of the book each hour, the whole book takes 4 hours. In 1/3 of an hour, the student reads of the book. That matches the question.
More questions like this
The original DOE question

Question 36 of 120
2026 Practice Test D Math, question 43Question
Two student clubs are selling snacks as part of a fundraiser. The Art Club sells a 24-pack of granola bars for $12.00. The Science Club sells a 10-pack of granola bars for $6.50. To the nearest cent, what is the difference in cost per bar between the two clubs?
Select the correct answer from each drop-down to complete the sentences.
The cost for the Art Club’s bar is per bar.
The cost for the Science Club’s bar is per bar.
The difference between the cost of the bars is .
Choose an answer from each menu, then check. The DOE has not published how answers with several parts are scored; this site counts one right only when every part is right.
Show the answer
Correct answer: blank 1: $0.50; blank 2: $0.65; blank 3: $0.15
To determine the cost per bar from the Art Club, divide the total cost by the total number of bars:
To determine the cost per bar from the Science Club, divide the total cost by the total number of bars:
To find the difference in price per bar, subtract the cost per bar for the Art Club from the cost per bar for the Science Club:
Question analysis
Two clubs sell granola bars for a fundraiser: the Art Club a 24-pack for $12.00 and the Science Club a 10-pack for $6.50. Students complete three sentences with drop-down menus, giving each club's cost per bar and the difference between them. It tests unit prices with money, and all three menus must be right.
- Grade level
- Grade 6 content, by NYS standard
- Compared with grade 7
- Below grade 7 Comparing unit prices is grade 6 rate work. The menus split it into three short steps, two divisions of money amounts and one subtraction, which is lighter than typical grade 7 work.
- Estimated difficulty
- Routine: one familiar step, little to misread.
- Thinking it demands
- Depth of knowledge 1, recall and reproduction · mainly apply
- What makes it hard
- Many steps minor
- Error-prone arithmetic minor
- Solution
- 3 steps
- Reading level
- Question and choices: about grade 3, 87 words.
- Corrected from the DOE handbook
- The order of the answers in the DOE’s key was corrected.
- Students, last 30 days
- Not enough answers yet to show (it takes 10).
Why it is hard, traps and wrong answers (shows the answer)
Why it is hard
The menus guide the work, one sentence per step, and every option is a reasonable price, so the question rewards accurate division more than planning. No common misconception leads to the wrong options; they catch slips, such as misreading a pack size or subtracting carelessly. Checking that 24 bars at the first price cost $12.00 and 10 bars at the second cost $6.50 confirms both menus before the subtraction.
Many steps minor Working it out
Three menus must all be right to score: two divisions for the costs per bar, then a subtraction that uses both, so a slip in either division spoils the third menu. (Daniel & Embretson, 2010; Enright, Morley & Sheehan, 2002)
Error-prone arithmetic minor Working it out
Each division is with money, $12.00 ÷ 24 and $6.50 ÷ 10, so the decimal point must be placed carefully, though the menus offer only sensible amounts. (Brown & Burton, 1978; Junker & Sijtsma, 2001)
Strategy: Divide each pack's price by the number of bars in it, then subtract the smaller cost per bar from the larger; checking that 24 bars at your first price make $12.00 catches slips.
Traps
- Misreads the question: Misses or misreads a condition or a word in the question: "at least", "each", "remaining", "not".
- An arithmetic slip: The right method with a plausible arithmetic error: a digit, a place value or a times-table fact.
The wrong answers, classified
CBA Misreads the question (Hegarty, Mayer & Monk, 1995)
Divides $12.00 by 20 instead of 24, misreading the size of the Art Club’s pack, so $0.60 a bar leaves a gap of only $0.05.
BBB An arithmetic slip (Junker & Sijtsma, 2001)
Finds both costs per bar correctly, then slips in the subtraction, taking $0.65 − $0.50 as $0.10, the option beside the right one.
What was corrected from the DOE handbook, and why
- Answer key: The DOE’s explanation opens with the key “($0.65; $0.50; $0.15)”, which puts $0.65 in the first drop-down and $0.50 in the second. Neither is possible: the first menu (the Art Club’s cost per bar) offers $0.40, $0.50, $0.60 and $0.75, and the second (the Science Club’s) offers $0.55, $0.65, $0.75 and $0.85. The explanation’s own working gives the Art Club $12.00 ÷ 24 = $0.50 and the Science Club $6.50 ÷ 10 = $0.65, so the key is $0.50, $0.65, $0.15. The site’s key was already in that order; the DOE’s key line is not shown on the site.
Worked solution, step by step
Formulas used
- Cost of one item
- The price of the pack is what you pay for all the bars together. Dividing shares that price equally among the bars. The result is the price of one bar, called the unit price.
Sort out the question
You know:
- The Art Club sells 24 bars for $12.00.
- The Science Club sells 10 bars for $6.50.
There are three menus. The first is the Art Club’s cost per bar. The second is the Science Club’s. The third is the difference, how much more one bar costs than the other.
Find the Art Club’s cost
Share $12.00 among 24 bars:
Each bar costs $0.50. That makes sense: 24 half-dollars make $12. Pick $0.50 in the first menu.
Watch out: dividing by 20 instead of 24 gives $0.60, which is also in the menu.
Find the Science Club’s cost
Share $6.50 among 10 bars. Dividing by 10 moves the decimal point one place to the left:
Each bar costs $0.65. Pick $0.65 in the second menu.
Find the difference
Subtract the smaller cost from the larger one:
The bars differ by $0.15. Pick $0.15 in the third menu.
Watch out: $0.10 sits right next to $0.15 in the menu. A slip in the subtraction lands there.
Fill in the three menus
On the test and on this site, you choose each answer from a drop-down menu.
So the menus read $0.50, $0.65 and $0.15.
Check your answer
Multiply back. and , so both costs per bar match the pack prices. And , so the difference fits too.
More questions like this
The original DOE question

Question 37 of 120
2026 Practice Test D Math, question 44Question
A bakery charges $1.25 for each cupcake and $2.50 for a serving tray. The equation describes p, the price of c cupcakes and a serving tray, not including tax.
If Samantha bought some cupcakes and a serving tray for a total of $22.50, not including tax, how many cupcakes did she buy?
- A4
- B9
- C16
- D18
Show the answer
Correct answer: C
Using the specified equation , determine the number of cupcakes Samantha bought by substituting the total paid ($22.50) for p, and solve the equation for the value of c, the number of cupcakes bought.
Question analysis
A bakery's price for c cupcakes and a serving tray is given by the equation p = 2.50 + 1.25c, and Samantha paid $22.50 before tax. This equation question asks how many cupcakes she bought. Students substitute the total and solve a two-step equation with decimal money amounts, undoing the steps in the right order.
- Grade level
- Grade 7 content, by NYS standard
- Compared with grade 7
- At grade 7 Solving a two-step equation of the form px + q = r in a money context is core grade 7 algebra. The equation is given, so the work is substituting the total and dividing by a decimal, a routine example.
- Estimated difficulty
- Straightforward: two steps or one careful reading.
- Thinking it demands
- Depth of knowledge 1, recall and reproduction · mainly apply
- What makes it hard
- Error-prone arithmetic minor
- Solution
- 2 steps
- Reading level
- Question and choices: about grade 6, 50 words.
- Students, last 30 days
- Not enough answers yet to show (it takes 10).
Why it is hard, traps and wrong answers (shows the answer)
Why it is hard
The equation is supplied, so the question is a two-step solve with money. The tray’s $2.50 has to come off the total before dividing, and students who divide the whole $22.50 by $1.25 get a whole number that matches a choice, so nothing warns them. Substituting the chosen number back into p = 2.50 + 1.25c is a quick, decisive check.
Error-prone arithmetic minor Working it out
After subtracting the tray, $20 must be divided by $1.25, a decimal divisor that is easiest handled as 2,000 ÷ 125 or by noting that 4 cupcakes cost $5. (Brown & Burton, 1978; Junker & Sijtsma, 2001)
Strategy: Substitute the total for p, subtract the tray's cost from both sides, then divide by the price of one cupcake; check by putting your number back into the equation.
Traps
- Misreads the question: Misses or misreads a condition or a word in the question: "at least", "each", "remaining", "not".
- Numbers taken from the question: Combines the numbers in the question without a model of the situation, or is simply a number that appears in the question.
The wrong answers, classified
A Stops one step early (King et al., 2004; Gierl et al., 2017)
Notes that 4 cupcakes cost $5.00 and that the $20 left after the tray holds four such amounts, then gives the 4 groups instead of 16 cupcakes.
B Numbers taken from the question (Hegarty, Mayer & Monk, 1995)
Divides the $22.50 total by the $2.50 tray price, combining two numbers from the question without using the equation.
D Misreads the question (Hegarty, Mayer & Monk, 1995)
Divides the whole $22.50 by $1.25 a cupcake, forgetting that $2.50 of the total paid for the serving tray.
Worked solution, step by step
Formulas used
- Doing the same to both sides
- a and b are the two sides of an equation, and n is any number (not zero when you divide). An equation is like a balanced scale. Doing the same thing to both sides keeps it level. That is how you get c, the number of cupcakes, by itself.
Sort out the question
The equation gives the price. p is the price in dollars, and c is the number of cupcakes. The 2.50 is the tray, and 1.25 is the price of one cupcake. Samantha paid $22.50. You need c.
Put in the total
Samantha paid $22.50 in all, so put 22.50 in place of p. Now the equation has only one unknown, c:
Subtract the tray
Take 2.50 away from both sides. That removes the cost of the tray:
So $20.00 went to cupcakes alone.
Watch out: dividing all of $22.50 by $1.25 gives 18, choice D. That forgets the tray.
Divide by the price of one cupcake
Divide both sides by 1.25:
An easy way: 4 cupcakes cost dollars. $20 is 4 groups of $5. So Samantha bought cupcakes.
Watch out: 4 is the number of $5 groups, not cupcakes. That is choice A.
So the answer is C, 16.
Check your answer
Put 16 back into the equation. , and . That is what Samantha paid, so 16 is right.
More questions like this
The original DOE question

Question 38 of 120
2024 Test A Math, question 1Question
Simplify:
Grid-in question: work out the answer and enter it as a number.
Show the answer
Correct answer: -0.4
Subtracting a negative number is the same as adding a positive number. Rewrite the expression to simplify:
Question analysis
This grid-in asks students to simplify a short expression that mixes negative and positive decimals and ends by subtracting a negative number. It tests adding and subtracting rational numbers in order. The double negative, and keeping track of the sign of the final result, are where errors creep in.
- Grade level
- Grade 7 content, by NYS standard
- Compared with grade 7
- At grade 7 Adding and subtracting negative decimals is core grade 7 content, and this is a routine three-term version. It matches a typical classroom exercise; the only extra demand is gridding a signed decimal correctly.
- Estimated difficulty
- Straightforward: two steps or one careful reading.
- Thinking it demands
- Depth of knowledge 1, recall and reproduction · mainly apply
- What makes it hard
- Error-prone arithmetic moderate
- An answer in an unexpected form minor
- Solution
- 2 steps
- Reading level
- Question and choices: about grade 16+, 2 words.
- Students, last 30 days
- Not enough answers yet to show (it takes 10).
Why it is hard, traps and wrong answers (shows the answer)
Why it is hard
This is a three-term expression with small decimals, so the method is never in doubt; the points are lost on signs. The double negative at the end is the classic place to slip; the other is the result itself, which sits just below zero and is easy to grid without its minus sign. Grouping the positive terms first, 2.3 + 1.1, and comparing that sum with 3.8 settles both the size and the sign.
Error-prone arithmetic moderate Working it out
The last term, − (−1.1), has to turn into + 1.1, and the total then crosses zero, since 2.3 + 1.1 = 3.4 falls just short of the 3.8 below zero. (Brown & Burton, 1978; Junker & Sijtsma, 2001)
An answer in an unexpected form minor Choosing the answer
As a grid-in it shows no choices, so a double negative read as a single one, or a result gridded without its minus sign, gets no warning from the page. (Enright, Morley & Sheehan, 2002)
Strategy: Rewrite subtracting −1.1 as adding 1.1, combine the two positive decimals first, then compare their total with 3.8 to decide the sign and size.
Traps
- Negatives and direction: Arithmetic with negative numbers, the order of a subtraction, or direction on a number line. (Moving a term across the equals sign without changing its sign is a faulty procedure.)
The wrong answers, classified
-2.6 Negatives and direction (Brown & Burton, 1978)
Treats subtracting −1.1 as subtracting 1.1, so it works out −3.8 + 2.3 − 1.1 = −1.5 − 1.1 and moves further below zero.
0.4 Negatives and direction (Brown & Burton, 1978)
Rewrites the double negative correctly and finds the gap 3.8 − 3.4 = 0.4, but drops the minus sign that the larger negative term gives the result.
Worked solution, step by step
Formulas used
- Subtracting a negative number
- a is any number, and b is a positive number, so −b is negative. Taking away a negative number is the same as adding the positive number. Think of money: if someone takes away a debt of b dollars, you are b dollars better off.
- Adding a negative and a positive
- a and b are positive numbers, and a is the larger one. A negative and a positive partly cancel out. So find the difference of their sizes, a − b. The result keeps the sign of the number farther from zero, which here is the negative one.
Sort out the expression
You need to simplify . Simplify means work it out to one number. Two of the numbers are negative: −3.8 and −1.1. One is positive: 2.3. The tricky part is at the end. It says minus negative 1.1. The answer can be negative, so keep track of every sign.
Change minus a negative to plus
Taking away a negative is the same as adding a positive. Use the rule with b = 1.1.
Now only one negative number is left. Watch out: do not just subtract 1.1. That gives , which is wrong.
Add the two positive numbers
Group the positive numbers first. This makes the rest of the work short.
Now the problem is . One number is negative and one is positive.
Combine the negative and the positive
They partly cancel. Use the rule with a = 3.8 and b = 3.4.
The negative number, 3.8, is farther from zero than 3.4 is. So the result is negative. Watch out: keep the minus sign. Dropping it gives 0.4, which is wrong. So you would grid -0.4, with the minus sign in its own column.
Check your answer
Use a number line. Start at −3.8. Adding 2.3 moves you right, to −1.5. Subtracting −1.1 also moves you right, by 1.1, to −0.4. You end just to the left of zero. So a small negative answer makes sense.
More questions like this
The original DOE question

Question 39 of 120
2024 Test A Math, question 3Question
A juice mixture contains gallon of apple juice and gallon of cranberry juice. How many gallons of apple juice per gallon of cranberry juice does the mixture contain? (Express your answer as a decimal.)
Grid-in question: work out the answer and enter it as a number.
Show the answer
Correct answer: 2.5
Set up a proportion to solve:
Question analysis
This ratio grid-in describes a juice mixture with a fraction of a gallon of apple juice and a smaller fraction of a gallon of cranberry juice. Students find the unit rate, gallons of apple juice per gallon of cranberry juice, by dividing one fraction by the other and writing it as a decimal. Dividing in the wrong order is the main risk.
- Grade level
- Grade 7 content, by NYS standard
- Compared with grade 7
- At grade 7 Computing a unit rate from a ratio of two fractions is exactly the grade 7 standard, and this is a textbook example of it. The only added demands are dividing in the right order and answering as a decimal.
- Estimated difficulty
- Moderate: several steps, or a close reading with one strong distractor.
- Thinking it demands
- Depth of knowledge 2, skills and concepts · mainly apply
- What makes it hard
- Turning words into math moderate
- Error-prone arithmetic moderate
- An answer in an unexpected form minor
- Solution
- 2 steps
- Reading level
- Question and choices: about grade 8, 36 words.
- Students, last 30 days
- Not enough answers yet to show (it takes 10).
Why it is hard, traps and wrong answers (shows the answer)
Why it is hard
The method is one division of fractions, but the question tests whether the division runs the right way. The word per tells which juice goes on top, and a student who divides the smaller amount by the larger gets a tidy decimal for the reverse rate. A sense check helps: the mixture holds more apple juice than cranberry, so the rate must be greater than 1.
Turning words into math moderate Understanding the question
The phrase "gallons of apple juice per gallon of cranberry juice" fixes the order: apple's 3/16 goes on top and cranberry's 3/40 below, though the two fractions invite either order. (Hegarty, Mayer & Monk, 1995; Koedinger & Nathan, 2004)
Error-prone arithmetic moderate Working it out
Dividing 3/16 by 3/40 means multiplying by 40/3; the 3s cancel to leave 40/16, which still has to be reduced and written as a decimal. (Brown & Burton, 1978; Junker & Sijtsma, 2001)
An answer in an unexpected form minor Choosing the answer
The answer must be gridded as a decimal, and with no choices shown, the upside-down 0.4 gives no sign that it answers the reverse question. (Enright, Morley & Sheehan, 2002)
Strategy: Put the apple juice over the cranberry juice and divide the fractions by multiplying by the reciprocal; the matching 3s cancel, leaving a simple fraction to turn into a decimal.
Traps
- Wrong operation: Adds instead of multiplying, divides the wrong way round, turns a ratio or rate upside down, or undoes a step in the wrong direction (subtracts what should be added back).
The wrong answers, classified
0.4 Wrong operation (Hegarty, Mayer & Monk, 1995; King et al., 2004)
Divides cranberry by apple, 3/40 ÷ 3/16 = 16/40 = 0.4, giving gallons of cranberry per gallon of apple, the rate turned upside down.
0.014 Wrong operation (Hegarty, Mayer & Monk, 1995; King et al., 2004)
Multiplies the two amounts instead of dividing them, 3/16 × 3/40 = 9/640 ≈ 0.014, as if comparing the juices called for a product.
Worked solution, step by step
Formulas used
- Unit rate
- r is the rate: how much of one thing there is for each 1 of another. a is the amount of the first thing. b is the amount of the second thing, the one named after the word per. Dividing shares a out evenly over each 1 of b.
- Dividing by a fraction
- a/b and c/d are fractions, and b, c and d are not zero. To divide by a fraction, multiply by its reciprocal, the fraction flipped upside down. It works because flipping a fraction gives the number that undoes it.
Sort out the question
The mix has gallon of apple juice and gallon of cranberry juice. You need the “gallons of apple juice per gallon of cranberry juice”. Per means for each. So the question asks: for each 1 gallon of cranberry juice, how many gallons of apple juice are there? The answer must be a decimal.
Set up the division
To find an amount for each 1 gallon, divide. Apple juice goes first, because it comes before per. Cranberry juice comes second.
Watch out: do not flip the order. Cranberry divided by apple gives 0.4. That is gallons of cranberry juice for each gallon of apple juice, the reverse question.
Multiply by the reciprocal
To divide by , multiply by its reciprocal, .
The 3 on top and the 3 on the bottom cancel, since . Watch out: do not just multiply the two amounts. That gives , about 0.014, which is far too small.
Change the fraction to a decimal
Make simpler by dividing the top and bottom by 8. Then divide.
There are 2.5 gallons of apple juice for each gallon of cranberry juice. So you would grid 2.5.
Check your answer
Both fractions have 3 on top. The one with the smaller bottom, , is bigger. So there is more apple juice than cranberry juice, and the answer must be more than 1. That rules out 0.4. Also, and , which is .
More questions like this
The original DOE question

Question 40 of 120
2024 Test A Math, question 4Question
Mr. Chan’s lawn grows inches every 2 weeks. He mows his lawn every 2 weeks and cuts off the top inches of lawn. If Mr. Chan’s lawn was 4 inches tall at the beginning of the season, how many inches tall, in decimal form, is Mr. Chan’s lawn after 8 weeks?
Grid-in question: work out the answer and enter it as a number.
Show the answer
Correct answer: 5.5
The lawn grows inches every 2 weeks. Find the total number of inches it grows in 8 weeks.
The lawn was 4 inches tall at the beginning of the season.
Mr. Chan mows his lawn every 2 weeks and cuts off the top inches. Find the total number of inches that are cut off in 8 weeks.
The height after 8 weeks is the total number of inches grown minus the total number of inches cut off.
Question analysis
This multistep word problem follows Mr. Chan's lawn over 8 weeks: it grows a mixed number of inches every 2 weeks, and he mows a mixed number of inches off on the same schedule. Students combine the growth, the cuts and the starting height and give the final height as a decimal. Leaving out one of those three pieces is the usual error.
- Grade level
- Grade 7 content, by NYS standard
- Compared with grade 7
- At grade 7 Grade 7 students solve multi-step problems with mixed numbers and convert between fractions and decimals. This one strings four such steps together, including counting the 2-week periods, which is typical grade 7 work done carefully.
- Estimated difficulty
- Moderate: several steps, or a close reading with one strong distractor.
- Thinking it demands
- Depth of knowledge 2, skills and concepts · mainly apply
- What makes it hard
- Many steps moderate
- Error-prone arithmetic moderate
- Turning words into math minor
- An answer in an unexpected form minor
- Solution
- 4 steps
- Reading level
- Question and choices: about grade 3, 49 words.
- Corrected from the DOE handbook
- A misspelled name in the explanation was corrected.
- Students, last 30 days
- Not enough answers yet to show (it takes 10).
Why it is hard, traps and wrong answers (shows the answer)
Why it is hard
No single step is hard, but three parts must all reach the final height: the starting 4 inches, four rounds of growth and four rounds of mowing. Leaving out any one of them gives a clean decimal that can be gridded without a second thought. Working one 2-week period at a time, in which the lawn gains 3/8 inch net, keeps the bookkeeping short.
Many steps moderate Working it out
Four pieces have to be combined: count the four 2-week periods in 8 weeks, total the growth, total the mowing, and start from the lawn's first 4 inches. (Daniel & Embretson, 2010; Enright, Morley & Sheehan, 2002)
Error-prone arithmetic moderate Working it out
The amounts are mixed numbers with unlike denominators, 2 1/8 and 1 3/4, which must be multiplied by 4 or subtracted and then gridded as a decimal. (Brown & Burton, 1978; Junker & Sijtsma, 2001)
Turning words into math minor Understanding the question
The phrase "every 2 weeks" governs both the growing and the mowing, so 8 weeks means four rounds of each, not eight. (Hegarty, Mayer & Monk, 1995; Koedinger & Nathan, 2004)
An answer in an unexpected form minor Choosing the answer
As a grid-in it gives no choices, so a height that leaves out the starting 4 inches, or leaves out the mowing, looks as finished as the right one. (Enright, Morley & Sheehan, 2002)
Strategy: Find the net change for one 2-week period by subtracting the cut from the growth, multiply by the number of such periods in 8 weeks, and add the starting height.
Traps
- Stops one step early: A choice is a number from partway through the solution.
- Misreads the question: Misses or misreads a condition or a word in the question: "at least", "each", "remaining", "not".
The wrong answers, classified
1.5 Stops one step early (King et al., 2004; Gierl et al., 2017)
Finds the net gain of 3/8 inch per period and multiplies by the 4 periods, 1.5 inches, but stops before adding the lawn's starting height of 4 inches.
12.5 Stops one step early (King et al., 2004; Gierl et al., 2017)
Adds four periods of growth, 8.5 inches, to the starting 4 inches and stops there, never subtracting the 1 3/4 inches cut at each of the four mowings.
7 Misreads the question (Hegarty, Mayer & Monk, 1995)
Applies the net gain of 3/8 inch to each of the 8 weeks instead of each 2-week period, 8 × 3/8 = 3, then adds the starting 4.
What was corrected from the DOE handbook, and why
- Explanation: The handbook’s explanation says “Mr. Chen mows his lawn every 2 weeks.” The question calls him Mr. Chan throughout, so the site now reads “Mr. Chan.”
Worked solution, step by step
Formulas used
- Mixed number to decimal
- A mixed number has a whole part, a, and a fraction part, b over c. To write it as a decimal, divide b by c to get the fraction part as a decimal. Then add the whole part. For example, one and a half is 1 + 0.5 = 1.5.
- Repeated amount
- n is how many times something happens. a is the amount each time. Adding the same amount n times is the same as multiplying it by n.
Sort out the question
The lawn starts at 4 inches tall. Every 2 weeks it grows inches. Every 2 weeks Mr. Chan also cuts off inches. You need the height after 8 weeks, as a decimal. Three things matter: the start, the growing and the cutting.
Count the 2-week periods
Both the growing and the cutting happen every 2 weeks. So count how many 2-week periods fit in 8 weeks.
There are 4 periods. The lawn grows 4 times and is cut 4 times. Watch out: do not count 8 rounds, one for each week. That leads to the wrong answer 7.
Change the mixed numbers to decimals
The answer must be a decimal, so change both amounts now.
Each period, the lawn grows 2.125 inches and loses 1.75 inches.
Add up the growing
The lawn grows 2.125 inches, 4 times.
It grows 8.5 inches in all. Add the starting height of 4 inches.
Without mowing, the lawn would be 12.5 inches tall. Watch out: do not forget the starting 4 inches. Leaving them out leads to 1.5.
Add up the cutting
Mr. Chan cuts off 1.75 inches, 4 times.
He cuts off 7 inches in all.
Subtract the cutting
The lawn is 5.5 inches tall after 8 weeks. Watch out: 12.5 is not the answer. It leaves out the mowing. So you would grid 5.5.
Check your answer
Work one period at a time. Each period the lawn gains inch. In 4 periods that is inches. Add the starting 4 inches: . Same answer.
More questions like this
The original DOE question

Question 41 of 120
2024 Test A Math, question 7Question
If and , what expression is represented by ?
- A
- B
- C
- D
Show the answer
Correct answer: C
Use properties of equations to determine the missing expression:
The missing expression is .
Question analysis
An algebra question with fractions: two fractions with x and 2x in their denominators are subtracted, and students find the numerator that makes the difference equal a fraction over 2x. It tests rewriting a fraction over a common denominator when the denominators contain a variable. Adjusting only part of a fraction is the common mistake.
- NYS standards
- Grade level
- Grade 7 content, by NYS standard
- Compared with grade 7
- At grade 7 Grade 7 students subtract fractions with unlike denominators and combine like terms, but rarely see a variable in a denominator. The steps are the same two as with numbers, so the demand is typical once the form is familiar.
- Estimated difficulty
- Straightforward: two steps or one careful reading.
- Thinking it demands
- Depth of knowledge 1, recall and reproduction · mainly apply
- What makes it hard
- Variables instead of numbers moderate
- Error-prone arithmetic minor
- Solution
- 2 steps
- Reading level
- Question and choices: about grade 13, 14 words.
- Students, last 30 days
- Not enough answers yet to show (it takes 10).
Why it is hard, traps and wrong answers (shows the answer)
Why it is hard
This is subtraction of fractions with unlike denominators, written with letters. The box over 2x shows the target denominator, which helps, but each wrong choice matches a familiar fraction error: subtracting the tops before matching the bottoms, or rewriting the first fraction and stopping. Students who rewrite 2y/x as 4y/2x and then subtract y from the new numerator finish in seconds.
Variables instead of numbers moderate Understanding the question
The denominators are x and 2x, so the common denominator is built with a letter, and there is no number to check unless students substitute values such as x = 1 and y = 2. (Koedinger & Nathan, 2004; Enright, Morley & Sheehan, 2002)
Error-prone arithmetic minor Working it out
Only the first fraction changes: 2y/x becomes 4y/2x with top and bottom both doubled, while y/2x already has the denominator the box sits over. (Brown & Burton, 1978; Junker & Sijtsma, 2001)
Strategy: Rewrite the first fraction over 2x by multiplying its top and bottom by 2, then subtract the numerators, which now share a denominator.
Traps
- A faulty procedure: A systematic but wrong procedure: adding fractions straight across, applying an exponent to each term of a sum, dropping a sign when moving a term.
- Stops one step early: A choice is a number from partway through the solution.
The wrong answers, classified
A A faulty procedure (Brown & Burton, 1978; Tatsuoka, 1983)
Subtracts the numerators straight away, 2y − y = y, and puts the result over 2x as if the two fractions already shared a denominator.
B A faulty procedure (Brown & Burton, 1978; Tatsuoka, 1983)
Subtracts the numerators over x, (2y − y)/x = y/x, then doubles top and bottom to reach the denominator 2x, giving 2y/2x.
D Stops one step early (King et al., 2004; Gierl et al., 2017)
Rewrites 2y/x as 4y/2x correctly to match the box's denominator, then stops before subtracting the y of the second fraction.
Worked solution, step by step
Formulas used
- Equivalent fractions
- a is the top of the fraction, b is the bottom, and k is any number except zero. Multiplying the top and bottom by the same number does not change the value. It is like multiplying by k over k, which is 1.
- Subtracting fractions with the same bottom
- a and b are the tops, and d is the shared bottom, called the denominator. When two fractions have the same bottom, their pieces are the same size. So subtract the tops and keep the bottom.
Sort out the question
The box, , stands for a missing expression. An expression is a math phrase made of numbers and letters, like 5y. You need what goes in the box to make the two sides equal. means x is not zero, so no fraction divides by zero.
Pick a shared bottom
You can only subtract fractions when their bottoms match. The bottoms here are x and 2x. The box sits over 2x, so use 2x for both. The second fraction, , already has it.
Rewrite the first fraction over 2x
To turn x into 2x, multiply by 2. Multiply the top by 2 as well, so the value stays the same.
Watch out: this is only the first fraction. Stopping here and choosing 4y gives choice D.
Subtract the tops
4y take away y is like 4 apples take away 1 apple. That leaves 3y. Watch out: do not subtract the tops, 2y − y, before the bottoms match. That gives y, choice A.
Match the box
The left side equals . The right side is . The bottoms are the same, so the tops must be equal. The box is 3y. So the answer is C, .
Check your answer
Try numbers. Let x = 1 and y = 2. The left side is . With 3y in the box, the right side is . Both sides are 3, so 3y works.
More questions like this
The original DOE question

Question 42 of 120
2024 Test A Math, question 10Question
Simplify:
- A
- B
- C
- D
Show the answer
Correct answer: A
Divide the first 39 by 3.
Distribute 13 through .
In the numerator, the terms −39 and 39 cancel out.
Finally, divide the numerator and denominator by 13 to get x.
Question analysis
An algebra question that asks students to simplify a stacked fraction: 39 times (x − 3) over 3, plus 39, all divided by 13. It tests dividing, distributing and combining like terms in the right order. The nested fraction bars make it easy to divide only some of the terms or to distribute to only one.
- NYS standards
- Grade level
- Grade 7 content, by NYS standard
- Compared with grade 7
- At grade 7 Grade 7 students expand and simplify linear expressions such as 13(x − 3) + 39. This wraps that work inside two fraction bars, which adds reading load and chances to misstep but no new mathematics.
- Estimated difficulty
- Straightforward: two steps or one careful reading.
- Thinking it demands
- Depth of knowledge 1, recall and reproduction · mainly apply
- What makes it hard
- Error-prone arithmetic moderate
- Many steps minor
- Solution
- 3 steps
- Reading level
- Question and choices: about grade 16+, 6 words.
- Students, last 30 days
- Not enough answers yet to show (it takes 10).
Why it is hard, traps and wrong answers (shows the answer)
Why it is hard
The expression looks heavier than it is: every number is a multiple of 13, and the constants cancel to leave a single term. What makes it risky is scope, knowing which terms each fraction bar and each multiplier covers. Each wrong choice comes from stretching or shrinking that scope by one term, so working outward from the innermost parentheses, one line per step, is the safe way.
Error-prone arithmetic moderate Working it out
Two fraction bars are nested: 39 ÷ 3 applies only to the first term, the 13 must reach both x and −3, and only then does the whole numerator divide by 13. (Brown & Burton, 1978; Junker & Sijtsma, 2001)
Many steps minor Working it out
Four moves come in a fixed order, divide 39 by 3, distribute 13, cancel −39 with +39, divide by 13, and each is a chance to apply a step to the wrong terms. (Daniel & Embretson, 2010; Enright, Morley & Sheehan, 2002)
Strategy: Work from the inside out: divide 39 by 3, distribute through the parentheses, combine the constants in the numerator, and only then divide everything by 13.
Traps
- A faulty procedure: A systematic but wrong procedure: adding fractions straight across, applying an exponent to each term of a sum, dropping a sign when moving a term.
- Order of operations: Working left to right, or distributing a minus sign wrongly, gives a choice.
The wrong answers, classified
B Order of operations (Brown & Burton, 1978)
Reads the inner fraction bar as covering the added 39 too, so the numerator becomes 13(x − 3) + 13 = 13x − 26, and dividing by 13 gives x − 2.
C Order of operations (Brown & Burton, 1978)
Divides only the last 39 by 13, leaving 13(x − 3) + 3 = 13x − 36, as if the outer fraction bar covered a single term.
D A faulty procedure (Brown & Burton, 1978; Tatsuoka, 1983)
Distributes the 13 to x but not to −3, so the numerator becomes 13x − 3 + 39 = 13x + 36, and dividing by 13 leaves a fraction.
Worked solution, step by step
Formulas used
- Distributive property
- a is the number outside the parentheses. b and c are the terms inside. Multiply a by each term inside, and keep the minus sign between them. It works because a groups of (b − c) are a groups of b, take away a groups of c.
Sort out the expression
You need to simplify the big fraction, which means write it in its shortest form. It has a small fraction inside its top. The top is , and the bottom is 13. Work from the inside out, one step at a time.
Divide the first 39 by 3
The small fraction bar is only under . So divide just that 39 by 3.
Now the top is . Watch out: the small bar does not reach the added 39. Dividing that 39 by 3 as well leads to , choice B.
Multiply out the parentheses
Watch out: multiply the 3 by 13 too, not just the x. Leaving −3 as it is leads to choice D.
Combine the plain numbers on top
−39 and 39 add up to 0, so they cancel. The top is now just 13x, which means 13 times x.
Divide by the bottom
Now divide the whole top by 13. Dividing by 13 undoes times 13.
Watch out: the long bar is under the whole top. Dividing only the last 39 by 13 gives , choice C. So the answer is A, .
Check your answer
Try x = 5. Then and . Next, and . Last, . You get back 5, the same as x. So x is right.
More questions like this
The original DOE question

Question 43 of 120
2024 Test A Math, question 11Question
Jar 1 and Jar 2 each contain cup of water. If of the water in Jar 1 is poured into Jar 2, how much water is now in Jar 2?
- A cup
- B cup
- C cup
- D cup
Show the answer
Correct answer: C
Jar 1 starts with cup of water. If of its water is poured into Jar 2, then the amount of water added to Jar 2 is cup.
Jar 2 starts with cup of water. If cup of water is added to it, then the amount of water now in Jar 2 is cup.
Question analysis
A fraction word problem about two jars that each hold half a cup of water; a quarter of the water in the first jar is poured into the second. Students find how much water the second jar now holds. Reading exactly what the quarter is a quarter of is the detail that matters.
- NYS standards
- 7.NS.3 four operations with rational numbers
- Grade level
- Grade 7 content, by NYS standard
- Compared with grade 7
- Below grade 7 Multiplying and adding positive fractions is review by grade 7, and the problem takes two short steps. It is easier than typical grade 7 work with negative numbers or longer rational-number problems, apart from careful reading.
- Estimated difficulty
- Straightforward: two steps or one careful reading.
- Thinking it demands
- Depth of knowledge 2, skills and concepts · mainly apply
- What makes it hard
- Turning words into math moderate
- Error-prone arithmetic minor
- Solution
- 2 steps
- Reading level
- Question and choices: about grade 4, 35 words.
- Students, last 30 days
- Not enough answers yet to show (it takes 10).
Why it is hard, traps and wrong answers (shows the answer)
Why it is hard
The numbers are friendly halves, quarters and eighths, and the work is two steps. The question turns on one phrase: the quarter is a fraction of Jar 1's water, not a measured quarter cup, and reading it the second way gives a choice that looks right. Students who also remember that Jar 2 already held water finish correctly.
Turning words into math moderate Understanding the question
The phrase "1/4 of the water in Jar 1" means a quarter of Jar 1's half cup, an eighth of a cup, not a quarter cup; the word of calls for multiplying. (Hegarty, Mayer & Monk, 1995; Koedinger & Nathan, 2004)
Error-prone arithmetic minor Working it out
Adding the 1/8 cup to Jar 2's 1/2 cup needs the common denominator 8, so 1/2 becomes 4/8 before the sum. (Brown & Burton, 1978; Junker & Sijtsma, 2001)
Strategy: Find the amount poured by taking one quarter of Jar 1's half cup, then add that amount to the half cup already in Jar 2.
Traps
- Stops one step early: A choice is a number from partway through the solution.
- Misreads the question: Misses or misreads a condition or a word in the question: "at least", "each", "remaining", "not".
The wrong answers, classified
A Stops one step early (King et al., 2004; Gierl et al., 2017)
Finds the amount poured, 1/4 of 1/2 cup = 1/8 cup, and stops there instead of adding it to the half cup already in Jar 2.
B Numbers taken from the question (Hegarty, Mayer & Monk, 1995)
Picks the fraction 1/4 straight from the question, as if the share poured were the amount of water now in Jar 2.
D Misreads the question (Hegarty, Mayer & Monk, 1995)
Reads 1/4 of the water as 1/4 cup and adds it to Jar 2's half cup, 1/2 + 1/4 = 3/4.
Worked solution, step by step
Formulas used
- Fraction of an amount
- N is the whole amount, and a over b is the part of it you want. In math, the word of means multiply. For example, half of 10 is one half times 10, which is 5.
- Multiplying fractions
- a and c are the tops, and b and d are the bottoms. Multiply the tops together and the bottoms together. Taking a part of a part makes the pieces smaller, so the bottom gets bigger.
- Adding fractions with the same bottom
- a and b are the tops, and d is the shared bottom, called the denominator. If the bottoms match, add the tops and keep the bottom. If they do not match, rewrite one fraction first.
Sort out the question
Each jar starts with cup of water. You pour “ of the water in Jar 1” into Jar 2. You need how much water is in Jar 2 after that, in cups.
Find how much water is poured
Jar 1 has cup. You pour of it. Of means multiply.
You pour cup. Watch out: a quarter of the water is not a quarter cup. It is a quarter of a half cup. Adding cup gives cup, choice D.
Make the bottoms match
Now add the poured water to the cup already in Jar 2. The bottoms are 2 and 8, so rewrite the half with 8 on the bottom. Multiply its top and bottom by 4.
Add the water in Jar 2
Jar 2 now holds cup. Watch out: cup is only the water poured in. Stopping there gives choice A. So the answer is C, cup.
Check your answer
Jar 2 started with a half cup and got a little more. So it should hold just over a half cup, and is. Also, the water in both jars still adds up to 1 cup: Jar 1 has cup left, and .
More questions like this
The original DOE question

Question 44 of 120
2024 Test A Math, question 13Question
When asked a certain question in a poll, 72% of the people polled answered yes. If 56 people did not answer yes to that question, what is the total number of people who were polled?
- A78
- B128
- C144
- D200
Show the answer
Correct answer: D
72% of the people polled answered yes, so 28% of the people did not answer yes.
Therefore, 56 people is 28% of the total, x.
Question analysis
A percent word problem about a poll: 72% of the people answered yes, and 56 people did not. Students find the total number of people polled. They must first match the 56 people with the right percent and then find the whole from a part, which is where the main slip happens.
- Grade level
- Grade 7 content, by NYS standard
- Compared with grade 7
- At grade 7 Finding a whole from a part and a percent is grade 6 and 7 work. This adds one short step, finding the complementary percent first, which makes it a standard grade 7 multistep percent problem.
- Estimated difficulty
- Moderate: several steps, or a close reading with one strong distractor.
- Thinking it demands
- Depth of knowledge 2, skills and concepts · mainly apply
- What makes it hard
- Turning words into math moderate
- Error-prone arithmetic minor
- Solution
- 2 steps
- Reading level
- Question and choices: about grade 6, 33 words.
- Students, last 30 days
- Not enough answers yet to show (it takes 10).
Why it is hard, traps and wrong answers (shows the answer)
Why it is hard
The only percent printed is 72 and the only count is 56, so the first instinct is to pair them, even though the bold not says they describe different groups. Once 56 is matched with the 28% who did not say yes, a single division finds the total. The listed wrong answers come from that mismatch, from adding the two numbers, and from stopping at the yes count.
Turning words into math moderate Understanding the question
The 56 people are the ones who did not answer yes, so they match 100% − 72% = 28%, not the 72% printed in the sentence before them. (Hegarty, Mayer & Monk, 1995; Koedinger & Nathan, 2004)
Error-prone arithmetic minor Working it out
Finding the total means 56 ÷ 0.28, a division by a decimal; scaling 28% up to 100% at 2 people per percent avoids it. (Brown & Burton, 1978; Junker & Sijtsma, 2001)
Strategy: Subtract 72% from 100% to find the percent who did not answer yes, then find the total that makes 56 equal to that percent.
Traps
- Misreads the question: Misses or misreads a condition or a word in the question: "at least", "each", "remaining", "not".
- Answers a different question: A choice is right for another quantity: the other unknown, the rest instead of the part, the part instead of the whole.
- Misunderstands the concept: A wrong belief about a concept: that percents can be added, that area grows like length, that averages can be averaged, that a bigger denominator means a bigger fraction.
The wrong answers, classified
A Misreads the question (Hegarty, Mayer & Monk, 1995)
Overlooks the bold not and pairs the 56 people with the 72% who said yes: 56 ÷ 0.72 ≈ 77.8, rounded to 78.
B Misunderstands the concept (Smith, diSessa & Roschelle, 1993; De Bock et al., 1998; Ni & Zhou, 2005)
Reads the 72% as a fixed 72 people and adds the 56 who did not say yes, 72 + 56 = 128, instead of treating 72% as a share of the unknown total.
C Answers a different question (King et al., 2004; Hegarty, Mayer & Monk, 1995)
Gets 2 people per percent from 56 ÷ 28 but multiplies by 72 instead of 100, finding the 144 who answered yes rather than everyone polled.
Worked solution, step by step
Formulas used
- Percent of a whole
- The whole is the total amount, here everyone polled. p is the percent. The part is the amount that p percent stands for. Percent means out of 100, so p% is p hundredths of the whole.
Sort out the question
In a poll, 72% of the people answered yes. 56 people did not answer yes. You need the total number of people polled. Notice the bold word not. The 56 people are the ones who did not say yes.
Find the percent who did not say yes
Everyone polled makes 100%. Take away the 72% who said yes.
So 28% did not answer yes. That is the group of 56 people. Watch out: do not match the 56 people with 72%. That leads to about 78, choice A.
Set up the percent equation
Call the total number of people T. The 56 people are 28% of T.
Solve for the total
First find how many people make 1%. Divide 56 people by 28.
So each 1% is 2 people. All 100% is 100 times that.
Watch out: do not multiply 2 by 72. That gives 144, the people who said yes, choice C. So the answer is D, 200.
Check your answer
Find 28% of 200: . That matches the people who did not say yes. Also, 72% of 200 is 144 people who said yes, and , everyone.
More questions like this
The original DOE question

Question 45 of 120
2024 Test A Math, question 15Question
A program on a computer randomly generates a sequence of whole numbers from 1 to 9, inclusive. If the computer generates a sequence of 300 numbers, what is the best prediction of the number of odd numbers in the sequence?
- A120
- B133
- C150
- D167
Show the answer
Correct answer: D
There are five odd numbers in the range 1 through 9: 1, 3, 5, 7, and 9.
So the proportion of odd numbers in the range 1 through 9 is .
The expected number of odd values in the sequence from the computer program is
So the best prediction for the number of odd numbers in the sequence is 167.
Question analysis
A probability question: a computer randomly generates 300 whole numbers from 1 to 9, and students predict how many will be odd. It asks students to find the probability of an odd number and use it to predict a count. Counting carefully which of the nine numbers are odd, and rounding the prediction sensibly, are the points to watch.
- Grade level
- Grade 6 content, by NYS standard
- Compared with grade 7
- At grade 7 Using a probability to predict how often an event happens is grade 6 and 7 work. This takes two short steps plus a rounding decision, about the demand of a typical grade 7 probability task.
- Estimated difficulty
- Straightforward: two steps or one careful reading.
- Thinking it demands
- Depth of knowledge 2, skills and concepts · mainly apply
- What makes it hard
- Solution
- 3 steps
- Reading level
- Question and choices: about grade 11, 37 words.
- Students, last 30 days
- Not enough answers yet to show (it takes 10).
Why it is hard, traps and wrong answers (shows the answer)
Why it is hard
The method is short, a probability times 300, so the question is decided by the probability. Odd and even feel like an even split, and half of 300 is a listed choice, but the numbers 1 to 9 hold five odd and four even. Listing the nine numbers before computing removes the trap, and the result, about 167, then needs only rounding.
Turning words into math minor Understanding the question
The phrase "whole numbers from 1 to 9, inclusive" means nine equally likely values, five of them odd, so the chance of odd is 5/9, not the one half that odd and even suggest. (Hegarty, Mayer & Monk, 1995; Koedinger & Nathan, 2004)
Something you must already know minor Working it out
The stem never says that an expected count is the probability times the number of trials, here 5/9 of the 300 numbers generated. (Anderson & Krathwohl, 2001)
Error-prone arithmetic minor Working it out
The product 300 × 5/9 is 166.67, not a whole number, so the prediction has to be rounded to the nearest whole number. (Brown & Burton, 1978; Junker & Sijtsma, 2001)
Strategy: Count the odd numbers from 1 to 9, write the probability as that count over 9, and multiply by 300, rounding to the nearest whole number.
Traps
- Misunderstands the concept: A wrong belief about a concept: that percents can be added, that area grows like length, that averages can be averaged, that a bigger denominator means a bigger fraction.
- Answers a different question: A choice is right for another quantity: the other unknown, the rest instead of the part, the part instead of the whole.
The wrong answers, classified
A Little reason to choose it (Haladyna & Downing, 1993; Rodriguez, 2005)
No count of the nine numbers gives 120, which is 40% of 300; reaching it takes two errors at once, so it mostly attracts guesses.
B Answers a different question (King et al., 2004; Hegarty, Mayer & Monk, 1995)
Counts the four even numbers instead of the five odd ones and predicts 4/9 of 300, about 133.
C Misunderstands the concept (Smith, diSessa & Roschelle, 1993; De Bock et al., 1998; Ni & Zhou, 2005)
Assumes odd and even numbers are equally likely and takes half of 300, ignoring that 1 to 9 holds one more odd number than even.
Worked solution, step by step
Formulas used
- Probability
- P is the probability, the chance that something happens. Possible results are all the results that are equally likely. Wanted results are the ones you are looking for. The chance is the fraction of the results that you want.
- Expected count
- E is the expected count, your best guess of how many times something will happen. P is its probability, and n is the number of tries. If something happens 5 times out of 9, it should happen about 5 ninths of the time in many tries.
Sort out the question
The computer picks whole numbers from 1 to 9. Inclusive means 1 and 9 count too. Randomly means each number has the same chance. It picks 300 numbers. You need the best guess of how many of them are odd.
Count the odd numbers
An odd number does not split evenly by 2. From 1 to 9, the odd numbers are 1, 3, 5, 7 and 9. That is 5 of the 9 numbers. The even ones, 2, 4, 6 and 8, are only 4. Watch out: odd and even are not equally likely here, since there is one more odd number. Taking half of 300 gives 150, choice C.
Find the chance of odd
Each number the computer picks has a 5 in 9 chance of being odd. Watch out: do not use the 4 even numbers. That gives about 133, choice B.
Multiply by the 300 numbers
The sign ≈ means about. You can’t have part of a number, so round to the nearest whole number. 166.7 is closer to 167 than to 166. So the answer is D, 167.
Check your answer
The odd numbers are a bit more than half of the nine. So the answer should be a bit more than half of 300, which is 150. Only 167 is a bit more than 150. Also, 167 odd plus about 133 even makes 300.
More questions like this
The original DOE question

Question 46 of 120
2024 Test A Math, question 19Question
8.9, 8.2, 8.5, 9.0, 8.4, 8.6, 8.8
At a skating championship, there are seven judges who each award a score for each skater’s performance. The highest and lowest scores given to each skater are discarded, and the mean of the remaining scores is then calculated and reported as the skater’s final score. What is the final score for the skater who received the scores shown above from the judges?
- A8.60
- B8.62
- C8.64
- D8.70
Show the answer
Correct answer: C
The highest and lowest scores are discarded: 8.2 and 9.0.
To find the mean, add the remaining scores and then divide that sum by the total number of remaining scores.
Question analysis
A statistics question about a skating championship with seven judges: the highest and lowest of a skater's seven scores are dropped, and the rest are averaged. Students apply that rule to the listed scores, decimals close together. Following the dropping rule exactly and adding the decimals carefully both matter, since the choices are very close.
- Grade level
- Grade 6 content, by NYS standard
- Compared with grade 7
- Below grade 7 Finding a mean is grade 6 content, and this adds only a rule about which scores to drop. Grade 7 statistics usually compares whole data sets, so this is easier, though the close choices demand exact decimal arithmetic.
- Estimated difficulty
- Straightforward: two steps or one careful reading.
- Thinking it demands
- Depth of knowledge 2, skills and concepts · mainly apply
- What makes it hard
- A very close wrong answer moderate
- Error-prone arithmetic minor
- Turning words into math minor
- Solution
- 3 steps
- Reading level
- Question and choices: about grade 9, 62 words.
- Students, last 30 days
- Not enough answers yet to show (it takes 10).
Why it is hard, traps and wrong answers (shows the answer)
Why it is hard
The arithmetic is short, but the choices are spaced so closely that a small slip or a skipped rule lands on a neighbor. Averaging all seven scores, or picking the middle score, gives values within a few hundredths of the answer. The question rewards following the stated rule exactly and adding the five remaining scores with care.
A very close wrong answer moderate Choosing the answer
The choices 8.60, 8.62 and 8.64 lie within 0.04 of one another, so no estimate separates them; only the exact sum of the five kept scores, 43.2, does. (Embretson & Wetzel, 1987; Gorin & Embretson, 2006; Ascalon et al., 2007)
Error-prone arithmetic minor Working it out
Five one-decimal scores must be added and divided by 5; subtracting 8 from each first leaves 0.9, 0.5, 0.4, 0.6 and 0.8, which are easier to add. (Brown & Burton, 1978; Junker & Sijtsma, 2001)
Turning words into math minor Understanding the question
The scoring rule takes two sentences to state: discard the single highest and the single lowest score, then average the five that remain. (Hegarty, Mayer & Monk, 1995; Koedinger & Nathan, 2004)
Strategy: Cross out the single highest and the single lowest score, add the five that remain, and divide that sum by 5.
Traps
- Misreads the question: Misses or misreads a condition or a word in the question: "at least", "each", "remaining", "not".
- Answers a different question: A choice is right for another quantity: the other unknown, the rest instead of the part, the part instead of the whole.
The wrong answers, classified
A Answers a different question (King et al., 2004; Hegarty, Mayer & Monk, 1995)
Gives the median, the middle score 8.6, instead of the mean of the five scores left after the highest and lowest are dropped.
B Misreads the question (Hegarty, Mayer & Monk, 1995)
Averages all seven scores without discarding any, 60.4 ÷ 7 = 8.628…, and takes 8.62, the nearest choice to that mean.
D Misreads the question (Hegarty, Mayer & Monk, 1995)
Drops only the lowest score, 8.2, and averages the other six, (60.4 − 8.2) ÷ 6 = 8.7, keeping the top score of 9.0.
Worked solution, step by step
Formulas used
- Mean, or average
- The mean is the average. The sum is what you get when you add all the scores. Divide it by how many scores you added. It shares the total out evenly, as if every score were the same.
Sort out the rule
Seven judges gave the seven scores shown. The rule has two parts. First, throw out the highest score and the lowest score. Then find the mean of the scores that are left. The mean is the average. That is the final score you need.
Cross out the highest and lowest
The highest score is 9.0. The lowest is 8.2. Cross both out. Five scores are left: 8.9, 8.5, 8.4, 8.6 and 8.8. Watch out: drop both. Dropping only 8.2 gives 8.70, choice D. Keeping all seven gives about 8.63, which is closest to 8.62, choice B.
Add the five scores
A shortcut: each score is 8 plus a bit. The bits are 0.9, 0.5, 0.4, 0.6 and 0.8, and they add to 3.2. Five 8s make 40, and .
Divide by the number of scores
Watch out: do not just take the middle score, 8.6. That is the median, choice A. The question asks for the mean. So the answer is C, 8.64.
Check your answer
Multiply back: , the sum. Also, the mean should sit between the lowest kept score, 8.4, and the highest kept score, 8.9. 8.64 does.
More questions like this
The original DOE question

Question 47 of 120
2024 Test A Math, question 22Question
Yesterday in Centerville, the highest Fahrenheit temperature, F, was 86°, and the lowest was 68°. What was the difference between these temperatures, in degrees Celsius, C?
- A10.0° C
- B15.0° C
- C20.0° C
- D32.4° C
Show the answer
Correct answer: A
The highest temperature was 86° F.
Subtract 32 from both sides of the equation:
Multiply both sides of the equation by :
The lowest temperature was 68° F.
The difference, in degrees Celsius, is 30 minus 20.
Question analysis
A formula question: given F = 9/5 C + 32 and a day's high and low of 86 and 68 degrees Fahrenheit, students find the difference between the two temperatures in degrees Celsius. It tests solving a two-step equation with a fraction coefficient. Answering with the difference, in the right scale, is what to watch.
- Grade level
- Grade 7 content, by NYS standard
- Compared with grade 7
- At grade 7 Solving equations of the form px + q = r with fraction coefficients is grade 7 work. Doing it twice and comparing the results is a typical multistep grade 7 task, with extra care over which scale the answer is in.
- Estimated difficulty
- Moderate: several steps, or a close reading with one strong distractor.
- Thinking it demands
- Depth of knowledge 2, skills and concepts · mainly apply
- What makes it hard
- Many steps moderate
- Error-prone arithmetic minor
- Solution
- 4 steps
- Reading level
- Question and choices: about grade 7, 29 words.
- Corrected from the DOE handbook
- A stray term in the explanation’s working was removed.
- Students, last 30 days
- Not enough answers yet to show (it takes 10).
Why it is hard, traps and wrong answers (shows the answer)
Why it is hard
The formula is written to give Fahrenheit from Celsius, and the question runs it the other way, twice. Plugging 86 and 68 straight into the right-hand side is the tempting misuse, and it produces a listed choice. A shortcut avoids most of the work: the 18-degree Fahrenheit gap times 5/9 is the Celsius gap, because the 32 cancels when two readings are subtracted.
Many steps moderate Working it out
Each Fahrenheit reading needs its own two-step solve, subtracting 32 and multiplying by 5/9, and then the two Celsius values must be subtracted. (Daniel & Embretson, 2010; Enright, Morley & Sheehan, 2002)
Error-prone arithmetic minor Working it out
Multiplying 54 and 36 by 5/9 is easy only if the division by 9 comes first; multiplying by 5 first leaves 270/9 and 180/9 to reduce. (Brown & Burton, 1978; Junker & Sijtsma, 2001)
Strategy: Solve the formula for C at 86° and at 68° by subtracting 32 and multiplying by 5/9, then subtract; or convert the 18-degree gap directly with 5/9.
Traps
- Wrong operation: Adds instead of multiplying, divides the wrong way round, turns a ratio or rate upside down, or undoes a step in the wrong direction (subtracts what should be added back).
- Answers a different question: A choice is right for another quantity: the other unknown, the rest instead of the part, the part instead of the whole.
The wrong answers, classified
B Little reason to choose it (Haladyna & Downing, 1993; Rodriguez, 2005)
No conversion route gives 15; the gap is 18 × 5/9 by any method, so 15 needs a slip such as 54 ÷ 9 = 7, and it mostly draws guesses.
C Answers a different question (King et al., 2004; Hegarty, Mayer & Monk, 1995)
Converts the low reading, 68°F, to 20°C and gives that temperature instead of the difference between the two readings.
D Wrong operation (Hegarty, Mayer & Monk, 1995; King et al., 2004)
Converts in the wrong direction, multiplying the 18-degree gap by 9/5 instead of 5/9, the same as putting 86 and 68 in for C.
What was corrected from the DOE handbook, and why
- Explanation: After “Subtract 32 from both sides of the equation,” the handbook writes “86 − 32 = (9/5)C = 32”. The extra “= 32” would mean (9/5)C = 32, which is false: 86 − 32 = 54, and the next line is 54 = (9/5)C. The site now reads 86 − 32 = (9/5)C, as the handbook writes the same step for 68°.
Worked solution, step by step
Formulas used
- Changing Celsius to Fahrenheit
- F is a temperature in degrees Fahrenheit. C is the same temperature in degrees Celsius. Multiply the Celsius number by 9 fifths, then add 32. To go the other way, undo each step: subtract 32, then multiply by 5 ninths.
Sort out the question
Fahrenheit and Celsius are two ways to measure temperature. The formula changes Celsius, C, into Fahrenheit, F. Yesterday’s high was 86° F and the low was 68° F. You need the difference between them in degrees Celsius. So change each one to Celsius, then subtract.
Undo the + 32 for the high
Put 86 in for F. Then subtract 32 from both sides. That keeps the equation balanced.
Solve for the high in Celsius
To undo times , multiply both sides by . That is its reciprocal, the fraction flipped upside down.
Dividing 54 by 9 first gives 6, which keeps the numbers small. The high was 30° C.
Change the low to Celsius
Do the same with 68.
The low was 20° C. Watch out: 20° C is the low, not the difference. That is choice C.
Subtract to find the difference
The difference is 10 degrees Celsius. Watch out: do not multiply the 18-degree Fahrenheit gap by . That goes the wrong way and gives 32.4, choice D. So the answer is A, 10.0° C.
Check your answer
A shortcut: the gap in Fahrenheit is degrees. The + 32 moves both temperatures the same, so it does not change the gap. Multiply the gap by : . Same answer.
More questions like this
The original DOE question

Question 48 of 120
2024 Test A Math, question 24Question
In 1991, the total public debt of the United States was about $3,600,000,000,000. In that year, there were about 250,000,000 people in the United States. Which amount is the best estimate of the public debt per person for that year?
- A$1,440
- B$14,400
- C$144,000
- D$14,400,000,000
Show the answer
Correct answer: B
The question asks for the amount of the public debt per person, so divide the total public debt by the number of people.
The amount of the public debt per person was about $14,400.
Question analysis
An estimation question with very large numbers: the 1991 United States public debt of about 3.6 trillion dollars and a population of about 250 million. Students find the debt per person. The choices differ by powers of ten, so cancelling zeros and keeping track of place value is the whole challenge.
- Grade level
- Grade 6 content, by NYS standard
- Compared with grade 7
- Below grade 7 Dividing large whole numbers and using place value are grade 5 and 6 skills. Grade 7 work goes further with rational numbers; this asks only for one careful division, with counting zeros as the main risk.
- Estimated difficulty
- Straightforward: two steps or one careful reading.
- Thinking it demands
- Depth of knowledge 2, skills and concepts · mainly apply
- What makes it hard
- Error-prone arithmetic moderate
- A very close wrong answer minor
- Solution
- 2 steps
- Reading level
- Question and choices: about grade 5, 37 words.
- Corrected from the DOE handbook
- A misprinted number in the explanation was corrected.
- Students, last 30 days
- Not enough answers yet to show (it takes 10).
Why it is hard, traps and wrong answers (shows the answer)
Why it is hard
The division itself is easy once the zeros are handled, and the question is built to punish miscounting them. Three choices carry the same digits, 144, at different sizes, so a student who loses or gains one zero still finds a match. A quick estimate in powers of ten, 3.6 trillion over a quarter of a billion, confirms that the answer is in the tens of thousands.
Error-prone arithmetic moderate Working it out
The debt has 13 digits and the population 9; cancelling seven zeros from each leaves 360,000 ÷ 25, and losing or adding one zero shifts the answer tenfold. (Brown & Burton, 1978; Junker & Sijtsma, 2001)
A very close wrong answer minor Choosing the answer
Three choices share the digits 144 and differ only by powers of ten, so getting the digits right does not settle it; only exact place value does. (Embretson & Wetzel, 1987; Gorin & Embretson, 2006; Ascalon et al., 2007)
Strategy: Cancel the same number of zeros from the debt and the population, then divide the smaller numbers that remain; check the size by estimating with powers of ten.
Traps
- An arithmetic slip: The right method with a plausible arithmetic error: a digit, a place value or a times-table fact.
- A faulty procedure: A systematic but wrong procedure: adding fractions straight across, applying an exponent to each term of a sum, dropping a sign when moving a term.
The wrong answers, classified
A An arithmetic slip (Junker & Sijtsma, 2001)
Cancels one zero too many while dividing and ends with $1,440, a per-person amount ten times too small.
C An arithmetic slip (Junker & Sijtsma, 2001)
Cancels one zero too few from the debt and ends with $144,000, a per-person amount ten times too large.
D A faulty procedure (Brown & Burton, 1978; Tatsuoka, 1983)
Divides the debt by 250 alone, dropping the six zeros that follow 250 in the population without removing any from the debt.
What was corrected from the DOE handbook, and why
- Explanation: The handbook’s first division writes the debt as “3,6000,000,000,000”, with an extra zero. The question gives $3,600,000,000,000, and the handbook’s next line (where the zeros are cancelled) uses 3,600,000,000,000, so the site now reads 3,600,000,000,000 ÷ 250,000,000. The answer, $14,400, is unchanged.
Worked solution, step by step
Formulas used
- Amount per person
- The total is the whole amount, here the debt in dollars. Dividing by the number of people shares it out equally. The result is how much goes with each one person.
- Canceling zeros
- a and b are any numbers, and b is not zero. Dividing the top and bottom of a fraction by 10 does not change its value. So you can cross off a zero at the end of the top and one at the end of the bottom, as a pair.
Sort out the question
The debt was about $3,600,000,000,000, which is 3.6 trillion dollars. There were about 250,000,000 people, which is 250 million. You need the debt per person. Per person means the amount for each one person.
Set up the division
Share the debt equally by dividing it by the number of people. The debt goes on top, and the people go on the bottom.
Cancel zeros in pairs
Count the zeros at the end of each number. The debt ends in 11 zeros. The population ends in 7. Cross off 7 zeros from each. Each pair you cross off divides the top and bottom by 10.
Watch out: cross off the same number from each. One too many from the debt gives $1,440, choice A. One too few gives $144,000, choice C.
Divide what is left
Dividing by 25 is the same as dividing by 100 and then multiplying by 4. That is because 4 groups of 25 make 100.
The debt was about $14,400 per person. Watch out: choice D divides by 250 only and forgets the zeros after it. So the answer is B, $14,400.
Check your answer
Multiply back. First, . Then put back the 7 zeros you crossed off: 3,600,000,000,000. That is the debt, so $14,400 is right.
More questions like this
The original DOE question

Question 49 of 120
2024 Test A Math, question 28Question
QUIZ SCORES IN
MRS. ARCH’S CLASS
| Quiz Score | Number of Students |
|---|---|
| 60 | 9 |
| 70 | 7 |
| 80 | 4 |
| 90 | 5 |
| 100 | 3 |
In the table above, what is the mean quiz score?
- A60
- B70
- C75
- D80
Show the answer
Correct answer: C
First, find the total number of students who took the quiz.
Multiply each quiz score by the number of students who received that score. Add those products together to find the total number of points scored.
To find the mean quiz score, divide the total number of points by the number of students who took the quiz.
Question analysis
A frequency table question: the table lists five quiz scores from 60 to 100 and how many students in Mrs. Arch's class earned each. Students find the mean quiz score for the whole class. Each score has to count once for every student who earned it, and the class size has to be added up from the table.
- Grade level
- Grade 6 content, by NYS standard
- Compared with grade 7
- At grade 7 A mean from a frequency table is grade 6 content in a three-step form that grade 7 students meet regularly. Five rows of products make it slightly longer than a typical exercise, but the arithmetic is friendly.
- Estimated difficulty
- Moderate: several steps, or a close reading with one strong distractor.
- Thinking it demands
- Depth of knowledge 2, skills and concepts · mainly apply
- What makes it hard
- Reading a figure, table or graph moderate
- Many steps minor
- Error-prone arithmetic minor
- Solution
- 3 steps
- Reading level
- Question and choices: about grade 2, 19 words.
- Students, last 30 days
- Not enough answers yet to show (it takes 10).
Why it is hard, traps and wrong answers (shows the answer)
Why it is hard
The table invites a shortcut: average the five scores in the first column and get a round number that is a choice. That ignores the fact that more students earned the low scores than the high ones, which pulls the true mean down. Weighting each score by its count is a five-row calculation with friendly numbers, and the other choices catch students who confuse the mean with the most common or the middle score.
Reading a figure, table or graph moderate Understanding the question
Each row of the table stands for several students, 9 with 60, 7 with 70 and so on, so a score counts once per student and the class size, 28, must be added up. (Lesh, Post & Behr, 1987; Kirsch & Mosenthal, 1990)
Many steps minor Working it out
Five products, 540, 490, 320, 450 and 300, must be found and added to 2,100 before dividing by the 28 students. (Daniel & Embretson, 2010; Enright, Morley & Sheehan, 2002)
Error-prone arithmetic minor Working it out
The last step, 2,100 ÷ 28, is not a familiar fact; noticing that 28 × 75 = 2,100, or testing the choices, keeps it quick. (Brown & Burton, 1978; Junker & Sijtsma, 2001)
Strategy: Multiply each score by its number of students, add the products for the total points, add the student counts, and divide the points by the students.
Traps
- Misunderstands the concept: A wrong belief about a concept: that percents can be added, that area grows like length, that averages can be averaged, that a bigger denominator means a bigger fraction.
- Answers a different question: A choice is right for another quantity: the other unknown, the rest instead of the part, the part instead of the whole.
The wrong answers, classified
A Answers a different question (King et al., 2004; Hegarty, Mayer & Monk, 1995)
Picks the score that the most students earned, 60, the mode of the class, instead of computing the mean.
B Answers a different question (King et al., 2004; Hegarty, Mayer & Monk, 1995)
Finds the median instead: in the ordered list of 28 scores, the 14th and 15th are both 70.
D Misunderstands the concept (Smith, diSessa & Roschelle, 1993; De Bock et al., 1998; Ni & Zhou, 2005)
Averages the five listed scores, (60 + 70 + 80 + 90 + 100) ÷ 5 = 80, without weighting each by its number of students.
Worked solution, step by step
Formulas used
- Mean from a table
- The mean is the average score. Total points is every student’s score added up. Each score in the table counts once for every student who got it. Number of students is how many took the quiz.
Sort out the table
The left column lists quiz scores. The right column says how many students got each score. For example, 9 students scored 60. You need the mean quiz score, which is the average.
Count the students
28 students took the quiz. So there are 28 scores in all, not just 5.
Find the total points
Each score counts once for each student who got it. So multiply each score by its number of students.
Score Students Points 60 9 70 7 80 4 90 5 100 3 The class scored 2,100 points in all.
Divide to find the mean
To divide, try . That leaves , and . So the mean is . Watch out: do not just average the five scores in the table. That gives 80, choice D. Also, 70 is the median and 60 is the most common score, choices B and A. So the answer is C, 75.
Check your answer
More students scored low, 60 or 70, than high. So the mean should be below 80, the middle of the listed scores. 75 is below 80. Also, , the total points.
More questions like this
The original DOE question

Question 50 of 120
2024 Test A Math, question 29Question
Which graph represents the solution to the inequality ?
- A

- B

- C

- D

Show the answer
Correct answer: A
Use the properties of equations to solve the inequality for x.
Subtract 4 from both sides of the inequality.
The graph of will have a point at −1 and will include all values that are greater than, or to the right of, −1. The greater than or equal sign is used, which indicates that the solution includes −1. So the point at −1 will be solid. Option A is the correct answer.
Question analysis
This inequality question asks which number line graph shows the solution set of x + 4 ≥ 3. Students solve a one-step inequality by undoing the addition, then match the result to a graph. All four graphs use a solid dot and an arrow pointing right, so the whole question rests on where the shaded ray begins.
- Grade level
- Grade 7 content, by NYS standard
- Compared with grade 7
- Below grade 7 Grade 7 inequality work is usually two-step, such as 3x − 5 ≥ 10, and asks students to choose an open or closed dot and a direction. This one needs a single subtraction, and all four graphs share a closed dot and a rightward arrow.
- Estimated difficulty
- Routine: one familiar step, little to misread.
- Thinking it demands
- Depth of knowledge 1, recall and reproduction · mainly apply
- What makes it hard
- Solution
- 2 steps
- Reading level
- Question and choices: about grade 13, 9 words.
- Students, last 30 days
- Not enough answers yet to show (it takes 10).
Why it is hard, traps and wrong answers (shows the answer)
Why it is hard
Solving takes a single subtraction, and the graphs differ only in where the solid dot sits, so the question comes down to 3 − 4. Students who lose the negative sign land on the graph that starts at 1, while those who never isolate x pick a graph that starts at a number printed in the inequality. Testing 0, which satisfies 0 + 4 ≥ 3, shows that the shading must include 0.
Reading a figure, table or graph minor Understanding the question
All four graphs share a closed dot and a rightward arrow, so the only thing to read is where the dot sits, against tick labels printed with raised minus signs. (Lesh, Post & Behr, 1987; Kirsch & Mosenthal, 1990)
Error-prone arithmetic minor Working it out
Undoing the + 4 means computing 3 − 4, the one step that crosses zero; a dropped minus sign moves the dot from −1 to 1. (Brown & Burton, 1978; Junker & Sijtsma, 2001)
Strategy: Subtract 4 from both sides to get x alone, then find the graph whose solid dot sits at that number; test one shaded value in the original inequality to confirm.
Traps
- Negatives and direction: Arithmetic with negative numbers, the order of a subtraction, or direction on a number line. (Moving a term across the equals sign without changing its sign is a faulty procedure.)
- Numbers taken from the question: Combines the numbers in the question without a model of the situation, or is simply a number that appears in the question.
The wrong answers, classified
B Negatives and direction (Brown & Burton, 1978)
Computes 4 − 3 instead of 3 − 4, or drops the minus sign of −1, and starts the shaded ray at positive 1.
C Numbers taken from the question (Hegarty, Mayer & Monk, 1995)
Starts the ray at 3, the number on the right side of the inequality, as if x ≥ 3, without subtracting the 4.
D Numbers taken from the question (Hegarty, Mayer & Monk, 1995)
Starts the ray at 4, the number added to x, reading it off the inequality instead of solving for x.
Worked solution, step by step
Formulas used
- Keeping an inequality balanced
- a and b are the two sides of an inequality, and c is any number. The sign ≥ stands for greater than or equal to. Taking the same number away from both sides keeps the comparison true, like taking the same weight off both pans of a scale. Use it to get x by itself.
Sort out the question
An inequality is a math sentence that compares two amounts. The sign means is greater than or equal to. So says that x plus 4 is 3 or more.
You need the graph that shows every number x that makes this true. All four graphs have a solid dot and an arrow to the right. Only the place where the dot sits is different.
Get x by itself
Right now 4 is added to x. To undo adding 4, subtract 4 from both sides.
So x is −1 or any number greater than −1. Watch out: 3 − 4 is −1, not 1. Dropping the minus sign puts the dot at 1, choice B. Putting the dot at 3 or 4 means you read a number off the inequality without solving. That leads to C or D.
Match the solution to a graph
On a number line, greater numbers are to the right. So the shading starts at −1 and goes right. The arrow shows that it keeps going.
The dot is solid, or filled in, because of the or equal to part. A solid dot means −1 itself is a solution, a number that makes the inequality true.
Graph A has a solid dot at −1 and is shaded to the right. So the answer is A, the graph with a solid dot at −1.
Check your answer
Test a number from the shaded part, such as 0. , and 4 is more than 3. Now test the dot: , and 3 is equal to 3, so −1 works. A number left of the dot, −2, gives . That is less than 3, so −2 should not be shaded, and it isn’t.
More questions like this
The original DOE question

Question 51 of 120
2024 Test A Math, question 30Question
The reciprocal of is added to the reciprocal of 3. What is the reciprocal of this sum?
- A
- B
- C
- D
Show the answer
Correct answer: A
The reciprocal of is added to the reciprocal of 3.
The reciprocal of this sum is .
Question analysis
This fractions question asks for the reciprocal of a sum: the reciprocal of one fourth is added to the reciprocal of 3, and students must flip the total. It tests knowing what a reciprocal is and adding a whole number to a fraction. Keeping the three flips in the right order, without skipping one, is what makes it tricky.
- NYS standards
- 6.NS.1 dividing fractions by fractions
- Grade level
- Grade 6 content, by NYS standard
- Compared with grade 7
- At grade 7 Grade 7 students use reciprocals when dividing fractions, usually one at a time. This item chains three reciprocals around one addition, with positive numbers only, so the demand is following the wording in order rather than new content.
- Estimated difficulty
- Straightforward: two steps or one careful reading.
- Thinking it demands
- Depth of knowledge 2, skills and concepts · mainly apply
- What makes it hard
- Turning words into math moderate
- Error-prone arithmetic minor
- Solution
- 3 steps
- Reading level
- Question and choices: about grade 8, 21 words.
- Students, last 30 days
- Not enough answers yet to show (it takes 10).
Why it is hard, traps and wrong answers (shows the answer)
Why it is hard
Each step is easy, so the question is about order: flip each number, add, then flip the total. The common failures are flipping at the wrong moment, term by term instead of the whole sum, and adding a whole number to a fraction straight across. Writing the full expression 1 ÷ (4 + 1/3) before doing any arithmetic keeps the three reciprocals in their places.
Turning words into math moderate Understanding the question
The two sentences hold three reciprocals and a sum, which must become 1 ÷ (4 + 1/3) before any arithmetic; "this sum" means flipping the total, not each part. (Hegarty, Mayer & Monk, 1995; Koedinger & Nathan, 2004)
Error-prone arithmetic minor Working it out
Adding 4 and 1/3 means writing 4 as 12/3 to get 13/3, a whole number plus a fraction, where adding tops and bottoms gives 5/4 instead. (Brown & Burton, 1978; Junker & Sijtsma, 2001)
Strategy: Work in the order of the words: flip each number to get its reciprocal, add the two using a common denominator, and then flip that sum.
Traps
- A faulty procedure: A systematic but wrong procedure: adding fractions straight across, applying an exponent to each term of a sum, dropping a sign when moving a term.
- Wrong operation: Adds instead of multiplying, divides the wrong way round, turns a ratio or rate upside down, or undoes a step in the wrong direction (subtracts what should be added back).
The wrong answers, classified
B Wrong operation (Hegarty, Mayer & Monk, 1995; King et al., 2004)
Multiplies the two reciprocals instead of adding them, 4 × 1/3 = 4/3, then flips that product to 3/4.
C A faulty procedure (Brown & Burton, 1978; Tatsuoka, 1983)
Adds 4/1 and 1/3 straight across, numerators and denominators, getting 5/4, then flips it to 4/5.
D A faulty procedure (Brown & Burton, 1978; Tatsuoka, 1983)
Flips each term of 4 + 1/3 instead of the whole sum, as if the reciprocal of a sum were the sum of reciprocals: 1/4 + 3 = 13/4.
Worked solution, step by step
Formulas used
- Reciprocal
- a is the top of a fraction and b is the bottom. The reciprocal is the fraction flipped upside down. A whole number such as 3 is the fraction 3 over 1, so its reciprocal is 1 over 3. A number times its reciprocal always makes 1.
- Adding fractions with the same bottom
- c is the shared bottom number, called the denominator. a and b are the tops, called numerators. When the pieces are the same size, you just add how many pieces you have. The size of the pieces, c, stays the same.
Sort out the wording
The question has three reciprocals in it. A reciprocal is a fraction flipped upside down. Do the jobs in the order of the words:
- Flip .
- Flip 3.
- Add the two results to get the sum.
- Flip that sum.
The last flip gives the answer.
Flip each number
Flip to get , which is 4. The number 3 is the same as , so its reciprocal is .
Add the two reciprocals
You need . To add, both numbers need the same bottom. So write 4 in thirds. One whole is 3 thirds, so 4 wholes are 12 thirds.
The sum is . Watch out: don’t add the tops and the bottoms straight across. That gives , which flips to , choice C.
Flip the sum
Watch out: flip the whole sum, not each part. Flipping 4 and one at a time takes you back to , choice D.So the answer is A, .
Check your answer
A number times its reciprocal is 1. Test it: . Also estimate. The sum is a bit more than 4, so its reciprocal should be a bit less than . is about 0.23, just under 0.25.
More questions like this
The original DOE question

Question 52 of 120
2024 Test A Math, question 31Question
Nura made a square poster with a side length of 13 inches. Latrice made a square poster with a side length of 15 inches. What is the difference, in square inches, between the area of Latrice’s poster and the area of Nura’s poster?
- A56
- B8
- C4
- D2
Show the answer
Correct answer: A
Nura’s poster is square, so all the side lengths are 13 inches. The area, in square inches, is
Latrice’s poster is square, so all the side lengths are 15 inches.
Subtract to determine the difference between the areas.
The difference, in square inches, is 56.
Question analysis
This area word problem compares two square posters, one 13 inches on a side and one 15 inches on a side, and asks for the difference between their areas in square inches. Students square each side length and subtract. Working with the difference in the sides, or with perimeters, instead of the areas is the easy mistake.
- Grade level
- Grade 6 content, by NYS standard
- Compared with grade 7
- Below grade 7 Area of a square is elementary content, and squaring 13 and 15 is grade 6 exponent work. Typical grade 7 area problems involve circles, composite shapes or scale drawings; this one has two familiar areas and a subtraction.
- Estimated difficulty
- Straightforward: two steps or one careful reading.
- Thinking it demands
- Depth of knowledge 2, skills and concepts · mainly apply
- What makes it hard
- Solution
- 3 steps
- Reading level
- Question and choices: about grade 5, 41 words.
- Students, last 30 days
- Not enough answers yet to show (it takes 10).
Why it is hard, traps and wrong answers (shows the answer)
Why it is hard
The method is short, but the question invites a shortcut: the sides differ by 2, so it feels as if the areas should differ by 2 squared. Two choices reward working with the side lengths and one rewards perimeters. Squaring each side before subtracting avoids all three, and a sketch of the 13-inch square inside the 15-inch one shows the gap is an L-shaped strip, far more than 4 square inches.
Something you must already know minor Working it out
The area of a square, side times side, is not given; students must square 13 and 15 themselves rather than work with the side lengths. (Anderson & Krathwohl, 2001)
Error-prone arithmetic minor Working it out
Squaring 13 and 15 by hand gives 169 and 225, and the subtraction 225 − 169 needs a borrow, where an arithmetic slip creeps in. (Brown & Burton, 1978; Junker & Sijtsma, 2001)
Strategy: Find each poster's area by squaring its side length, then subtract the smaller area from the larger; work with the areas, not the side lengths.
Traps
- Wrong formula: Uses a related but wrong formula: perimeter for area, diameter for radius, area for volume, or a misremembered one.
- A faulty procedure: A systematic but wrong procedure: adding fractions straight across, applying an exponent to each term of a sum, dropping a sign when moving a term.
- Answers a different question: A choice is right for another quantity: the other unknown, the rest instead of the part, the part instead of the whole.
The wrong answers, classified
B Wrong formula (King et al., 2004)
Compares perimeters instead of areas, 4 × 15 − 4 × 13 = 60 − 52 = 8, a difference in inches, not square inches.
C A faulty procedure (Brown & Burton, 1978; Tatsuoka, 1983)
Subtracts the sides first and squares the difference, (15 − 13)² = 4, as if 15² − 13² equaled (15 − 13)².
D Answers a different question (King et al., 2004; Hegarty, Mayer & Monk, 1995)
Gives the difference in side lengths, 15 − 13 = 2, a length rather than a difference in area.
Worked solution, step by step
Formulas used
- Area of a square
- A is the area, the flat space inside the shape. s is the length of one side. All four sides of a square are equal, so the area is side times side. The small 2 means squared, or times itself. Area is measured in square units, here square inches.
Write down what you know
Nura’s poster is a square with sides of 13 inches. Latrice’s poster is a square with sides of 15 inches. You need the difference between their areas, in square inches. The difference is how much bigger one area is than the other. So find each area, then subtract.
Find the area of Nura’s poster
Use the area formula with the side of 13 inches.
Nura’s poster has an area of 169 square inches.
Find the area of Latrice’s poster
Use the same formula with the side of 15 inches.
Latrice’s poster has an area of 225 square inches.
Subtract the two areas
Take the smaller area away from the larger one.
The difference is 56 square inches.
Watch out: don’t subtract the sides first and then square. , choice C, is not the same as . The side difference, 2 inches, is choice D, a length. Comparing perimeters, the distance around, gives 8, choice B.So the answer is A, 56 square inches.
Check your answer
Picture Nura’s poster laid in a corner of Latrice’s. The extra part is an L-shaped strip 2 inches wide. One arm is 15 by 2 and the other is 13 by 2. , so the strip is 56 square inches. That matches.
More questions like this
The original DOE question

Question 53 of 120
2024 Test A Math, question 32Question
INGREDIENTS FOR 4 SERVINGS OF OATMEAL
| Ingredient | Cups |
|---|---|
| Oats | |
| Water |
The table shows the cups of ingredients used to make 4 servings of oatmeal. What is the unit rate for cups of oats per cup of water?
- A
- B
- C
- D
Show the answer
Correct answer: B
The unit rate for cups of oats per cup of water can be found by dividing the number of cups of oats by the number of cups of water:
The denominator can be rewritten as .
The quotient can be rewritten as:
Therefore, the unit rate for cups of oats per cup of water is .
Question analysis
This unit rate question uses a recipe table for 4 servings of oatmeal, with 2/3 cup of oats and 3 1/4 cups of water, and asks for cups of oats per cup of water. Students divide one fraction by another, including a mixed number. Deciding which quantity goes on top, and whether the number of servings matters, is the tricky part.
- Grade level
- Grade 7 content, by NYS standard
- Compared with grade 7
- At grade 7 Unit rates from fractions, such as 1/2 mile in 1/4 hour, are exactly grade 7 work. This one adds a mixed number, a fraction divided by a fraction, and a table titled for 4 servings, so students must decide which numbers the rate uses.
- Estimated difficulty
- Moderate: several steps, or a close reading with one strong distractor.
- Thinking it demands
- Depth of knowledge 2, skills and concepts · mainly apply
- What makes it hard
- Error-prone arithmetic moderate
- Turning words into math moderate
- Reading a figure, table or graph minor
- Solution
- 3 steps
- Reading level
- Question and choices: about grade 6, 40 words.
- Students, last 30 days
- Not enough answers yet to show (it takes 10).
Why it is hard, traps and wrong answers (shows the answer)
Why it is hard
The question rewards reading the rate's wording exactly and then carrying out a fraction division without slips. The 4 servings in the title is the hook: dividing by 4 gives a per-serving amount that sounds like a unit rate and is listed. Students who write oats over water as one fraction, convert the mixed number and multiply by the reciprocal finish in a few lines.
Error-prone arithmetic moderate Working it out
The rate is a fraction over a mixed number, 2/3 ÷ 3 1/4, so 3 1/4 must become 13/4 and the division a multiplication by 4/13. (Brown & Burton, 1978; Junker & Sijtsma, 2001)
Turning words into math moderate Understanding the question
In "cups of oats per cup of water" the quantity before "per" goes on top; reading the phrase loosely puts water over oats or brings in servings. (Hegarty, Mayer & Monk, 1995; Koedinger & Nathan, 2004)
Reading a figure, table or graph minor Understanding the question
The table's title, "for 4 servings", supplies the only other number on the page, and it plays no part in a rate of oats to water. (Lesh, Post & Behr, 1987; Kirsch & Mosenthal, 1990)
Strategy: Write the rate as cups of oats over cups of water, change the mixed number to an improper fraction, and divide by multiplying by its reciprocal.
Traps
- Information you don't need: The question gives numbers or facts that play no part in the answer.
- Answers a different question: A choice is right for another quantity: the other unknown, the rest instead of the part, the part instead of the whole.
- Wrong operation: Adds instead of multiplying, divides the wrong way round, turns a ratio or rate upside down, or undoes a step in the wrong direction (subtracts what should be added back).
The wrong answers, classified
A Answers a different question (King et al., 2004; Hegarty, Mayer & Monk, 1995)
Divides the 2/3 cup of oats by the 4 servings, 2/3 ÷ 4 = 1/6, giving oats per serving instead of oats per cup of water.
C Answers a different question (King et al., 2004; Hegarty, Mayer & Monk, 1995)
Divides the 3 1/4 cups of water by the 4 servings, 13/4 ÷ 4 = 13/16, leaving the oats out altogether.
D Wrong operation (Hegarty, Mayer & Monk, 1995; King et al., 2004)
Turns the rate upside down, water over oats, and also drops the 3 of 2/3, dividing 13/4 by 2 to get 13/8.
Worked solution, step by step
Formulas used
- Unit rate
- A unit rate tells how much of the first amount goes with 1 of the second amount. The word per means for each. The amount named before per goes on top, and the amount after it goes on the bottom.
- Mixed number to fraction
- a is the whole number part, b is the top of the fraction, and c is the bottom. Each whole holds c pieces, so a wholes hold a times c pieces. Then add the b extra pieces.
- Dividing by a fraction
- a over b is the number you divide. c over d is the number you divide by. To divide by a fraction, multiply by its reciprocal, the fraction flipped upside down. This works because dividing by a number undoes multiplying by it.
Sort out the question
The table shows cup of oats and cups of water. You need the unit rate for “cups of oats per cup of water.” That is how many cups of oats go with 1 cup of water.
Watch out: the 4 servings play no part here. Dividing the oats by 4 servings gives cup for each serving, choice A.Set up the rate
Oats comes before per, so oats goes on top. Water goes on the bottom.
Watch out: water over oats flips the rate. That gives a number bigger than 1, like choice D.Change the mixed number
A mixed number is a whole number plus a fraction. Change to a fraction so you can divide.
So 3 and one quarter cups is 13 quarters of a cup.
Divide by multiplying
To divide by , multiply by its reciprocal, .
No whole number bigger than 1 divides both 8 and 39, so the fraction can’t be made simpler. The rate is cup of oats per cup of water.
So the answer is B, .
Check your answer
There is much more water than oats. So the oats for 1 cup of water should be small, and is about 0.2. Also multiply back: . That is the cups of oats in the table.
More questions like this
The original DOE question

Question 54 of 120
2024 Test A Math, question 33Question
If , what is the value of x?
- A
- B
- C
- D
Show the answer
Correct answer: D
Rewrite with equivalent fractions that have like denominators.
Multiply both sides of the equation by 10.
Question analysis
This equation has fractions on both sides: the coefficient of x is 3/5 minus 1/2, and the right side is 1/4 plus 2/3. Students simplify each side using common denominators, then solve for x. Each step is routine, but four fraction operations in a row leave many places to slip, especially when undoing the coefficient.
- Grade level
- Grade 7 content, by NYS standard
- Compared with grade 7
- At grade 7 Grade 7 students solve equations such as (2/3)x = 4/5 with fractional coefficients. Here both sides must first be simplified over unlike denominators, so four fraction operations come before x is found: on level, but long.
- Estimated difficulty
- Moderate: several steps, or a close reading with one strong distractor.
- Thinking it demands
- Depth of knowledge 1, recall and reproduction · mainly apply
- What makes it hard
- Error-prone arithmetic moderate
- Many steps moderate
- Solution
- 4 steps
- Reading level
- Question and choices: about grade 8, 12 words.
- Corrected from the DOE handbook
- A minus sign printed in place of an equals sign in the explanation was corrected.
- Students, last 30 days
- Not enough answers yet to show (it takes 10).
Why it is hard, traps and wrong answers (shows the answer)
Why it is hard
Nothing here is new, but the question strings together four fraction operations, and the last one runs against habit. Having found that one tenth of x is 11/12, students must multiply by 10; multiplying by 1/10 instead gives a tiny listed value. The size of the answer is a useful check: if a tenth of x is almost 1, then x must be almost 10.
Error-prone arithmetic moderate Working it out
Both sides need common denominators, tenths on the left and twelfths on the right, and the coefficient comes out as 1/10, a fraction to divide by. (Brown & Burton, 1978; Junker & Sijtsma, 2001)
Many steps moderate Working it out
Four operations come before x appears: 3/5 − 1/2, then 1/4 + 2/3, then 11/12 divided by 1/10, then reducing 110/12 to 55/6. (Daniel & Embretson, 2010; Enright, Morley & Sheehan, 2002)
Strategy: Simplify the parentheses on the left and the sum on the right over common denominators, then undo the coefficient by multiplying both sides by its reciprocal.
Traps
- Wrong operation: Adds instead of multiplying, divides the wrong way round, turns a ratio or rate upside down, or undoes a step in the wrong direction (subtracts what should be added back).
- A faulty procedure: A systematic but wrong procedure: adding fractions straight across, applying an exponent to each term of a sum, dropping a sign when moving a term.
The wrong answers, classified
A Wrong operation (Hegarty, Mayer & Monk, 1995; King et al., 2004)
Simplifies both sides correctly but multiplies 11/12 by 1/10 instead of dividing by it, getting 11/120.
B A faulty procedure (Brown & Burton, 1978; Tatsuoka, 1983)
Combines each pair straight across, 3/5 − 1/2 as 2/3 and 1/4 + 2/3 as 3/7, then multiplies them: 2/3 × 3/7 = 2/7.
C Wrong operation (Hegarty, Mayer & Monk, 1995; King et al., 2004)
Adds 3/5 and 1/2 instead of subtracting, so the coefficient is 11/10 and x = 11/12 ÷ 11/10 = 5/6.
What was corrected from the DOE handbook, and why
- Explanation: The handbook writes “(1/10)x − 11/12”, an expression, where the working needs the equation (1/10)x = 11/12: the line before is (6/10 − 5/10)x = 3/12 + 8/12, and the next step multiplies both sides of the equation by 10. The site now reads (1/10)x = 11/12, which gives x = 110/12 = 55/6.
Worked solution, step by step
Formulas used
- Equivalent fractions
- a is the top of a fraction and b is the bottom. n is any number except 0. Multiplying the top and bottom by the same number gives an equal fraction, cut into smaller pieces. Use it to give two fractions the same bottom before you add or subtract.
- Keeping an equation balanced
- a and b are the two sides of an equation, and n is any number. An equation is like a balanced scale. If you multiply both sides by the same number, it stays balanced. Use it to undo a number that multiplies x.
Sort out the equation
An equation says two things are equal. On the left, the subtraction in the parentheses multiplies x. On the right is a sum. You need the value of x. First make each side as simple as you can. Then get x by itself.
Simplify the left side
To subtract, the fractions need the same bottom. Both 5 and 2 go into 10, so use tenths.
Watch out: this is a minus sign. Adding instead gives , and that leads to , choice C.Simplify the right side
Both 4 and 3 go into 12, so use twelfths.
Now the equation is much simpler:
Get x by itself
x is multiplied by . To undo that, multiply both sides by 10. That is the reciprocal of , the fraction flipped upside down.
Watch out: multiplying by does not undo anything. It gives , choice A.Simplify the fraction
Both 110 and 12 are even, so divide the top and the bottom by 2.
So the answer is D, .
Check your answer
Put back in for x. . That matches the right side. Also estimate. A tenth of x is almost 1, so x should be almost 10. is about 9.2.
More questions like this
The original DOE question

Question 55 of 120
2024 Test A Math, question 34Question
In a certain state, the sales tax rate increased from 7.0% to 7.5%. What was the increase in the sales tax on a $200 item?
- A$1
- B$10
- C$14
- D$15
Show the answer
Correct answer: A
The increase in sales tax percentage is
0.5% of $200 is
Question analysis
This percent word problem says a state's sales tax rate rose from 7.0% to 7.5% and asks how much more tax is charged on a $200 item. Students find the change in the rate and apply it to the price, or compute both taxes and compare. Converting a fraction of a percent to a decimal is where errors creep in.
- Grade level
- Grade 7 content, by NYS standard
- Compared with grade 7
- At grade 7 Sales tax is a standard grade 7 percent topic, usually finding the tax or the total on one price. This one compares two tax rates whose difference is a fraction of a percent, where placing the decimal point is the main hazard.
- Estimated difficulty
- Straightforward: two steps or one careful reading.
- Thinking it demands
- Depth of knowledge 2, skills and concepts · mainly apply
- What makes it hard
- Error-prone arithmetic moderate
- Turning words into math minor
- Solution
- 2 steps
- Reading level
- Question and choices: about grade 4, 22 words.
- Corrected from the DOE handbook
- A dash printed in place of a minus sign in the explanation was corrected.
- Students, last 30 days
- Not enough answers yet to show (it takes 10).
Why it is hard, traps and wrong answers (shows the answer)
Why it is hard
The arithmetic is tiny once 0.5% is written correctly, so the question turns on the decimal point. A percent below 1 is unfamiliar, and moving the point one place instead of two gives a choice ten times too large. Students can sidestep it by finding both taxes, $14 and $15, and subtracting, though either tax on its own is also a listed choice.
Error-prone arithmetic moderate Working it out
The change in rate is half of one percent, and writing 0.5% as a decimal moves the point two places, to 0.005; one place gives 0.05 and a tenfold error. (Brown & Burton, 1978; Junker & Sijtsma, 2001)
Turning words into math minor Understanding the question
The question asks for "the increase in the sales tax", a difference in dollars, while the stem's first sentence is about the two rates themselves. (Hegarty, Mayer & Monk, 1995; Koedinger & Nathan, 2004)
Strategy: Subtract the old rate from the new rate, then take that percent of $200, writing it as a decimal carefully; or find both taxes and subtract.
Traps
- Answers a different question: A choice is right for another quantity: the other unknown, the rest instead of the part, the part instead of the whole.
- An arithmetic slip: The right method with a plausible arithmetic error: a digit, a place value or a times-table fact.
The wrong answers, classified
B An arithmetic slip (Junker & Sijtsma, 2001)
Writes 0.5% as 0.05 instead of 0.005, so 0.05 × 200 = 10, a decimal-place slip that makes the increase ten times too large.
C Answers a different question (King et al., 2004; Hegarty, Mayer & Monk, 1995)
Finds the tax at the old rate, 7% of $200 = $14, and gives that instead of how much the tax went up.
D Stops one step early (King et al., 2004; Gierl et al., 2017)
Finds the tax at the new rate, 7.5% of $200 = $15, and stops before subtracting the $14 charged at the old rate.
What was corrected from the DOE handbook, and why
- Explanation: The handbook writes the subtraction with an em dash, “7.5% — 7.0% = 0.5%”. The site uses a minus sign: 7.5% − 7.0% = 0.5%. Nothing else changes; 0.5% of $200 is $1.
Worked solution, step by step
Formulas used
- Percent of a number
- p is the percent. Percent means out of 100, so p percent is p over 100. The whole is the amount you take the percent of, here the $200 price. The part is the result. To write a percent as a decimal, move the decimal point two places left.
Sort out the question
Sales tax is extra money added to a price. The tax rate went from 7.0% to 7.5%. The item costs $200. You need “the increase in the sales tax” in dollars. That is how much more tax you pay now.
Watch out: the tax at the old rate is $14, choice C. The tax at the new rate is $15, choice D. Neither one is the increase.Find how much the rate went up
Subtract the old rate from the new rate.
The rate went up 0.5%. That is half of one percent.
Find 0.5% of $200
The extra tax is 0.5% of the price. Use the percent formula with p = 0.5 and the whole = 200.
The tax goes up by $1. Watch out: 0.5% is 0.005, not 0.05. Moving the point only one place gives $10, choice B.
So the answer is A, $1.
Check your answer
Find both taxes and subtract. Old tax: , so $14. New tax: , so $15. The difference is , or $1. Both ways give the same answer.
More questions like this
The original DOE question

Question 56 of 120
2024 Test A Math, question 35Question
Evaluate:
- A−30
- B−18
- C18
- D44
Show the answer
Correct answer: B
Simplify negatives inside the first absolute value brackets.
Simplify the first absolute value.
Calculate the absolute values.
Perform the final subtraction.
Question analysis
This integer question asks students to evaluate an expression with two absolute values: the first holds four positive and negative numbers, and the second is the absolute value of 24. It tests subtracting negative numbers and understanding absolute value. Subtracting a negative number and handling each pair of bars separately are where most slips happen.
- Grade level
- Grade 7 content, by NYS standard
- Compared with grade 7
- At grade 7 Grade 7 students add and subtract integers and know absolute value as distance from zero. This expression puts four signed terms inside one pair of bars and subtracts a second absolute value, a typical but sign-heavy grade 7 exercise.
- Estimated difficulty
- Moderate: several steps, or a close reading with one strong distractor.
- Thinking it demands
- Depth of knowledge 1, recall and reproduction · mainly apply
- What makes it hard
- Error-prone arithmetic moderate
- A very close wrong answer moderate
- Many steps minor
- Solution
- 4 steps
- Reading level
- Question and choices: about grade 16+, 2 words.
- Students, last 30 days
- Not enough answers yet to show (it takes 10).
Why it is hard, traps and wrong answers (shows the answer)
Why it is hard
Every step is routine, but the question stacks sign decisions, and one slip anywhere produces a clean wrong number. The last step is the subtle one: each pair of bars gives a positive number, but 6 minus 24 is still negative. Students who believe bars guarantee a positive result flip that subtraction, and the choices offer the flipped number beside the right one.
Error-prone arithmetic moderate Working it out
The first bars hold four signed terms, and two must be rewritten, + (−17) as − 17 and − (−31) as + 31, before they combine to −6. (Brown & Burton, 1978; Junker & Sijtsma, 2001)
A very close wrong answer moderate Choosing the answer
The answer, −18, and the choice 18 differ only in sign, so estimating cannot separate them; only doing the last step as 6 − 24 does. (Embretson & Wetzel, 1987; Gorin & Embretson, 2006; Ascalon et al., 2007)
Many steps minor Working it out
Each pair of bars is simplified inside and made positive before the outer subtraction, so three separate jobs must be done in the right order. (Daniel & Embretson, 2010; Enright, Morley & Sheehan, 2002)
Strategy: Rewrite each subtraction of a negative as addition, combine the four numbers inside the first bars, take both absolute values, and only then do the final subtraction.
Traps
- Negatives and direction: Arithmetic with negative numbers, the order of a subtraction, or direction on a number line. (Moving a term across the equals sign without changing its sign is a faulty procedure.)
- Misunderstands the concept: A wrong belief about a concept: that percents can be added, that area grows like length, that averages can be averaged, that a bigger denominator means a bigger fraction.
The wrong answers, classified
A A faulty procedure (Brown & Burton, 1978; Tatsuoka, 1983)
Simplifies the inside to −6 but treats the bars like parentheses, keeping −6, so −6 − 24 = −30.
C Misunderstands the concept (Smith, diSessa & Roschelle, 1993; De Bock et al., 1998; Ni & Zhou, 2005)
Assumes an expression made of absolute values cannot be negative, so subtracts 6 from 24 instead of 24 from 6.
D Negatives and direction (Brown & Burton, 1978)
Reads − (−31) as − 31, so the inside becomes −8 − 12 − 17 − 31 = −68, and 68 − 24 = 44.
Worked solution, step by step
Formulas used
- Adding and subtracting negatives
- a is any number, and b is a positive number, so −b is negative. Adding a negative moves you left on the number line, just like subtracting. Subtracting a negative is like taking away a debt, so you end up with more. It is the same as adding.
- Absolute value
- The bars around a number mean absolute value. a is any number. Its absolute value is how far a is from 0 on the number line. A distance is never negative, so the absolute value of −6 is 6.
Sort out the expression
The expression has two absolute values. The bars mean the distance from 0, so what comes out of them is never negative. Work in this order. First simplify inside the first bars. Then take both absolute values. Last, do the subtraction between them.
Rewrite the signs inside
Two signs inside the first bars are tricky. Adding −17 is the same as subtracting 17. Subtracting −31 is the same as adding 31.
Watch out: minus negative 31 is plus 31. Treating it as minus 31 makes the inside −68. That leads to 44, choice D.Combine the four numbers
Go from left to right, one number at a time.
The inside of the first bars is −6.
Take the absolute values
Now the expression is . Watch out: the bars turn −6 into 6. Keeping −6 gives , choice A.
Do the last subtraction
You take 24 away from 6. Taking a bigger number from a smaller one gives a negative answer. Watch out: absolute values are never negative, but this answer can be. Doing instead gives 18, choice C.
So the answer is B, −18.
Check your answer
Check the inside a new way. The positive part is 31. The negative parts add to . Since , the inside is right. Then, on a number line, start at 6 and move 24 to the left. Six steps reach 0, and 18 more land on −18.
More questions like this
The original DOE question

Question 57 of 120
2024 Test A Math, question 36Question
CELL PHONE SALES BY COLOR
| Color | Percentage of Cell Phones Sold |
|---|---|
| White | |
| Black | 30 |
| Blue | |
| Red | |
| Total | 100 |
The table above shows cell phone sales by color. What percentage of the cell phones sold were blue?
- A18%
- B20%
- C22%
- D28%
Show the answer
Correct answer: B
First, use the information given in the table and properties of equations to determine the value of k:
Then, determine the percentage of cell phones sold that were blue by finding the value of the expression (given in the table), when :
The percentage of cell phones sold that were blue is 20%.
Question analysis
A table of cell phone sales by color gives each color's percentage as an expression in k, such as 8k for white and 30 − 2k for blue, with a total of 100. Students write and solve an equation for k, then find the percentage for blue. Combining terms with a negative coefficient, and remembering that k itself is not the answer, both need care.
- Grade level
- Grade 7 content, by NYS standard
- Compared with grade 7
- At grade 7 Grade 7 students solve two-step equations that are written out for them. Here the equation must be built from a table whose percentages total 100, with like terms to combine, and the value found must then be substituted back.
- Estimated difficulty
- Moderate: several steps, or a close reading with one strong distractor.
- Thinking it demands
- Depth of knowledge 2, skills and concepts · mainly apply
- What makes it hard
- Many steps moderate
- Reading a figure, table or graph minor
- Error-prone arithmetic minor
- Solution
- 4 steps
- Reading level
- Question and choices: about grade 4, 36 words.
- Students, last 30 days
- Not enough answers yet to show (it takes 10).
Why it is hard, traps and wrong answers (shows the answer)
Why it is hard
The question hides an equation in a table, and the key insight is that the four percentages must add to 100. After that the algebra is routine, and no listed choice rewards stopping early, since neither k nor any other color's percentage appears. The wrong choices sit near the answer or use the blue expression with k ignored, so students who cannot set up the equation are left guessing.
Many steps moderate Working it out
The answer needs a chain: add the four expressions, set the sum to 100, collect 8k − 2k + k into 7k, solve for k, then substitute into 30 − 2k. (Daniel & Embretson, 2010; Enright, Morley & Sheehan, 2002)
Reading a figure, table or graph minor Understanding the question
No equation is printed; the table's Total row of 100 is what turns the four percentages written in k into one equation to solve. (Lesh, Post & Behr, 1987; Kirsch & Mosenthal, 1990)
Error-prone arithmetic minor Working it out
Collecting like terms includes the negative coefficient in the blue row, −2k, and the constants 30, 30 and 5 have to be gathered too. (Brown & Burton, 1978; Junker & Sijtsma, 2001)
Strategy: Add the four color expressions and set the sum equal to 100, combine like terms to solve for k, then substitute k into the blue row's expression.
Traps
- Numbers taken from the question: Combines the numbers in the question without a model of the situation, or is simply a number that appears in the question.
The wrong answers, classified
A Little reason to choose it (Haladyna & Downing, 1993; Rodriguez, 2005)
No common slip gives k = 6 from 7k + 65 = 100, the value 18% would need; it sits 2 points below the answer and mostly draws guesses.
C Little reason to choose it (Haladyna & Downing, 1993; Rodriguez, 2005)
No usual error in collecting terms or solving yields k = 4, which 22% requires, so this near neighbor of the answer mostly attracts guessers.
D Numbers taken from the question (Hegarty, Mayer & Monk, 1995)
Never solves for k and reads the blue entry 30 − 2k as 30 − 2, as if k were 1, giving 28.
Worked solution, step by step
Formulas used
- Combining like terms
- k is the unknown number. a and b are the numbers in front of k, called coefficients. Terms with the same letter are called like terms. You can add their coefficients, because a groups of k plus b groups of k make a + b groups of k.
- Keeping an equation balanced
- a and b are the two sides of an equation, and c is any number (not 0 when you divide). An equation is like a balanced scale. Doing the same thing to both sides keeps it balanced. Use it to undo each step and get k alone.
Sort out the table
The table gives the percent of phones sold in each color. Some entries use k, a letter that stands for an unknown number. 8k means 8 times k. You need the percent that were blue, . To find it, you first need k.
Write an equation for the total
Every phone sold is one of the four colors. So the four percents add up to the total, 100, as the last row of the table shows.
Combine like terms
Terms with k in them are called like terms, so they can be combined. Group the k terms together and the plain numbers together. A k on its own means 1k.
So the equation becomes . Watch out: the blue row takes away 2k. Keep its minus sign, or the k terms will be wrong.
Solve for k
Undo the adding first, then the multiplying.
So k is 5. But k is not the answer. You still need the blue row.
Find the blue percent
Put 5 in for k in the blue row.
So 20% of the phones sold were blue. Watch out: 2k means 2 times k, not 2. Reading as gives 28%, choice D.
So the answer is B, 20%.
Check your answer
Put k = 5 into every row. White: . Black: 30. Blue: 20. Red: . Now add them: . The total matches the table, so k = 5 is right.
More questions like this
The original DOE question

Question 58 of 120
2024 Test A Math, question 38Question
By what percent did the price of a cup of coffee increase if its price was increased from $1.25 to $1.35?
- A7%
- B8%
- C10%
- D12%
Show the answer
Correct answer: B
Subtract to determine the amount of the increase.
Divide the increase by the original price.
Multiply the quotient by 100 to express the decimal answer as a percent.
Question analysis
This percent increase question gives the price of a cup of coffee before and after a raise, from $1.25 to $1.35, and asks by what percent the price went up. Students find the change in price and compare it with a price. Deciding which price to compare the change with is the tricky part.
- Grade level
- Grade 7 content, by NYS standard
- Compared with grade 7
- At grade 7 Percent increase is grade 7 content, and this is a standard case with two prices. What makes it harder than routine is deciding which price the change is measured against and dividing small decimals accurately.
- Estimated difficulty
- Moderate: several steps, or a close reading with one strong distractor.
- Thinking it demands
- Depth of knowledge 2, skills and concepts · mainly apply
- What makes it hard
- A very close wrong answer moderate
- Error-prone arithmetic moderate
- Solution
- 3 steps
- Reading level
- Question and choices: about grade 6, 19 words.
- Students, last 30 days
- Not enough answers yet to show (it takes 10).
Why it is hard, traps and wrong answers (shows the answer)
Why it is hard
Most students see that the price rose by 10 cents; the question is what to compare that with. Percent change is measured from the original amount, and dividing by the new price gives a number close enough to the answer that rounding hides the mistake. Reading the 10 cents directly as 10 percent is the other quick trap, since 10 cents is only 10 percent of a dollar.
A very close wrong answer moderate Choosing the answer
Dividing the 10-cent rise by either price gives a single-digit percent, 8% from $1.25 and about 7.4% from $1.35, so only the choice of base separates the two listed answers. (Embretson & Wetzel, 1987; Gorin & Embretson, 2006; Ascalon et al., 2007)
Error-prone arithmetic moderate Working it out
Without a calculator, 0.10 ÷ 1.25 is a division by a decimal; rewriting it in cents as 10/125, which simplifies to 8/100, is the clean way through. (Brown & Burton, 1978; Junker & Sijtsma, 2001)
Strategy: Subtract to get the increase, then divide it by the price before the raise and multiply by 100; working in cents keeps the decimals out of the way.
Traps
- Percent of the wrong amount: Finding the whole from a part, or a percent change measured from the wrong starting amount.
- Misunderstands the concept: A wrong belief about a concept: that percents can be added, that area grows like length, that averages can be averaged, that a bigger denominator means a bigger fraction.
- Wrong operation: Adds instead of multiplying, divides the wrong way round, turns a ratio or rate upside down, or undoes a step in the wrong direction (subtracts what should be added back).
The wrong answers, classified
A Percent of the wrong amount (Parker & Leinhardt, 1995)
Divides the 10-cent increase by the new price, $1.35, measuring from the wrong amount; 0.10 ÷ 1.35 is about 7.4%, so 7%.
C Misunderstands the concept (Smith, diSessa & Roschelle, 1993; De Bock et al., 1998; Ni & Zhou, 2005)
Reads the 10-cent increase as 10 percent, as if every percent change were a percent of one dollar rather than of the $1.25 price.
D Wrong operation (Hegarty, Mayer & Monk, 1995; King et al., 2004)
Divides the wrong way round, $1.25 ÷ $0.10 = 12.5, and takes the nearest choice, 12%.
Worked solution, step by step
Formulas used
- Percent increase
- New is the price after the change, and original is the price before it. The top is the amount of the increase. Dividing by the original compares the increase with where you started. Multiplying by 100 turns that decimal into a percent.
Sort out the question
The coffee cost $1.25 before. That is the original price. Now it costs $1.35, the new price. You need the percent increase. That compares how much the price went up with the original price.
Find the amount of the increase
The price went up $0.10, or 10 cents. Watch out: 10 cents is not 10%. It would be 10% only if the price started at $1.00. That mistake gives choice C.
Divide by the original price
Dividing by a decimal is easier in cents: 10 cents out of 125 cents. Divide the top and bottom by 5. Then multiply both by 4 to get hundredths.
Change to a percent
The price went up 8%. Watch out: divide by the original price, $1.25, not the new one. Dividing by $1.35 gives about 7.4%, which rounds to choice A.
So the answer is B, 8%.
Check your answer
Work forward from the answer. 8% of $1.25 is , or 10 cents. Then . That is the new price, so 8% is right.
More questions like this
The original DOE question

Question 59 of 120
2024 Test A Math, question 40Question
The price of a sandwich was raised from $6.25 to $6.75. What was the percent increase in the price?
- A5%
- B8%
- C7%
- D50%
Show the answer
Correct answer: B
Use the percent increase expression to find the answer:
Question analysis
A sandwich's price went up from $6.25 to $6.75, and this percent change question asks for the percent increase in the price. Students divide the 50-cent increase by one of the prices and write the result as a percent. Picking which price is the base, and doing the decimal division accurately, decide whether the answer comes out right.
- Grade level
- Grade 7 content, by NYS standard
- Compared with grade 7
- At grade 7 Finding a percent increase is a core grade 7 skill, and this is the plain version with no context beyond two prices. Its demand lies in measuring the change against the correct price and dividing by $6.25 without a calculator.
- Estimated difficulty
- Moderate: several steps, or a close reading with one strong distractor.
- Thinking it demands
- Depth of knowledge 2, skills and concepts · mainly apply
- What makes it hard
- A very close wrong answer moderate
- Error-prone arithmetic moderate
- Solution
- 3 steps
- Reading level
- Question and choices: about grade 2, 17 words.
- Students, last 30 days
- Not enough answers yet to show (it takes 10).
Why it is hard, traps and wrong answers (shows the answer)
Why it is hard
The 50-cent rise is easy to find; the percent depends on what it is compared with. Dividing by the new price, $6.75, gives a value that rounds to a listed choice one point below the answer, and reading 50 cents as 50 percent gives another. The choices are printed out of order, 8% before 7%, so students should read each one rather than scan the list.
A very close wrong answer moderate Choosing the answer
Measured against $6.75 the 50-cent rise is about 7.4%, and against $6.25 it is 8%; both are listed side by side, so only the right base separates them. (Embretson & Wetzel, 1987; Gorin & Embretson, 2006; Ascalon et al., 2007)
Error-prone arithmetic moderate Working it out
The division 0.50 ÷ 6.25 is easiest as 50/625, which reduces to 2/25 and then to 8/100; a three-digit decimal divisor invites a slip. (Brown & Burton, 1978; Junker & Sijtsma, 2001)
Strategy: Put the 50-cent change over the original price, 0.50 over 6.25, then scale the fraction to hundredths or divide to read off the percent.
Traps
- Percent of the wrong amount: Finding the whole from a part, or a percent change measured from the wrong starting amount.
- Misunderstands the concept: A wrong belief about a concept: that percents can be added, that area grows like length, that averages can be averaged, that a bigger denominator means a bigger fraction.
The wrong answers, classified
A Little reason to choose it (Haladyna & Downing, 1993; Rodriguez, 2005)
No common working gives 5%: dividing the 50-cent rise by either price does not come near it, so it mostly draws guesses.
C Percent of the wrong amount (Parker & Leinhardt, 1995)
Divides the 50-cent increase by the new price, $6.75, instead of the original, which gives about 7.4%, so 7%.
D Misunderstands the concept (Smith, diSessa & Roschelle, 1993; De Bock et al., 1998; Ni & Zhou, 2005)
Reads the 50-cent increase as 50 percent, treating cents as a percent of one dollar rather than of the $6.25 price.
Worked solution, step by step
Formulas used
- Percent increase
- New is the price after the change, and original is the price before it. The top is the amount of the increase. Dividing by the original compares the increase with where you started. Multiplying by 100 turns that decimal into a percent.
Sort out the question
The sandwich cost $6.25 before. That is the original price. Now it costs $6.75, the new price. You need the percent increase. That compares the increase with the original price. Note that the choices are not in order: C, 7%, comes after B, 8%.
Find the amount of the increase
The price went up $0.50, or 50 cents. Watch out: 50 cents is not 50%. It would be 50% only if the price started at $1.00. That mistake gives choice D.
Divide by the original price
In cents, this is 50 out of 625. Divide the top and bottom by 25. Then multiply both by 4 to get hundredths.
Change to a percent
The price went up 8%. Watch out: divide by the original price, $6.25, not the new one. Dividing by $6.75 gives about 7.4%, which is choice C.
So the answer is B, 8%.
Check your answer
Work forward from the answer. 8% of $6.25 is , or 50 cents. Then . That is the new price, so 8% is right.
More questions like this
The original DOE question

Question 60 of 120
2024 Test A Math, question 42Question
Lian bought enough oranges to fill 4 bags. Each bag contains 8 oranges. The total cost was $11.52. At that rate, how much would Lian pay for 42 oranges?
- A$17.28
- B$15.12
- C$15.02
- D$12.52
Show the answer
Correct answer: B
First, find the amount, in dollars, that Lian paid for each orange. There are 4 bags with 8 oranges each.
Divide the total cost by the total number of oranges to get the cost per orange:
Multiply to find the cost of 42 oranges:
Question analysis
This rate word problem says Lian paid $11.52 for 4 bags of 8 oranges each and asks how much 42 oranges would cost at the same rate. Students find the price of one orange and multiply. Since 42 oranges is not a whole number of bags, working by the bag instead of by the orange invites mistakes.
- Grade level
- Grade 6 content, by NYS standard
- Compared with grade 7
- Below grade 7 Finding a unit price and scaling it up is grade 6 rate work. The decimals are multi-digit, but the plan is routine, with less to manage than grade 7 problems built on percents or negative numbers.
- Estimated difficulty
- Straightforward: two steps or one careful reading.
- Thinking it demands
- Depth of knowledge 2, skills and concepts · mainly apply
- What makes it hard
- Error-prone arithmetic moderate
- A very close wrong answer minor
- Solution
- 3 steps
- Reading level
- Question and choices: about grade 2, 25 words.
- Students, last 30 days
- Not enough answers yet to show (it takes 10).
Why it is hard, traps and wrong answers (shows the answer)
Why it is hard
The plan is familiar, total oranges, price per orange, then the new cost, so the work lies in the decimals. Because 42 oranges is five bags and two oranges, students who price by the bag either round up to six bags or must handle the leftover. Estimating, since 42 is about a third more than 32, gives roughly $15 and rules out the far choices but not the near one.
Error-prone arithmetic moderate Working it out
Two decimal operations are done by hand: 11.52 ÷ 32 = 0.36 for one orange, then 0.36 × 42 = 15.12, where a dropped carry is easy. (Brown & Burton, 1978; Junker & Sijtsma, 2001)
A very close wrong answer minor Choosing the answer
The choices $15.12 and $15.02 differ by 10 cents, so a rough estimate of about $15 cannot choose between them; only the exact product can. (Embretson & Wetzel, 1987; Gorin & Embretson, 2006; Ascalon et al., 2007)
Strategy: Multiply to find how many oranges were bought, divide the total cost by that number to get the price of one orange, then multiply by 42.
Traps
- Misreads the question: Misses or misreads a condition or a word in the question: "at least", "each", "remaining", "not".
- An arithmetic slip: The right method with a plausible arithmetic error: a digit, a place value or a times-table fact.
The wrong answers, classified
A Misreads the question (Hegarty, Mayer & Monk, 1995)
Prices whole bags, rounding 42 oranges up to 6 bags of 8, and pays 6 × $2.88 = $17.28, missing that "at that rate" means per orange.
C An arithmetic slip (Junker & Sijtsma, 2001)
Uses the right method but slips one digit in multiplying 0.36 by 42, a tens-place error that lands 10 cents short of the total.
D Little reason to choose it (Haladyna & Downing, 1993; Rodriguez, 2005)
No common working gives $12.52, exactly one dollar more than $11.52; no price per orange or per bag leads there, so it mostly draws guesses.
Worked solution, step by step
Formulas used
- Unit price
- The unit price is what one item costs. Divide the total cost by how many items you got. It works because the total is shared equally among the items.
- Cost
- The unit price is the cost of one item, here one orange. Multiply it by how many items you buy to get the total cost. This works when every item costs the same.
Sort out the question
Lian bought 4 bags with 8 oranges in each bag. She paid $11.52 in all. You need the cost of 42 oranges. “At that rate” means each orange costs the same as before. So find the price of one orange first.
Count the oranges
Each of the 4 bags holds 8 oranges, so multiply to find how many she bought.
Lian bought 32 oranges for $11.52.
Find the price of one orange
This is easier in cents: . So one orange costs $0.36, or 36 cents.
Find the cost of 42 oranges
Break 42 into 40 and 2 to make it easier.
The 42 oranges cost $15.12.
Avoid the traps and answer
Watch out: $15.02, choice C, is only 10 cents away. Multiply and add with care. Watch out: Lian pays for each orange, not for full bags. Buying 6 whole bags would cost $17.28, choice A.So the answer is B, $15.12.
Check your answer
42 oranges is 10 more than 32. Those 10 oranges cost $3.60, since . Then . Same answer, so $15.12 is right.
More questions like this
The original DOE question

Question 61 of 120
2024 Test A Math, question 43Question
- A0.005
- B0.648
- C20
- D200
Show the answer
Correct answer: D
Question analysis
This decimal division question asks for 3.6 divided by 0.018, with no context. Students rewrite the division so the divisor is a whole number and then divide. Because the divisor has three decimal places, moving the decimal point the right number of places in both numbers is where students go wrong.
- NYS standards
- 6.NS.3 multi-digit decimal operations
- Grade level
- Grade 6 content, by NYS standard
- Compared with grade 7
- Below grade 7 Dividing multi-digit decimals is a grade 6 fluency standard, and this is a single division with no context. It is easier than typical grade 7 work, though shifting three decimal places invites a place-value slip.
- Estimated difficulty
- Straightforward: two steps or one careful reading.
- Thinking it demands
- Depth of knowledge 1, recall and reproduction · mainly apply
- What makes it hard
- Error-prone arithmetic moderate
- Solution
- 2 steps
- Reading level
- Question and choices: about grade 16+, 1 words.
- Students, last 30 days
- Not enough answers yet to show (it takes 10).
Why it is hard, traps and wrong answers (shows the answer)
Why it is hard
This is a single division, and the only real hazard is the decimal point. Shifting it three places in the divisor but only two in the dividend gives a listed answer ten times too small. An estimate settles it: 0.018 is about 0.02, and 3.6 ÷ 0.02 = 180, so the answer must be in the hundreds.
Error-prone arithmetic moderate Working it out
The divisor 0.018 has three decimal places, so both numbers must be multiplied by 1,000, turning 3.6 into 3,600, not 360, before dividing by 18. (Brown & Burton, 1978; Junker & Sijtsma, 2001)
Strategy: Multiply both numbers by 1,000 so the divisor becomes a whole number, then divide; estimate first by asking roughly how many 0.02s fit into 3.6.
Traps
- An arithmetic slip: The right method with a plausible arithmetic error: a digit, a place value or a times-table fact.
- Wrong operation: Adds instead of multiplying, divides the wrong way round, turns a ratio or rate upside down, or undoes a step in the wrong direction (subtracts what should be added back).
The wrong answers, classified
A Wrong operation (Hegarty, Mayer & Monk, 1995; King et al., 2004)
Divides the wrong way round, 0.018 ÷ 3.6 = 0.005, putting the smaller number on top as if division always shrinks.
B Wrong operation (Hegarty, Mayer & Monk, 1995; King et al., 2004)
Multiplies instead of dividing, 36 × 18 = 648, and misplaces the decimal point too, since 3.6 × 0.018 is really 0.0648.
C An arithmetic slip (Junker & Sijtsma, 2001)
Moves the decimal point two places instead of three, dividing 360 by 18 to get 20, a result ten times too small.
Worked solution, step by step
Formulas used
- Scaling a division
- a is the number being divided, and b is the number you divide by. n is any number except 0. Multiplying both numbers by the same n keeps the answer the same, just like an equal fraction. Use it to turn a decimal you divide by into a whole number.
Sort out the problem
You need . The number you divide by, 0.018, has three decimal places. That means three digits after the decimal point. Dividing by a decimal is hard, so first turn 0.018 into a whole number.
Multiply both numbers by 1,000
Multiplying by 1,000 moves the decimal point 3 places to the right. Do it to both numbers, so the answer does not change.
Watch out: 3.6 has only one decimal place, so fill in zeros: 3.6 becomes 3,600. Moving its point only two places gives , choice C.Divide the whole numbers
This works because , so . Watch out: divide 3.6 by 0.018, not the other way around. Dividing 0.018 by 3.6 gives 0.005, choice A.
So the answer is D, 200.
Check your answer
Multiply back: . Also estimate. 0.018 is close to 0.02, and . The answer should be near that, and 200 is. Dividing by a number less than 1 gives a bigger answer, so 200 makes sense.
More questions like this
The original DOE question

Question 62 of 120
2024 Test A Math, question 45Question
Misha wants to use ribbon to make 2 straps for a backpack. The ribbon costs $5.00 a yard. If each strap requires yards of ribbon, how much will Misha pay for the ribbon (not including tax)?
- A$4.00
- B$6.25
- C$11.25
- D$12.50
Show the answer
Correct answer: D
Each strap requires yards of ribbon, and ribbon costs $5.00 a yard.
, so the ribbon for each strap costs $6.25.
Misha wants to make 2 straps.
, so the cost of the ribbon for 2 straps is $12.50.
Question analysis
Misha needs ribbon for 2 backpack straps, each using 1 1/4 yards, and ribbon costs $5.00 a yard. This cost word problem asks how much she will pay for the ribbon before tax. Students multiply a mixed number by a price per yard and by the number of straps; it is short, but both the mixed number and the two straps need care.
- Grade level
- Grade 6 content, by NYS standard
- Compared with grade 7
- Below grade 7 Multiplying a mixed number by a whole number and finding a total cost are grade 5 and 6 skills. With two short steps and friendly numbers, this is easier than typical grade 7 problems with percents or negatives.
- Estimated difficulty
- Routine: one familiar step, little to misread.
- Thinking it demands
- Depth of knowledge 2, skills and concepts · mainly apply
- What makes it hard
- Error-prone arithmetic minor
- Much to keep track of minor
- Solution
- 2 steps
- Reading level
- Question and choices: about grade 5, 35 words.
- Students, last 30 days
- Not enough answers yet to show (it takes 10).
Why it is hard, traps and wrong answers (shows the answer)
Why it is hard
The question is short and the numbers are friendly; points are lost by stopping at one strap or by mishandling the mixed number. Pricing a single strap gives a listed choice, as does doubling only the whole-number part of 1 1/4. Finding the total ribbon first, 2 1/2 yards, before multiplying by the price keeps both errors away.
Error-prone arithmetic minor Working it out
The length per strap is a mixed number, 1 1/4 yards, so the arithmetic is easiest as 2 × 1.25 = 2.5 yards, then 2.5 × $5.00. (Brown & Burton, 1978; Junker & Sijtsma, 2001)
Much to keep track of minor Working it out
The number of straps comes in the first sentence and the length of each in the last, so the 2 has to be carried through to the cost. (Sweller, 1988; Carpenter, Just & Shell, 1990)
Strategy: Find the total ribbon first by doubling the length for one strap, then multiply the yards by $5.00; writing 1 1/4 as 1.25 keeps the arithmetic simple.
Traps
- Stops one step early: A choice is a number from partway through the solution.
- A faulty procedure: A systematic but wrong procedure: adding fractions straight across, applying an exponent to each term of a sum, dropping a sign when moving a term.
- Wrong operation: Adds instead of multiplying, divides the wrong way round, turns a ratio or rate upside down, or undoes a step in the wrong direction (subtracts what should be added back).
The wrong answers, classified
A Wrong operation (Hegarty, Mayer & Monk, 1995; King et al., 2004)
Divides the price by the length, $5.00 ÷ 1.25 = 4, instead of multiplying yards by dollars per yard.
B Stops one step early (King et al., 2004; Gierl et al., 2017)
Prices the ribbon for one strap, 1 1/4 × $5.00 = $6.25, and forgets that Misha is making 2 straps.
C A faulty procedure (Brown & Burton, 1978; Tatsuoka, 1983)
Doubles only the whole-number part of 1 1/4, getting 2 1/4 yards instead of 2 1/2, and pays 2.25 × $5.00 = $11.25.
Worked solution, step by step
Formulas used
- Cost
- Price per unit is the cost of one unit, here $5.00 for one yard. Number of units is how many you buy, here yards of ribbon. Multiply them to get the total before tax.
Sort out the question
Misha makes 2 straps. Each strap needs yards of ribbon. A yard is a length of 3 feet. Ribbon costs $5.00 a yard. You need the total cost for both straps, with no tax.
Find the total ribbon
First change the mixed number to a decimal. One quarter is 0.25, so is 1.25. Then double it for 2 straps.
Misha needs 2.5 yards of ribbon. Watch out: double the whole mixed number, the 1 and the quarter. Doubling only the 1 gives yards and $11.25, choice C.
Find the cost
The ribbon costs $12.50. Watch out: this is for both straps. One strap’s ribbon costs $6.25, choice B. Don’t stop there.
So the answer is D, $12.50.
Check your answer
Estimate. Each strap needs a bit more than 1 yard, so both need a bit more than 2 yards. Two yards cost $10, so the answer should be a bit more than $10. $12.50 fits. Also, 2 yards cost $10 and the extra half yard costs $2.50, which makes $12.50.
More questions like this
The original DOE question

Question 63 of 120
2024 Test A Math, question 47Question
In a survey of 200 adults in the town of Waskegon, 45 reported reading the online version of the Waskegon Bulletin the previous day. If 25,000 adults live in Waskegon, which number is the best estimate of the number of adults who read the online version of the Waskegon Bulletin the previous day?
- A5,600
- B9,000
- C11,300
- D24,800
Show the answer
Correct answer: A
In the survey, 45 out of 200 adults reported reading the online version of the Waskegon Bulletin, and there are 25,000 adults living in Waskegon. Set up a proportion to find the number of adults who read the online version.
Rounded to the nearest 100, this number is 5,600.
Question analysis
In a survey of 200 adults in Waskegon, 45 said they read the online Waskegon Bulletin the day before, and the town has 25,000 adults. This sampling question asks for the best estimate of how many adults in town read it. Students scale the sample's rate up to the population with a proportion and round.
- Grade level
- Grade 6 content, by NYS standard
- Compared with grade 7
- At grade 7 Using a sample to estimate a count for a whole population is typical grade 7 statistics and ratio work. This version takes one proportion with large numbers and a rounding step, about the usual grade 7 demand.
- Estimated difficulty
- Straightforward: two steps or one careful reading.
- Thinking it demands
- Depth of knowledge 2, skills and concepts · mainly apply
- What makes it hard
- Turning words into math minor
- Error-prone arithmetic minor
- Solution
- 3 steps
- Reading level
- Question and choices: about grade 13, 50 words.
- Students, last 30 days
- Not enough answers yet to show (it takes 10).
Why it is hard, traps and wrong answers (shows the answer)
Why it is hard
The idea is a single proportion, and the choices are far apart, so a reasonable estimate is enough. The main trap is treating 45 out of 200 as 45 percent, which doubles the estimate; the other wrong choices combine the survey numbers without a proportion. Noting that 45 is a bit under a quarter of 200, so the town figure must be a bit under a quarter of 25,000, confirms the choice.
Turning words into math minor Understanding the question
The survey's 45 out of 200 is a rate to scale up to the town's 25,000 adults, a fraction of the sample rather than a percent. (Hegarty, Mayer & Monk, 1995; Koedinger & Nathan, 2004)
Error-prone arithmetic minor Working it out
The scale factor 25,000 ÷ 200 = 125 and the product 45 × 125 = 5,625 involve large numbers, and the result must then be rounded to the nearest hundred. (Brown & Burton, 1978; Junker & Sijtsma, 2001)
Strategy: Set the survey's fraction, 45 out of 200, equal to the unknown number out of 25,000, then scale up: 25,000 is 125 times 200.
Traps
- Numbers taken from the question: Combines the numbers in the question without a model of the situation, or is simply a number that appears in the question.
- Misunderstands the concept: A wrong belief about a concept: that percents can be added, that area grows like length, that averages can be averaged, that a bigger denominator means a bigger fraction.
The wrong answers, classified
B Numbers taken from the question (Hegarty, Mayer & Monk, 1995)
Multiplies the two survey numbers, 45 × 200 = 9,000, combining numbers from the question without setting up a proportion.
C Misunderstands the concept (Smith, diSessa & Roschelle, 1993; De Bock et al., 1998; Ni & Zhou, 2005)
Treats 45 out of 200 as 45 percent, as if 100 adults were surveyed: 0.45 × 25,000 = 11,250, about 11,300.
D Numbers taken from the question (Hegarty, Mayer & Monk, 1995)
Subtracts the 200 surveyed adults from the 25,000 in town, giving the number of adults who were not surveyed.
Worked solution, step by step
Formulas used
- Proportion
- A proportion says two ratios are equal. A ratio compares two numbers by dividing. Here a out of b in the survey matches c out of d in the whole town. Use it when a small group stands for a bigger group.
Sort out the question
A survey asked 200 adults, and 45 of them read the online paper. The town has 25,000 adults. You need a good estimate of how many adults in the whole town read it. Assume the town is like the survey. Then the same fraction of adults read it.
Set up a proportion
A proportion says two fractions are equal. Let x be the number of readers in the town. The fraction of readers is the same in both groups.
Watch out: multiplying 45 by 200 gives 9,000, choice B. That mixes the numbers without a plan.Find the scale factor
The scale factor is how many times bigger the town is than the survey group.
The town is 125 times as big. So multiply the top, 45, by 125 too.
Scale up the readers
Break 125 into 100 and 25.
About 5,625 adults read it. Watch out: 45 out of 200 is not 45%. A percent is out of 100. Using 45% gives about 11,300, choice C.
Round to the nearest hundred
The choices are rounded, since this is an estimate. 5,625 is between 5,600 and 5,700. Its last two digits, 25, are less than 50, so round down to 5,600.
So the answer is A, 5,600.
Check your answer
45 out of 200 is a bit less than 50 out of 200, which is one fourth. One fourth of 25,000 is 6,250. So the answer should be a bit less than 6,250. 5,600 fits, and the other choices are all much bigger.
More questions like this
The original DOE question

Question 64 of 120
2024 Test A Math, question 49Question
Carolyn walked 3 miles from her house to the library and then miles farther to the grocery store. Returning home by the same route, she walked miles before stopping at a friend’s house. How many miles did Carolyn have left to walk home?
- A
- B
- C
- D
Show the answer
Correct answer: A
The distance from Carolyn’s house to the grocery store is miles.
Carolyn walked miles back, so she still had miles left to walk home.
So Carolyn had miles left to walk home.
Question analysis
Carolyn walks 3 miles from home to the library and 2 1/2 miles more to the grocery store, then heads back the same way and stops at a friend's house after 1 2/3 miles. This fractions word problem asks how far she still has to walk home. Students add and subtract mixed numbers, and the subtraction needs regrouping across unlike denominators.
- Grade level
- Grade 7 content, by NYS standard
- Compared with grade 7
- At grade 7 Grade 7 students solve multi-step word problems with mixed numbers. This one has only positive numbers, but it needs a clear picture of the route and a subtraction that requires regrouping across unlike denominators.
- Estimated difficulty
- Moderate: several steps, or a close reading with one strong distractor.
- Thinking it demands
- Depth of knowledge 2, skills and concepts · mainly apply
- What makes it hard
- Error-prone arithmetic moderate
- A very close wrong answer moderate
- Turning words into math minor
- Solution
- 3 steps
- Reading level
- Question and choices: about grade 6, 48 words.
- Students, last 30 days
- Not enough answers yet to show (it takes 10).
Why it is hard, traps and wrong answers (shows the answer)
Why it is hard
The story needs a quick sketch, but the real test is one mixed-number subtraction in which the second fraction is larger than the first. Many students subtract the fractions the easy way round, which gives a choice close to the right one. Converting both numbers to sixths, 33/6 − 10/6, sidesteps the regrouping, and adding the result to 1 2/3 to get back 5 1/2 is a quick check.
Error-prone arithmetic moderate Working it out
The subtraction 5 1/2 − 1 2/3 needs sixths, 5 3/6 − 1 4/6, and the fraction on top is the smaller one, so a whole must be regrouped. (Brown & Burton, 1978; Junker & Sijtsma, 2001)
A very close wrong answer moderate Choosing the answer
Subtracting the fraction parts the wrong way round gives 4 1/6, only 1/3 away from the answer, so a rough estimate cannot tell the two apart. (Embretson & Wetzel, 1987; Gorin & Embretson, 2006; Ascalon et al., 2007)
Turning words into math minor Understanding the question
The route has to be pictured: the walk back starts at the grocery store, 5 1/2 miles from home, not at the library. (Hegarty, Mayer & Monk, 1995; Koedinger & Nathan, 2004)
Strategy: Sketch the route as a line from home to the library to the store, find the total distance out, then subtract the distance already walked back, using sixths.
Traps
- A faulty procedure: A systematic but wrong procedure: adding fractions straight across, applying an exponent to each term of a sum, dropping a sign when moving a term.
- Answers a different question: A choice is right for another quantity: the other unknown, the rest instead of the part, the part instead of the whole.
The wrong answers, classified
B A faulty procedure (Brown & Burton, 1978; Tatsuoka, 1983)
Subtracts the whole numbers, 5 − 1 = 4, then the fractions the easy way round, 2/3 − 1/2 = 1/6, giving 4 1/6.
C Answers a different question (King et al., 2004; Hegarty, Mayer & Monk, 1995)
On the store-to-library stretch, uses the 1 2/3 miles already walked instead of the 5/6 mile left, then adds the 3 miles home.
D Answers a different question (King et al., 2004; Hegarty, Mayer & Monk, 1995)
Adds all three distances, 3 + 2 1/2 + 1 2/3 = 7 1/6, which is how far she has walked so far, not how far is left.
Worked solution, step by step
Formulas used
- Mixed number to fraction
- a is the whole number part, b is the top of the fraction, and c is the bottom. Each whole holds c pieces, so a wholes hold a times c pieces. Then add the b extra pieces.
- Equivalent fractions
- a is the top of a fraction and b is the bottom. n is any number except 0. Multiplying the top and bottom by the same number gives an equal fraction, cut into smaller pieces. Use it to give two fractions the same bottom before you add or subtract.
- Subtracting fractions with the same bottom
- c is the shared bottom number. a and b are the tops. When the pieces are the same size, you just take away how many pieces you have. The size of the pieces, c, stays the same.
Picture the route
Draw a line: home, then the library, then the store. Home to the library is 3 miles. The library to the store is miles more. Carolyn walks back the same way. After miles she stops at a friend’s house. You need the miles still left to get home.
Find the distance from home to the store
The store is miles from home. She starts back from the store, so this is the full trip home. Watch out: adding all three distances gives , choice D. That is how far she has walked, not how far is left.
Change to improper fractions
The miles left are . An improper fraction has a top bigger than its bottom. Change each mixed number to one.
Use sixths for both
To subtract, the fractions need the same bottom. 2 and 3 both go into 6, so change both to sixths.
Subtract and simplify
23 sixths is 3 wholes (18 sixths) and 5 sixths more. So . Watch out: is less than . Subtracting the fraction parts the wrong way round gives , choice B.
So the answer is A, miles.
Check your answer
Add back: . That is the full distance from the store to home. Also estimate: 5.5 minus about 1.7 is about 3.8, and is about 3.83.
More questions like this
The original DOE question

Question 65 of 120
2024 Test A Math, question 50Question
A child grows inches in of a year. What would be his yearly growth rate in inches per year?
- A
- B
- C
- D
Show the answer
Correct answer: C
Set up a proportion to solve.
Question analysis
A child grows 1 1/4 inches in one third of a year, and this unit rate question asks for his growth rate in inches per year. Students divide a mixed number by a fraction, or scale the growth up to a whole year. Choosing between multiplying and dividing, and handling the whole mixed number, are where the wrong rates come from.
- Grade level
- Grade 7 content, by NYS standard
- Compared with grade 7
- At grade 7 Computing a unit rate from a ratio of fractions is the grade 7 standard itself, and this is a typical example: one mixed number over one unit fraction, in two short steps with no extra information.
- Estimated difficulty
- Straightforward: two steps or one careful reading.
- Thinking it demands
- Depth of knowledge 2, skills and concepts · mainly apply
- What makes it hard
- Error-prone arithmetic minor
- A very close wrong answer minor
- Solution
- 2 steps
- Reading level
- Question and choices: about grade 4, 25 words.
- Students, last 30 days
- Not enough answers yet to show (it takes 10).
Why it is hard, traps and wrong answers (shows the answer)
Why it is hard
The idea is simple: three thirds make a year, so the yearly growth is three times the growth in a third. Errors come from the mixed number, where students triple the 1 and leave the 1/4 alone, and from multiplying by 1/3 instead of dividing, which shrinks the rate. A sense check helps, since a yearly rate must be larger than the 1 1/4 inches grown in a third of a year.
Error-prone arithmetic minor Working it out
Dividing 1 1/4 by 1/3 means multiplying by 3, and the mixed number must be multiplied whole, as 5/4 × 3 = 15/4, not just its 1. (Brown & Burton, 1978; Junker & Sijtsma, 2001)
A very close wrong answer minor Choosing the answer
Multiplying only the whole part gives 3 1/4, which differs from the answer only in the fraction's numerator, so a rough size check cannot rule it out. (Embretson & Wetzel, 1987; Gorin & Embretson, 2006; Ascalon et al., 2007)
Strategy: Divide the growth by the time, writing 1 1/4 as 5/4 and dividing by 1/3 as multiplying by 3; or ask how much he grows in three such periods.
Traps
- Wrong operation: Adds instead of multiplying, divides the wrong way round, turns a ratio or rate upside down, or undoes a step in the wrong direction (subtracts what should be added back).
- A faulty procedure: A systematic but wrong procedure: adding fractions straight across, applying an exponent to each term of a sum, dropping a sign when moving a term.
The wrong answers, classified
A Wrong operation (Hegarty, Mayer & Monk, 1995; King et al., 2004)
Multiplies 5/4 by 1/3 instead of dividing by it, getting 5/12, a yearly rate smaller than the growth in a third of a year.
B A faulty procedure (Brown & Burton, 1978; Tatsuoka, 1983)
Triples only the whole-number part of 1 1/4, writing 3 × 1 1/4 as 3 1/4 and leaving the 1/4 unchanged.
D Wrong operation (Hegarty, Mayer & Monk, 1995; King et al., 2004)
Adds 3 to 1 1/4 instead of multiplying it by 3, getting 4 1/4.
Worked solution, step by step
Formulas used
- Rate
- The amount is how much something changed, here inches grown. The time is how long it took, here part of a year. Dividing tells how much it changes in 1 unit of time, here 1 whole year.
- Mixed number to fraction
- a is the whole number part, b is the top of the fraction, and c is the bottom. Each whole holds c pieces, so a wholes hold a times c pieces. Then add the b extra pieces.
- Dividing by a fraction
- a over b is the number you divide. c over d is the number you divide by. To divide by a fraction, multiply by its reciprocal, the fraction flipped upside down. This works because dividing by a number undoes multiplying by it.
Sort out the question
The child grows inches in of a year. You need his growth rate in inches per year. That is how much he would grow in 1 whole year at the same speed. A year has 3 thirds, so the answer should be bigger than .
Set up the rate
Divide the growth by the time to get the inches for 1 whole year.
Change the mixed number to a fraction first.
Divide by multiplying
To divide by a fraction, multiply by its reciprocal, the fraction flipped upside down. The reciprocal of is 3.
Watch out: multiplying by instead gives , choice A. That is less than he grew in a third of a year.Change back to a mixed number
15 quarters is 3 wholes (12 quarters) and 3 quarters more.
He grows inches per year. Watch out: triple all of , not just the 1. Tripling only the whole number gives , choice B.
So the answer is C, .
Check your answer
Think of the year as 3 thirds. He grows inches in each third. Add them: . The wholes make 3, and the quarters make . That is inches, the same answer.
More questions like this
The original DOE question

Question 66 of 120
2024 Test A Math, question 51Question
- A−0.33
- B−0.27
- C0
- D0.33
Show the answer
Correct answer: B
Question analysis
This decimal question asks for the value of 3 times 0.01 minus 3 times 0.1. Students multiply each decimal by 3 and subtract, keeping the order of the subtraction as written. The two decimals look alike, so place value and the sign of the result both need care.
- Grade level
- Grade 7 content, by NYS standard
- Compared with grade 7
- At grade 7 Grade 7 students subtract rational numbers and get negative results. This short computation adds place-value care, since 0.01 and 0.1 look alike, but it is a routine two-step grade 7 exercise.
- Estimated difficulty
- Straightforward: two steps or one careful reading.
- Thinking it demands
- Depth of knowledge 1, recall and reproduction · mainly apply
- What makes it hard
- Error-prone arithmetic moderate
- A very close wrong answer minor
- Solution
- 2 steps
- Reading level
- Question and choices: about grade 16+, 1 words.
- Students, last 30 days
- Not enough answers yet to show (it takes 10).
Why it is hard, traps and wrong answers (shows the answer)
Why it is hard
Two quick multiplications leave 0.03 − 0.3, a subtraction whose result is negative. The usual errors are adding the two products, with or without a minus sign, and treating 0.01 and 0.1 as the same number. Rewriting the subtraction as −(0.3 − 0.03) keeps the place values lined up and makes the sign plain.
Error-prone arithmetic moderate Working it out
The products 0.03 and 0.3 have their digits in different places, and taking the larger from the smaller crosses zero, so both alignment and sign need care. (Brown & Burton, 1978; Junker & Sijtsma, 2001)
A very close wrong answer minor Choosing the answer
The choice −0.33 has the right sign and is only 0.06 from the answer, so a sense that the result is a little below zero cannot separate them. (Embretson & Wetzel, 1987; Gorin & Embretson, 2006; Ascalon et al., 2007)
Strategy: Multiply each decimal by 3, then subtract with the place values lined up; or factor out the 3 and compute 3 times (0.01 − 0.1).
Traps
- Negatives and direction: Arithmetic with negative numbers, the order of a subtraction, or direction on a number line. (Moving a term across the equals sign without changing its sign is a faulty procedure.)
- Wrong operation: Adds instead of multiplying, divides the wrong way round, turns a ratio or rate upside down, or undoes a step in the wrong direction (subtracts what should be added back).
The wrong answers, classified
A Negatives and direction (Brown & Burton, 1978)
Sees the result must be negative but adds the sizes, −(0.03 + 0.3) = −0.33, instead of subtracting 0.03 from 0.3.
C Misunderstands the concept (Smith, diSessa & Roschelle, 1993; De Bock et al., 1998; Ni & Zhou, 2005)
Treats 0.01 and 0.1 as equal, since each shows a single 1 after the point, so the two products cancel to 0.
D Wrong operation (Hegarty, Mayer & Monk, 1995; King et al., 2004)
Adds the products, 0.03 + 0.3 = 0.33, instead of subtracting the second from the first.
Worked solution, step by step
Formulas used
- Subtracting a bigger number
- a and b are numbers, and b is the bigger one. When you take a bigger number away from a smaller one, the answer is negative. Its size is the gap between them, b minus a. So subtract the other way, then put a minus sign in front.
Sort out the problem
3(0.01) means 3 times 0.01. A number right next to parentheses means multiply. Then subtract 3 times 0.1. Note that 0.01 is one hundredth, and 0.1 is one tenth. They are not equal. Watch out: treating them as equal makes the two parts cancel to 0, choice C.
Multiply each part
So the problem is . Write 0.3 as 0.30 so both have two decimal places. Now you can see that 0.30 is bigger than 0.03.
Subtract the bigger number
You take a bigger number from a smaller one, so the answer is negative.
Watch out: find the gap between the numbers. Don’t add them. Adding gives 0.33, choice D, or −0.33, choice A.So the answer is B, −0.27.
Check your answer
Pull out the 3 first: . Same answer. Also think of a number line. Start at 0.03, just right of 0. Move 0.30 to the left. You land a little left of 0, at −0.27.
More questions like this
The original DOE question

Question 67 of 120
2024 Test A Math, question 52Question
What is the value of ?
- A
- B
- C
- D
Show the answer
Correct answer: B
Rewrite the mixed numbers so that they all have equivalent denominators.
Subtracting a negative is the same as adding.
Group the whole numbers together and the fractions together.
Question analysis
This signed-number question asks for the value of 10 1/2 plus negative 5 1/3 minus negative 2 3/4. It tests adding and subtracting negative mixed numbers with unlike denominators. Turning each sign combination into a plain addition or subtraction, and then working in twelfths, is where students most often go wrong.
- Grade level
- Grade 7 content, by NYS standard
- Compared with grade 7
- At grade 7 Adding and subtracting negative mixed numbers is central grade 7 work. This three-term expression is typical in length, but it needs a common denominator of 12 and two different sign rules: adding a negative and subtracting one.
- Estimated difficulty
- Moderate: several steps, or a close reading with one strong distractor.
- Thinking it demands
- Depth of knowledge 1, recall and reproduction · mainly apply
- What makes it hard
- Error-prone arithmetic moderate
- Many steps minor
- Solution
- 4 steps
- Reading level
- Question and choices: about grade 10, 10 words.
- Students, last 30 days
- Not enough answers yet to show (it takes 10).
Why it is hard, traps and wrong answers (shows the answer)
Why it is hard
The expression is short, but it packs both sign rules for negative numbers into one line, and each misapplication has its own choice. Subtracting a negative is the rule most often broken, and the result is a reasonable-looking mixed number. Estimating with decimals, 10.5 − 5.3 + 2.8 is about 8, separates the answer from every wrong choice.
Error-prone arithmetic moderate Working it out
Two different sign rules meet: adding −5 1/3 means subtracting 5 1/3, while subtracting −2 3/4 means adding 2 3/4, and mixing them up gives a listed value. (Brown & Burton, 1978; Junker & Sijtsma, 2001)
Many steps minor Working it out
After the signs, halves, thirds and quarters become twelfths, and the wholes, 10 − 5 + 2, are combined apart from the fractions, 6/12 − 4/12 + 9/12. (Daniel & Embretson, 2010; Enright, Morley & Sheehan, 2002)
Strategy: Rewrite adding a negative as subtraction and subtracting a negative as addition, convert the fractions to twelfths, then combine the whole numbers and the fractions separately.
Traps
- Negatives and direction: Arithmetic with negative numbers, the order of a subtraction, or direction on a number line. (Moving a term across the equals sign without changing its sign is a faulty procedure.)
The wrong answers, classified
A Negatives and direction (Brown & Burton, 1978)
Handles the added negative but treats subtracting −2 3/4 as subtracting 2 3/4, so 5 1/6 − 2 3/4 = 2 5/12.
C Negatives and direction (Brown & Burton, 1978)
Drops the negative signs inside the parentheses and keeps the operations, 10 1/2 + 5 1/3 − 2 3/4 = 13 1/12.
D Negatives and direction (Brown & Burton, 1978)
Ignores every sign and adds all three mixed numbers, 10 1/2 + 5 1/3 + 2 3/4 = 18 7/12.
Worked solution, step by step
Formulas used
- Adding and subtracting negatives
- a is any number, and b is a positive number, so −b is negative. Adding a negative moves you left on the number line, just like subtracting. Subtracting a negative is like taking away a debt, so you end up with more. It is the same as adding.
- Equivalent fractions
- a is the top of a fraction and b is the bottom. n is any number except 0. Multiplying the top and bottom by the same number gives an equal fraction, cut into smaller pieces. Use it to give two fractions the same bottom before you add or subtract.
Sort out the expression
You need . There are three mixed numbers, and two of them are negative. A mixed number is a whole number plus a fraction. Plan: fix the signs, give the fractions the same bottom, then work with the whole numbers and the fractions one group at a time.
Fix the signs
Adding means subtracting . Subtracting means adding .
Watch out: subtracting a negative is adding. Subtracting instead gives , choice A. Dropping the minus signs gives C or D.Use twelfths for the fractions
The bottoms are 2, 3 and 4. All three go into 12, so change each fraction to twelfths.
Now the problem is .
Combine whole numbers, then fractions
Work with the whole numbers and the fractions one group at a time. Keep each sign.
The fraction part is less than 1, so just put them together: .
So the answer is B, .
Check your answer
Estimate with decimals. is about 7.92. And is also about 7.92, since is almost 1. They match.
More questions like this
The original DOE question

Question 68 of 120
2024 Test A Math, question 53Question
Carlos has $350 in a savings account that earns 5% simple interest each year. How much will he have in the account after 1 year, if there is no money withdrawn?
- A$17.50
- B$175.00
- C$367.50
- D$525.00
Show the answer
Correct answer: C
Find 5% of 350.
Question analysis
Carlos has $350 in a savings account earning 5% simple interest a year, and this interest question asks how much will be in the account after 1 year with no withdrawals. Students find 5 percent of the balance and use it. Reading whether the question wants the interest or the account's new balance matters most.
- Grade level
- Grade 7 content, by NYS standard
- Compared with grade 7
- Below grade 7 Simple interest is a grade 7 percent topic, but one year of interest is just 5 percent of the balance added on. Typical grade 7 problems run for several years or ask for the rate, so this is lighter.
- Estimated difficulty
- Routine: one familiar step, little to misread.
- Thinking it demands
- Depth of knowledge 2, skills and concepts · mainly apply
- What makes it hard
- Solution
- 2 steps
- Reading level
- Question and choices: about grade 6, 28 words.
- Students, last 30 days
- Not enough answers yet to show (it takes 10).
Why it is hard, traps and wrong answers (shows the answer)
Why it is hard
This is a one-year interest question with friendly numbers, so most students who know what interest is will finish it. The two ways to lose the point are stopping at the interest, which is listed, and writing 5% as 0.5, which gives a listed interest and a listed balance of its own. A sensible balance is only a little more than $350, which rules out every wrong choice.
Something you must already know minor Working it out
Simple interest for one year is the rate times the balance, 5% of $350, added to what is already there; the stem does not spell this out. (Anderson & Krathwohl, 2001)
Error-prone arithmetic minor Working it out
Writing 5% as 0.05, not 0.5, is the one place-value decision, and 0.05 × 350 = 17.5 must then be read as $17.50. (Brown & Burton, 1978; Junker & Sijtsma, 2001)
Strategy: Find 5 percent of $350 by multiplying by 0.05, then decide whether the question wants the interest alone or the amount in the account.
Traps
- Stops one step early: A choice is a number from partway through the solution.
- An arithmetic slip: The right method with a plausible arithmetic error: a digit, a place value or a times-table fact.
The wrong answers, classified
A Stops one step early (King et al., 2004; Gierl et al., 2017)
Finds the interest, 0.05 × $350 = $17.50, and stops without adding it to the $350 already in the account.
B An arithmetic slip (Junker & Sijtsma, 2001)
Writes 5% as 0.5 instead of 0.05, a decimal slip that makes the interest $175.00, and then also stops at the interest.
D An arithmetic slip (Junker & Sijtsma, 2001)
Writes 5% as 0.5, so the interest comes out as $175.00, and adds it to the $350 to reach $525.00.
Worked solution, step by step
Formulas used
- Simple interest
- I is the interest, the extra money the bank pays you. P is the principal, the money you put in. r is the yearly rate as a decimal. t is the time in years. Simple means you earn interest only on the money you started with.
Sort out the question
Carlos starts with $350. The account earns 5% simple interest each year. Interest is extra money the bank adds to your account. You need the total in the account after 1 year. That is the $350 plus the interest.
Change the percent to a decimal
Percent means out of 100, so 5% is 5 out of 100.
Watch out: 5% is 0.05, not 0.5. Using 0.5 makes the interest $175, which leads to B or D.Find the interest
Put in P = 350, r = 0.05 and t = 1 year.
The interest for one year is $17.50. That is the money added to the account.
Add the interest to the savings
After 1 year, Carlos has $367.50. Watch out: $17.50 is only the interest, choice A. The question asks how much is in the account.
So the answer is C, $367.50.
Check your answer
10% of $350 is $35. 5% is half of that, $17.50, so the interest is right. The total should be a little more than $350, since 5% is small. $367.50 fits. $525.00 would mean the account grew by half.
More questions like this
The original DOE question

Question 69 of 120
2024 Test A Math, question 56Question
![]()
On the number line above, what is the distance, in units, between the midpoint of and the midpoint of ?
- A3
- B4
- C5
- D6
Show the answer
Correct answer: C
To find the midpoint of a segment, subtract the value on the left from the value on the right and then divide by 2. Then add the result to the value on the left of the segment.
Find the midpoint of :
Find the midpoint of :
The distance between −1 and 4 on the number line is 5 units.
Question analysis
A number line marks points P, Q and R at labeled integer positions, with P to the left of zero. This midpoint and distance question asks how far apart the midpoints of segments PQ and QR are. Students locate both midpoints and then measure the distance between them, which takes care with negative positions.
- Grade level
- Grade 7 content, by NYS standard
- Compared with grade 7
- At grade 7 Grade 7 students measure distances on a number line as the difference of two positions, including across zero. Here two midpoints must be located first, but all three points sit on labeled integers, which keeps it at grade 7 level.
- Estimated difficulty
- Straightforward: two steps or one careful reading.
- Thinking it demands
- Depth of knowledge 2, skills and concepts · mainly apply
- What makes it hard
- Error-prone arithmetic minor
- Many steps minor
- Solution
- 3 steps
- Reading level
- Question and choices: about grade 11, 21 words.
- Corrected from the DOE handbook
- A reversed instruction in the explanation was corrected.
- Students, last 30 days
- Not enough answers yet to show (it takes 10).
Why it is hard, traps and wrong answers (shows the answer)
Why it is hard
The points sit on labeled integers, so the midpoints can be found by counting, and the question is mostly about finishing carefully. Dropping the negative in 4 − (−1), stopping at the second midpoint, and counting tick marks instead of spaces each give a listed choice. Marking −1 and 4 on the figure and counting the unit spaces between them confirms the distance.
Error-prone arithmetic minor Working it out
P sits at −3, so the midpoint of PQ is (−3 + 1) ÷ 2 = −1, and the final distance, 4 − (−1), subtracts a negative number. (Brown & Burton, 1978; Junker & Sijtsma, 2001)
Many steps minor Working it out
Three results come in sequence, the midpoint of PQ, the midpoint of QR, then the gap between them, and the second of them, 4, is itself a listed choice. (Daniel & Embretson, 2010; Enright, Morley & Sheehan, 2002)
Strategy: Read the positions of P, Q and R, average each pair of endpoints to place the two midpoints, then subtract the left midpoint from the right one.
Traps
- Negatives and direction: Arithmetic with negative numbers, the order of a subtraction, or direction on a number line. (Moving a term across the equals sign without changing its sign is a faulty procedure.)
- Stops one step early: A choice is a number from partway through the solution.
- Counting the ends: Inclusive or exclusive ends, fence posts, consecutive numbers: an answer that is one too many or too few, or an endpoint drawn open where it belongs closed (or the reverse).
The wrong answers, classified
A Negatives and direction (Brown & Burton, 1978)
Finds the midpoints −1 and 4 but computes the gap as 4 − 1 = 3, dropping the negative sign instead of finding 4 − (−1).
B Stops one step early (King et al., 2004; Gierl et al., 2017)
Finds the midpoint of QR at 4 and gives its position as the answer, stopping before measuring from the other midpoint at −1.
D Counting the ends (Brown & Burton, 1978)
Counts the six tick marks from −1 to 4 inclusive rather than the five unit spaces between them.
What was corrected from the DOE handbook, and why
- Explanation: The handbook’s rule says to “subtract the value on the right from the value on the left and then divide by 2,” but its own working does the opposite: 1 − (−3) = 4 for PQ and 7 − 1 = 6 for QR, the right value minus the left. Following the rule as printed gives (−3 − 1) ÷ 2 = −2 and (1 − 7) ÷ 2 = −3, which would put the midpoints at −5 and −2, outside the segments, and lead to a distance of 3, a wrong choice. The site now says “subtract the value on the left from the value on the right.” The midpoints, −1 and 4, and the distance between them, 5 units, are unchanged.
Worked solution, step by step
Formulas used
- Midpoint on a number line
- The left end and right end are the numbers at the two ends of a segment. Right end minus left end is the segment’s length. The midpoint is halfway, so it is half the length to the right of the left end.
- Distance on a number line
- On a number line, numbers grow as you move right. The distance between two points is the larger number minus the smaller one. That is the right point minus the left point, so a distance is never negative.
Read the number line
P is at −3, Q is at 1 and R is at 7. A bar over two letters, such as , means the segment between them. A segment is the straight piece of line between two points. You need the midpoint of each segment, the point exactly halfway between its ends. Then you need the distance between those two midpoints.
Find the midpoint of PQ
The left end is −3 and the right end is 1.
So the midpoint of PQ is at −1. Note that is , which is 4.
Find the midpoint of QR
The left end is 1 and the right end is 7.
So the midpoint of QR is at 4. Watch out: 4 is where a midpoint is, not the answer. Stopping here gives choice B.
Measure between the midpoints
Watch out: keep the minus sign on −1. Using gives choice A. Also count the spaces, not the tick marks. From −1 to 4 there are 5 spaces but 6 marks, and 6 is choice D.So the answer is C, 5 units.
Check your answer
Each midpoint should sit in the middle of its segment. −1 is 2 units from both −3 and 1. 4 is 3 units from both 1 and 7. There is also a shortcut. The gap between the midpoints is half of PR: .
More questions like this
The original DOE question

Question 70 of 120
2024 Test B Math, question 1Question
After the expression above is simplified, what is the coefficient of x, expressed as a decimal?
Grid-in question: work out the answer and enter it as a number.
Show the answer
Correct answer: -0.8
First, distribute over to get the expression .
Express as and then add like terms:
.
The coefficient of x is .
When expressed as a decimal,
.
Question analysis
An algebra grid-in on simplifying an expression: three fifths times the quantity 2x + 5, minus 2x. Students distribute a fraction, combine the x terms and report the coefficient of x as a decimal. Multiplying by a fraction, the subtraction that follows, and gridding the decimal correctly all leave room for slips.
- Grade level
- Grade 7 content, by NYS standard
- Compared with grade 7
- At grade 7 Expanding and simplifying linear expressions with fraction coefficients is a core grade 7 skill, and this is a typical short example. Writing the coefficient as a decimal in the grid adds care but no new idea.
- Estimated difficulty
- Straightforward: two steps or one careful reading.
- Thinking it demands
- Depth of knowledge 1, recall and reproduction · mainly apply
- What makes it hard
- Error-prone arithmetic moderate
- An answer in an unexpected form minor
- Solution
- 3 steps
- Reading level
- Question and choices: about grade 9, 17 words.
- Students, last 30 days
- Not enough answers yet to show (it takes 10).
Why it is hard, traps and wrong answers (shows the answer)
Why it is hard
The distribution itself is routine; points are lost after it. Students who stop at 6/5x forget the −2x outside the parentheses, and those who combine the x terms correctly can still drop the sign of a negative result. Rewriting 2x as 10/5x keeps the subtraction in fifths, and substituting x = 1 into both forms confirms the coefficient before gridding.
Error-prone arithmetic moderate Working it out
Multiplying 2x by 3/5 gives 6/5x, and taking away 2x means rewriting it as 10/5x; the result is a negative fraction that must then become a decimal with its sign. (Brown & Burton, 1978; Junker & Sijtsma, 2001)
An answer in an unexpected form minor Choosing the answer
There are no choices to check against, and the coefficient must be gridded as a decimal with its minus sign, so −4/5 has to become −0.8. (Enright, Morley & Sheehan, 2002)
Strategy: Multiply both terms inside the parentheses by 3/5, rewrite 2x in fifths so the x terms share a denominator, combine them, and convert that fraction to a decimal.
Traps
- Negatives and direction: Arithmetic with negative numbers, the order of a subtraction, or direction on a number line. (Moving a term across the equals sign without changing its sign is a faulty procedure.)
- Stops one step early: A choice is a number from partway through the solution.
- A faulty procedure: A systematic but wrong procedure: adding fractions straight across, applying an exponent to each term of a sum, dropping a sign when moving a term.
The wrong answers, classified
0.8 Negatives and direction (Brown & Burton, 1978)
Combines 6/5x and −2x to a coefficient of the right size, 4/5, but drops the minus sign, or subtracts 6/5 from 2, and grids 0.8.
1.2 Stops one step early (King et al., 2004; Gierl et al., 2017)
Distributes 3/5 to get 6/5x + 3 and grids 6/5 = 1.2, stopping before the −2x outside the parentheses is combined with it.
-1.4 A faulty procedure (Brown & Burton, 1978; Tatsuoka, 1983)
Multiplies 3/5 by 2 as 6/10, doubling the denominator along with the numerator, so the coefficient comes out 0.6 − 2 = −1.4.
Worked solution, step by step
Formulas used
- Distributive property
- a is the number outside the parentheses. b and c are the terms inside. A term is a number, a letter, or a number times a letter. To multiply out the parentheses, multiply each term inside by a. It works because a groups of b + c is a groups of b plus a groups of c.
- Multiplying a fraction by a whole number
- a over b is the fraction, and c is the whole number. Multiply only the top number, the numerator, by c. The bottom number, the denominator, stays the same. The size of each piece does not change. You just have more pieces.
Sort out the question
You start with this expression. An expression is a math phrase with numbers, letters and signs, but no equals sign.
To simplify it means to write it in its shortest form. The coefficient of x is the number multiplied by x. In 7x, the coefficient is 7. You need the coefficient of x, written as a decimal.
Multiply out the parentheses
The 3/5 multiplies everything inside the parentheses. Use the distributive property.
Multiply only the top of 3/5 by 2: . Also, . Now the whole expression is:
Watch out: do not double the bottom number too. Writing 6/10 leads to −1.4.Write 2x in fifths
There are now two x terms: and . To combine them, they need the same denominator (bottom number). One whole is 5/5, so 2 wholes are 10/5.
Watch out: the −2x is outside the parentheses, but it still counts. Stopping at 6/5 and gridding 1.2 is a common mistake.Combine the x terms
Six fifths take away ten fifths leaves negative four fifths.
The 3 has no x, so it stays as it is. The simplified expression is . So the coefficient of x is . Watch out: 6 − 10 is negative. Dropping the minus sign gives 0.8.
Change it to a decimal
A fraction means the top divided by the bottom: . Keep the minus sign.
So you would grid -0.8, with the minus sign in its own column.
Check your answer
Pick an easy value, x = 1, and put it into both forms. The first form: . The simplified form: . Both give 2.2, so the simplifying worked.
More questions like this
The original DOE question

Question 71 of 120
2024 Test B Math, question 4Question
At one location, the temperature increased from −7° F to 4° F between 5:00 a.m. and 9:00 a.m. By 11:00 a.m., the temperature was 3.5 times the 9:00 a.m. temperature. What was the total increase in temperature between 5:00 a.m. and 11:00 a.m., in degrees Fahrenheit?
Grid-in question: work out the answer and enter it as a number.
Show the answer
Correct answer: 21
The 11:00 a.m. temperature is 3.5 times the 9:00 a.m. temperature. The 9:00 a.m. temperature was 4° F.
The temperature increased from −7° F at 5:00 a.m. to 14° F at 11:00 a.m., which is an increase of 21° F.
Question analysis
A temperature word problem with negative numbers: the temperature rises from −7° F to 4° F by 9:00 a.m., and by 11:00 a.m. it is 3.5 times the 9:00 a.m. reading. Students find the total rise from 5:00 to 11:00 a.m. Subtracting a negative starting temperature is where most slips happen.
- Grade level
- Grade 7 content, by NYS standard
- Compared with grade 7
- At grade 7 Using signed numbers for temperature change is standard grade 7 work. This adds a decimal multiplier and asks for a change rather than a temperature, two short steps, which keeps it at a typical grade 7 level.
- Estimated difficulty
- Moderate: several steps, or a close reading with one strong distractor.
- Thinking it demands
- Depth of knowledge 2, skills and concepts · mainly apply
- What makes it hard
- Error-prone arithmetic moderate
- Turning words into math minor
- Much to keep track of minor
- Solution
- 2 steps
- Reading level
- Question and choices: about grade 5, 43 words.
- Students, last 30 days
- Not enough answers yet to show (it takes 10).
Why it is hard, traps and wrong answers (shows the answer)
Why it is hard
Finding the 11:00 a.m. temperature is a single multiplication; the points are lost in the subtraction that follows. A rise that starts below zero has two parts, 7 degrees up to zero and 14 more above it, and students who treat −7 as 7 lose the first part. The times in the stem also invite measuring from 9:00 a.m. instead of 5:00 a.m., which covers only the last two hours.
Error-prone arithmetic moderate Working it out
The last step is 14 − (−7): subtracting the negative starting temperature means adding 7, and the part of the rise below zero is easy to leave out. (Brown & Burton, 1978; Junker & Sijtsma, 2001)
Turning words into math minor Understanding the question
“3.5 times the 9:00 a.m. temperature” multiplies the reading of 4°, not the 11-degree rise, and “total increase” runs from the 5:00 a.m. reading, not from 9:00. (Hegarty, Mayer & Monk, 1995; Koedinger & Nathan, 2004)
Much to keep track of minor Working it out
Three times of day carry three temperatures, −7°, 4° and 14°, and the answer compares the first with the last, not either of them with the middle one. (Sweller, 1988; Carpenter, Just & Shell, 1990)
Strategy: Find the 11:00 a.m. temperature from the 9:00 a.m. one, then subtract the 5:00 a.m. temperature from it, remembering that subtracting a negative number adds its size.
Traps
- Negatives and direction: Arithmetic with negative numbers, the order of a subtraction, or direction on a number line. (Moving a term across the equals sign without changing its sign is a faulty procedure.)
- Stops one step early: A choice is a number from partway through the solution.
- Answers a different question: A choice is right for another quantity: the other unknown, the rest instead of the part, the part instead of the whole.
The wrong answers, classified
7 Negatives and direction (Brown & Burton, 1978)
Finds 14° at 11:00 a.m. but subtracts 7 instead of −7, so 14 − 7 = 7, leaving out the part of the rise below zero.
14 Stops one step early (King et al., 2004; Gierl et al., 2017)
Finds the 11:00 a.m. temperature, 4 × 3.5 = 14, and grids it without subtracting the 5:00 a.m. temperature to get the increase.
10 Answers a different question (King et al., 2004; Hegarty, Mayer & Monk, 1995)
Measures the rise from 9:00 a.m. instead of 5:00 a.m., 14 − 4 = 10, which is only the last two hours of the total increase.
Worked solution, step by step
Formulas used
- Change in temperature
- End is the last temperature, and start is the first one. Subtract start from end to find how much it went up. It works with negative numbers too. A positive change means the temperature rose.
- Subtracting a negative number
- a is any number, and −b is a negative number. Taking away a negative is the same as adding its size. On a thermometer, going from −7 up to 0 is 7 degrees, so those 7 degrees get added.
Sort out what you know
There are three times and three temperatures, in degrees Fahrenheit (°F).
- 5:00 a.m.: −7°F, which is 7 degrees below zero
- 9:00 a.m.: 4°F
- 11:00 a.m.: 3.5 times the 9:00 a.m. temperature
You need the total increase from 5:00 a.m. to 11:00 a.m. That is how much warmer it got from the first time to the last.
Find the 11:00 temperature
“3.5 times the 9:00 a.m. temperature” means 3.5 times 4°F.
At 11:00 a.m. it was 14°F. Watch out: 14 is a temperature, not the increase. Gridding 14 stops too early.
Subtract the start from the end
The increase runs from 5:00 a.m. to 11:00 a.m. So it starts at −7°F and ends at 14°F.
Watch out: start at 5:00 a.m., not at 9:00 a.m. Starting from 4°F gives only 10.Subtract the negative number
Taking away a negative number is the same as adding its size.
The temperature rose 21°F. Watch out: writing 14 − 7 = 7 loses the minus sign. It skips the 7 degrees the air warmed just to reach zero.
So you would grid 21.
Check your answer
Count up on a thermometer. From −7°F up to 0°F is 7 degrees. From 0°F up to 14°F is 14 more. . Or add the two parts of the morning: it rose 11 degrees by 9:00 and 10 more by 11:00, and .
More questions like this
The original DOE question

Question 72 of 120
2024 Test B Math, question 7Question
The number line shows points E, F, G, and H.

Which point represents the sum of ?
- Apoint E
- Bpoint F
- Cpoint G
- Dpoint H
Show the answer
Correct answer: B
Find the sum of :
Point F is located at −2.
Question analysis
A number line question with points E, F, G and H marked on a line labeled from −7 to 7. Students add 2.5 and negative 4.5 and find which point shows the sum. It tests adding a positive and a negative decimal, then reading positions on a line whose labels skip some integers.
- Grade level
- Grade 7 content, by NYS standard
- Compared with grade 7
- At grade 7 Adding rational numbers with different signs and showing the sum on a number line is exactly the grade 7 standard. This is one routine sum with simple decimals, a typical classroom exercise.
- Estimated difficulty
- Routine: one familiar step, little to misread.
- Thinking it demands
- Depth of knowledge 1, recall and reproduction · mainly apply
- What makes it hard
- Solution
- 2 steps
- Reading level
- Question and choices: about grade 1, 25 words.
- Students, last 30 days
- Not enough answers yet to show (it takes 10).
Why it is hard, traps and wrong answers (shows the answer)
Why it is hard
This is a one-line sum followed by a lookup, and most students finish quickly. The four points are placed so that each common sign mistake lands on one of them: −7, 2 and 7 all come from mishandling the negative. Picturing the sum as a move of 4.5 units to the left from 2.5 shows both the size and the direction at once.
Error-prone arithmetic minor Working it out
Adding −4.5 to 2.5 means taking 4.5 away from 2.5, and the larger size of −4.5 makes the sum negative, a sign rule that is easy to apply backwards. (Brown & Burton, 1978; Junker & Sijtsma, 2001)
Reading a figure, table or graph minor Understanding the question
Only 0 and the odd numbers are labeled, so point F sits at an unlabeled tick between −3 and −1 and must be found by counting. (Lesh, Post & Behr, 1987; Kirsch & Mosenthal, 1990)
Strategy: Rewrite adding −4.5 as subtracting 4.5, work out the sum, then find it on the line by counting tick marks from a labeled number, one tick per integer.
Traps
- Negatives and direction: Arithmetic with negative numbers, the order of a subtraction, or direction on a number line. (Moving a term across the equals sign without changing its sign is a faulty procedure.)
The wrong answers, classified
A Negatives and direction (Brown & Burton, 1978)
Adds the sizes 2.5 and 4.5 and makes the total negative, treating both numbers as negative, which lands on −7 at point E.
C Negatives and direction (Brown & Burton, 1978)
Subtracts 2.5 from 4.5 to get the right size, 2, but keeps it positive, missing that the negative number has the larger size.
D Negatives and direction (Brown & Burton, 1978)
Ignores the negative sign on 4.5 and adds the two numbers, 2.5 + 4.5 = 7, landing on point H at the far right.
Worked solution, step by step
Formulas used
- Adding a negative number
- a is any number, and −b is a negative number. Adding a negative number is the same as subtracting its size. On a number line, it means moving b steps to the left.
Sort out the question
You need to find . Then find that sum (the answer to the addition) on the number line.
The number line has a tick at every whole number from −7 to 7. Only 0 and the odd numbers have labels.
Turn the addition into subtraction
You are taking 4.5 away from 2.5. You take away more than you have, so the answer will be negative.
Do the subtraction
The two sizes differ by 2, because . The larger size, 4.5, belongs to the negative number. So the sum is negative.
Watch out: the answer is −2, not 2. Point G is at 2.Find −2 on the line
−2 has no label. It is the tick between −3 and −1. Point F sits on that tick.
Watch out: adding 2.5 + 4.5 = 7 lands on point H. Making both numbers negative gives −7, point E.So the answer is B, point F.
Check your answer
Start at 2.5 on the number line and move 4.5 steps to the left. The first 2.5 steps take you to 0. You still have 2 steps to go. Two more steps left of 0 lands on −2, which is point F.
More questions like this
The original DOE question

Question 73 of 120
2024 Test B Math, question 9Question
A car dealership is having a sale where all cars have a 12% discount. What is the discounted price of a car that originally cost $15,600?
- A$13,728
- B$14,300
- C$14,400
- D$15,588
Show the answer
Correct answer: A
Question analysis
A percent word problem about a car sale: every car is 12% off, and one car originally cost $15,600. Students find the sale price of that car. The discount has to be worked out as a dollar amount and then taken off, with care over the decimal point in 12%.
- Grade level
- Grade 7 content, by NYS standard
- Compared with grade 7
- At grade 7 Discounts are one of the percent applications in grade 7, and this is a routine two-step example with whole-dollar amounts. It matches typical grade 7 work, with no reverse percent or second change.
- Estimated difficulty
- Routine: one familiar step, little to misread.
- Thinking it demands
- Depth of knowledge 2, skills and concepts · mainly apply
- What makes it hard
- Error-prone arithmetic minor
- Turning words into math minor
- Solution
- 2 steps
- Reading level
- Question and choices: about grade 6, 24 words.
- Students, last 30 days
- Not enough answers yet to show (it takes 10).
Why it is hard, traps and wrong answers (shows the answer)
Why it is hard
This is a standard two-step discount, and a quick estimate does most of the work: 10% of $15,600 is $1,560, so 12% is a little under $1,900, and only one choice sits about that far below the price. The wrong choices take off $1,300, $1,200 or just $12, so the question mainly catches students unsure what 12% of a price means.
Error-prone arithmetic minor Working it out
Finding 12% of $15,600 by hand, 0.12 × 15,600 = 1,872, means placing a decimal point in a product of large numbers. (Brown & Burton, 1978; Junker & Sijtsma, 2001)
Turning words into math minor Understanding the question
The phrase “discounted price” asks for what the buyer pays, so the $1,872 discount has to be taken off the price rather than reported. (Hegarty, Mayer & Monk, 1995; Koedinger & Nathan, 2004)
Strategy: Write 12% as 0.12 and multiply by the original price to get the discount, then subtract it; or multiply the price by 0.88 in one step.
Traps
- Misunderstands the concept: A wrong belief about a concept: that percents can be added, that area grows like length, that averages can be averaged, that a bigger denominator means a bigger fraction.
The wrong answers, classified
B Misunderstands the concept (Smith, diSessa & Roschelle, 1993; De Bock et al., 1998; Ni & Zhou, 2005)
Divides the price by 12, as if 12% meant one twelfth, and subtracts the $1,300 that gives instead of $1,872.
C Little reason to choose it (Haladyna & Downing, 1993; Rodriguez, 2005)
No common working gives $14,400; the $1,200 it takes off is 12% of $10,000, not of $15,600, so it mostly catches guesses.
D Misunderstands the concept (Smith, diSessa & Roschelle, 1993; De Bock et al., 1998; Ni & Zhou, 2005)
Subtracts $12 from the price, treating the 12 in 12% as a number of dollars instead of 12 hundredths of the price.
Worked solution, step by step
Formulas used
- Percent of a number
- W is the whole amount, here the first price. p is the percent, and x is the part you want. Percent means out of 100, so p percent is the fraction p over 100. Multiplying the whole by that fraction gives the part.
- Sale price
- The first price is what the car cost before the sale. The discount is the amount taken off. The sale price is what the buyer pays, so you subtract.
Sort out the question
The car first cost $15,600. A discount is an amount taken off the price. Here it is 12% of the price. You need the discounted price, the amount the buyer pays after the discount.
Find 12% of the price
Break it into easy parts. 10% is . 1% is , so 2% is .
The discount is $1,872. Watch out: 12% does not mean $12. Taking off $12 gives $15,588, choice D.
Take the discount off
The buyer pays $13,728. Watch out: 12% is not one twelfth. Dividing by 12 takes off only $1,300 and gives $14,300, choice B.
So the answer is A, $13,728.
Check your answer
After a 12% discount, the buyer pays 88% of the price, because . Then . That matches. Also, $13,728 is less than $15,600, as a sale price should be.
More questions like this
The original DOE question

Question 74 of 120
2024 Test B Math, question 10Question
- A
- B
- C
- D
Show the answer
Correct answer: B
Question analysis
A fractions question asks for 4 2/3 divided by 2 1/2, with mixed numbers on both sides of the division sign. Students convert to improper fractions, multiply by the reciprocal and simplify. Mixed numbers invite shortcuts, so every step has to follow the rule for dividing fractions.
- NYS standards
- 6.NS.1 dividing fractions by fractions
- Grade level
- Grade 6 content, by NYS standard
- Compared with grade 7
- Below grade 7 Dividing fractions is a grade 6 standard, and this is one division with small mixed numbers. Grade 7 work usually adds negative numbers or a word problem around it, so this sits below grade 7.
- Estimated difficulty
- Straightforward: two steps or one careful reading.
- Thinking it demands
- Depth of knowledge 1, recall and reproduction · mainly apply
- What makes it hard
- Error-prone arithmetic moderate
- An answer in an unexpected form minor
- Solution
- 3 steps
- Reading level
- Question and choices: about grade 16+, 5 words.
- Students, last 30 days
- Not enough answers yet to show (it takes 10).
Why it is hard, traps and wrong answers (shows the answer)
Why it is hard
Dividing mixed numbers has a fixed procedure, and every wrong choice is a shortcut that skips part of it. Estimating first helps: 4 2/3 is a little less than twice 2 1/2, so the quotient is a little under 2, which already rules out 15/28 and 3 1/3. The remaining near miss, 2 1/3, comes from dividing by the whole number 2 alone.
Error-prone arithmetic moderate Working it out
Both mixed numbers must become improper fractions, 14/3 and 5/2, before the second is flipped, and 14/3 × 2/5 = 28/15 leaves an improper fraction to deal with. (Brown & Burton, 1978; Junker & Sijtsma, 2001)
An answer in an unexpected form minor Choosing the answer
The choices are written as mixed numbers and one proper fraction, so 28/15 has to be converted to a mixed number before it can be matched. (Enright, Morley & Sheehan, 2002)
Strategy: Rewrite both mixed numbers as improper fractions, multiply the first by the reciprocal of the second, then simplify and turn the improper fraction back into a mixed number.
Traps
- A faulty procedure: A systematic but wrong procedure: adding fractions straight across, applying an exponent to each term of a sum, dropping a sign when moving a term.
The wrong answers, classified
A A faulty procedure (Brown & Burton, 1978; Tatsuoka, 1983)
Flips the first fraction instead of the second, computing 3/14 × 5/2 = 15/28, which is 2 1/2 divided by 4 2/3.
C A faulty procedure (Brown & Burton, 1978; Tatsuoka, 1983)
Divides 4 2/3 by the whole number 2 and drops the 1/2 of the divisor, so 14/3 ÷ 2 = 7/3, or 2 1/3.
D A faulty procedure (Brown & Burton, 1978; Tatsuoka, 1983)
Divides the whole parts and the fraction parts separately, 4 ÷ 2 = 2 and 2/3 ÷ 1/2 = 4/3, then adds them to get 3 1/3.
Worked solution, step by step
Formulas used
- Mixed number to fraction
- a is the whole number, and b over c is the fraction part. Multiply the whole number by c to turn the wholes into pieces. Then add the b extra pieces. The bottom number stays c.
- Dividing fractions
- a over b is the number you divide. c over d is the number you divide by. To divide by a fraction, multiply by its reciprocal, the fraction flipped upside down. Only the second fraction flips.
Sort out the problem
You need to divide by . Both are mixed numbers, a whole number and a fraction together. Mixed numbers are hard to divide as they are. So first change each one into an improper fraction. That is a fraction whose top is bigger than its bottom.
Change the mixed numbers
Watch out: do not divide the whole parts and the fraction parts on their own. Doing and , then adding, gives , choice D.Flip the second fraction and multiply
Multiply the tops, , and the bottoms, . Watch out: flip only the second fraction. Flipping the first one gives , choice A.
Change back to a mixed number
The choices are mixed numbers, so change 28/15 back. 15 goes into 28 one time, with 13 left over.
Watch out: dividing by just 2 and dropping the one half gives , choice C.So the answer is B, .
Check your answer
Estimate. is about 4.7, and is 2.5. Two groups of 2.5 make 5, so the answer is a bit less than 2. is about 1.9, which fits. Or multiply back: .
More questions like this
The original DOE question

Question 75 of 120
2024 Test B Math, question 12Question
Lena is building a fence. She will need to dig holes to help support the posts that hold up the fence. The holes need to have a depth of feet below the ground. Each post is 10 feet long. What is the height of the part of the post that is above the ground?
- A feet
- B feet
- C10 feet
- D feet
Show the answer
Correct answer: A
The posts are each 10 feet long, and feet of each post is below the ground, so the height of the part of the posts that is above the ground is the difference between the two amounts:
Question analysis
A fence-building word problem: each post is 10 feet long, and 3 1/3 feet of it goes into a hole in the ground. Students find how much of the post stands above ground by subtracting a mixed number from a whole number. Regrouping the whole number into thirds is the step that trips students up.
- NYS standards
- 7.NS.3 four operations with rational numbers
- Grade level
- Grade 7 content, by NYS standard
- Compared with grade 7
- Below grade 7 Subtracting a mixed number from a whole number is fraction work from before grade 7, set here in a one-step story. It asks much less than grade 7 problems, which add negative numbers or several steps.
- Estimated difficulty
- Routine: one familiar step, little to misread.
- Thinking it demands
- Depth of knowledge 2, skills and concepts · mainly apply
- What makes it hard
- Error-prone arithmetic minor
- Solution
- 1 step
- Reading level
- Question and choices: about grade 2, 61 words.
- Students, last 30 days
- Not enough answers yet to show (it takes 10).
Why it is hard, traps and wrong answers (shows the answer)
Why it is hard
The situation is plain, a post partly buried in a hole, and the subtraction 10 − 3 1/3 is the whole task. The only real trap is the regrouping, since there are no thirds to take the 1/3 from until one foot is split into three. Checking that the two parts of the post add back to 10 feet catches the slip.
Error-prone arithmetic minor Working it out
Taking 3 1/3 from the whole number 10 requires regrouping 10 as 9 3/3, the step where students subtract the whole numbers and simply carry the 1/3 along. (Brown & Burton, 1978; Junker & Sijtsma, 2001)
Strategy: Subtract the buried part from the whole post, rewriting 10 as 9 and 3/3, or as 30/3, so that the thirds can be taken away.
Traps
- A faulty procedure: A systematic but wrong procedure: adding fractions straight across, applying an exponent to each term of a sum, dropping a sign when moving a term.
- Wrong operation: Adds instead of multiplying, divides the wrong way round, turns a ratio or rate upside down, or undoes a step in the wrong direction (subtracts what should be added back).
- Answers a different question: A choice is right for another quantity: the other unknown, the rest instead of the part, the part instead of the whole.
The wrong answers, classified
B A faulty procedure (Brown & Burton, 1978; Tatsuoka, 1983)
Subtracts the whole numbers, 10 − 3 = 7, then carries the 1/3 along instead of taking it away too, getting 7 1/3.
C Answers a different question (King et al., 2004; Hegarty, Mayer & Monk, 1995)
Gives the post's full 10-foot length, the whole post instead of the part above ground, overlooking the 3 1/3 feet sunk in the hole.
D Wrong operation (Hegarty, Mayer & Monk, 1995; King et al., 2004)
Adds the depth of the hole to the length of the post, 10 + 3 1/3, as if digging the hole made the post taller.
Worked solution, step by step
Formulas used
- Parts of a whole
- The whole is the full length of the post. Below is the part in the hole, and above is the part you can see. The two parts add up to the whole, so subtract to find one part.
- One whole in thirds
- One whole can be cut into 3 equal thirds. So 1 is the same as 3 over 3. Use this when you need to take thirds away from a whole number.
Sort out the question
Each post is 10 feet long. Part of it goes into a hole feet deep. The rest sticks up above the ground. You need the height of the part above the ground.
Decide to subtract
The part below and the part above make up the whole post. So take the part below away from the whole.
Watch out: do not add. , choice D, makes the post longer than it is.Turn one whole into thirds
The 10 has no thirds to take 1/3 from. So take 1 whole from the 10 and cut it into 3 thirds.
Now there are thirds to subtract from.
Subtract wholes and thirds
Subtract the whole numbers, then the thirds.
That is and . Watch out: the one third must be taken away too. Doing 10 − 3 = 7 and then keeping the one third gives , choice B.
So the answer is A, feet.
Check your answer
Add the two parts back together: . That is the whole post. Also, the answer must be less than 10 feet, since part of the post is under the ground.
More questions like this
The original DOE question

Question 76 of 120
2024 Test B Math, question 13Question
In the equation above, if , what is the value of p?
- A0
- B1
- C2
- D3
Show the answer
Correct answer: B
First substitute 2 for r in the equation.
Then solve for p.
The value of p is 1.
Question analysis
An equation question: p + 2r equals r times (p + 1), plus 1, and r is given as 2. Students substitute for r, expand the parentheses and solve the resulting linear equation for p. With p on both sides and a product to expand, distributing is where a slip is most likely.
- NYS standards
- Grade level
- Grade 8 content, by NYS standard
- Compared with grade 7
- At grade 7 Equations with the variable on both sides are formally grade 8, but after substituting, this is a short solve with small whole numbers. It asks about as much as a typical grade 7 two-step equation.
- Estimated difficulty
- Straightforward: two steps or one careful reading.
- Thinking it demands
- Depth of knowledge 1, recall and reproduction · mainly apply
- What makes it hard
- Error-prone arithmetic moderate
- Solution
- 3 steps
- Reading level
- Question and choices: about grade 6, 13 words.
- Students, last 30 days
- Not enough answers yet to show (it takes 10).
Why it is hard, traps and wrong answers (shows the answer)
Why it is hard
Substituting r = 2 is immediate; the points are lost in expanding 2(p + 1) + 1. Each wrong choice solves a slightly wrong expansion: forgetting to multiply the 1 inside, folding the outer 1 into the parentheses, or losing a term. Putting the answer back into the original equation, with both r and p, is a quick and complete check.
Error-prone arithmetic moderate Working it out
After substituting, 2(p + 1) + 1 must become 2p + 3, multiplying both terms in the parentheses before adding the 1 outside, with p left on both sides. (Brown & Burton, 1978; Junker & Sijtsma, 2001)
Strategy: Replace every r with 2, multiply 2 by both terms in the parentheses, gather the p terms on one side, and check by putting the value back into the original equation.
Traps
- Order of operations: Working left to right, or distributing a minus sign wrongly, gives a choice.
The wrong answers, classified
A Order of operations (Brown & Burton, 1978)
Adds the outer 1 inside the parentheses before multiplying, writing 2(p + 2) = 2p + 4, so p + 4 = 2p + 4 gives 0.
C Order of operations (Brown & Burton, 1978)
Multiplies only the p by 2, writing 2p + 1 + 1 = 2p + 2, so p + 4 = 2p + 2 and p comes out as 2.
D Misreads the question (Hegarty, Mayer & Monk, 1995)
Drops the 1 inside the parentheses, reading 2(p + 1) as 2p, so the right side is 2p + 1 and p + 4 = 2p + 1 gives 3.
Worked solution, step by step
Formulas used
- Distributive property
- a is the number outside the parentheses. b and c are the terms inside. A term is a number, a letter, or a number times a letter. To multiply out the parentheses, multiply each term inside by a. It works because a groups of b + c is a groups of b plus a groups of c.
- Keeping an equation balanced
- a and b are the two sides of an equation, and c is any number or term. An equation is like a balanced scale. If you subtract the same thing from both sides, it stays balanced. Adding the same thing, or dividing both sides by the same number that is not zero, works too.
Sort out the question
The equation has two letters, p and r. You are told that r = 2. You need the value of p. Here 2r means 2 times r, and r(p + 1) means r times the group p + 1.
Put 2 in for r
Replace every r with 2. Keep the parentheses so you can see what gets multiplied.
On the left, , so the left side is .
Multiply out the parentheses
The 2 multiplies both the p and the 1 inside the parentheses. Then add the 1 that is outside.
Watch out: multiply the 1 inside by 2 as well. Writing 2p + 1 + 1 gives p = 2, choice C. Adding the outside 1 inside first gives p = 0, choice A.Get p by itself
Now the equation is . Subtract p from both sides. Then subtract 3 from both sides.
So p = 1, and the answer is B, 1.
Check your answer
Put p = 1 and r = 2 back into the first equation. Left side: . Right side: . Both sides are 5, so p = 1 works.
More questions like this
The original DOE question

Question 77 of 120
2024 Test B Math, question 15Question
Claire is running on a circular track. She has already run 650 meters. Each lap around the track is a distance of 120 meters. Her goal is to run at least 2,500 meters in all. How many more laps does she need to complete in order to reach her goal?
- A5
- B6
- C15
- D16
Show the answer
Correct answer: D
Claire’s goal is to run at least 2,500 meters, and she has already run 650 meters.
Claire has at least 1,850 meters left to run. Divide by the distance around the track to find the number of laps she needs to complete:
Since she wants to run at least 2,500 meters, round 15.417 up to 16. Claire needs to run 16 laps to meet her goal.
Question analysis
A word problem about running laps: Claire has already run 650 meters on a 120-meter track and wants to run at least 2,500 meters in all. Students find how many more laps she must complete. Subtracting and dividing are straightforward; deciding what to do with the leftover part of a lap is the real test.
- Grade level
- Grade 7 content, by NYS standard
- Compared with grade 7
- At grade 7 Grade 7 students solve word problems that lead to inequalities like px + q ≥ r and interpret the solution in context. This is a typical three-step example, where the solution must be turned into a whole number of laps.
- Estimated difficulty
- Moderate: several steps, or a close reading with one strong distractor.
- Thinking it demands
- Depth of knowledge 2, skills and concepts · mainly apply
- What makes it hard
- Turning words into math moderate
- A very close wrong answer moderate
- Error-prone arithmetic minor
- Solution
- 3 steps
- Reading level
- Question and choices: about grade 3, 47 words.
- Students, last 30 days
- Not enough answers yet to show (it takes 10).
Why it is hard, traps and wrong answers (shows the answer)
Why it is hard
The arithmetic leads to about 15.4 laps, and the question is entirely about what to do with the fraction of a lap. Rounding to the nearest whole number is a habit that fails here, because the goal must be met or passed. Multiplying back, 15 × 120 = 1,800 and 16 × 120 = 1,920, shows which count actually covers the 1,850 meters still to run.
Turning words into math moderate Understanding the question
“At least 2,500 meters in all” means a part lap must still be run in full, so 1,850 ÷ 120 ≈ 15.4 has to be rounded up, against the usual rounding rule. (Hegarty, Mayer & Monk, 1995; Koedinger & Nathan, 2004)
A very close wrong answer moderate Choosing the answer
15 and 16 laps are one apart and both sit next to the quotient 15.4, so estimating cannot decide between them; only the condition that the goal be reached can. (Embretson & Wetzel, 1987; Gorin & Embretson, 2006; Ascalon et al., 2007)
Error-prone arithmetic minor Working it out
Dividing 1,850 by 120 by hand does not come out even, and long division by a three-digit number invites slips in placing the quotient. (Brown & Burton, 1978; Junker & Sijtsma, 2001)
Strategy: Subtract what she has run from 2,500, divide by 120, and check your whole number by multiplying it back: those laps must cover all of the remaining distance.
Traps
- Rounds too early: Rounds a value partway through, or rounds the wrong way, so the final answer drifts from the exact one.
- Answers a different question: A choice is right for another quantity: the other unknown, the rest instead of the part, the part instead of the whole.
The wrong answers, classified
A Answers a different question (King et al., 2004; Hegarty, Mayer & Monk, 1995)
Divides the 650 meters already run by 120 and rounds down to 5, counting laps finished so far instead of laps still needed.
B Answers a different question (King et al., 2004; Hegarty, Mayer & Monk, 1995)
Divides the 650 meters already run by 120, about 5.4, and rounds up as the goal requires, but for the distance done rather than the distance left.
C Rounds too early (King et al., 2004)
Finds 1,850 ÷ 120 ≈ 15.4 and rounds down to 15 by the usual rule, but 15 more laps leave her 50 meters short of the goal.
Worked solution, step by step
Formulas used
- Distance left
- Goal is the distance she wants to reach in all. Done is the distance she has already run. Subtract to find how far she still has to go.
- Number of laps
- Distance is how far she still has to run. One lap is the length of the track, 120 meters. Dividing tells how many laps fit into that distance. If it does not come out even, part of a lap is left over.
Sort out what you know
Claire has run 650 meters. One lap is 120 meters. Her goal is “at least 2,500 meters in all”. At least means 2,500 or more, so she must not fall short. You need how many more laps she must run.
Find the distance left
She still needs 1,850 meters. Watch out: divide the distance left, not the 650 meters she already ran. Dividing 650 by 120 leads to 5 or 6, choices A and B.
Divide by the length of a lap
The sign ≈ means about. Check with whole laps: . That leaves meters still to go. So 15 laps are not quite enough.
Round up to reach the goal
She needs part of one more lap. She has to complete whole laps, so she runs a 16th lap. Here you round up, even though 15.4 would usually round down. Watch out: 15 laps leave her 50 meters short, so choice C is wrong.
So the answer is D, 16.
Check your answer
Add up her total. With 15 more laps: meters, which is short of 2,500. With 16 more laps: meters. That reaches the goal.
More questions like this
The original DOE question

Question 78 of 120
2024 Test B Math, question 20Question
Centerville will hold a vote on whether to build a new park. The town council surveyed a random sample of 200 residents to determine whether they would be in favor of building this park. The table shows the results of the survey.
SURVEY RESULTS
| Opinion | Number of Residents |
|---|---|
| Yes | 142 |
| No | 38 |
| Undecided | 20 |
The mayor estimates that half the undecided voters will vote in favor of building the park. Based on the survey results, if the mayor is correct, how many of the 24,100 voters will be in favor of building the park?
- A17,111
- B18,316
- C19,401
- D19,521
Show the answer
Correct answer: B
If half the undecided voters (half of 20) vote in favor of building the park, the total number of “yes” votes from the survey will be 152.
There are 24,100 voters, and 200 residents were surveyed. Set up a proportion to solve:
Question analysis
A survey question: a random sample of 200 Centerville residents answered yes, no or undecided about building a park, and the mayor expects half the undecided to vote yes. Students use the sample to predict how many of 24,100 voters will favor the park. It joins a proportion from a sample with large-number arithmetic.
- Grade level
- Grade 7 content, by NYS standard
- Compared with grade 7
- At grade 7 Using a random sample to estimate a count in a whole population is a typical grade 7 proportion task. The extra step for the undecided group and the large numbers add care without going beyond grade 7.
- Estimated difficulty
- Hard: combines ideas, needs a plan, and has more than one tempting wrong answer.
- Thinking it demands
- Depth of knowledge 2, skills and concepts · mainly apply
- What makes it hard
- Error-prone arithmetic moderate
- Turning words into math moderate
- Reading a figure, table or graph minor
- Solution
- 3 steps
- Reading level
- Question and choices: about grade 5, 88 words.
- Students, last 30 days
- Not enough answers yet to show (it takes 10).
Why it is hard, traps and wrong answers (shows the answer)
Why it is hard
The setup is a sample-to-population proportion, and the trap is the mayor's assumption in the middle of the stem. Students who scale the 142 yes answers directly, or who count every undecided resident, reach believable totals that sit right among the choices. Once the count of 152 is settled, a rough estimate, about three quarters of 24,000, is enough to confirm the exact product.
Error-prone arithmetic moderate Working it out
Scaling 152 out of 200 up to 24,100 voters means computing 24,100 × 0.76, or 120.5 × 152, by hand with five-digit numbers. (Brown & Burton, 1978; Junker & Sijtsma, 2001)
Turning words into math moderate Understanding the question
The mayor's sentence adds a step: “half the undecided voters” turns the 20 undecided residents into 10 more yes votes, giving 152 before any scaling. (Hegarty, Mayer & Monk, 1995; Koedinger & Nathan, 2004)
Reading a figure, table or graph minor Understanding the question
The table gives Yes, No and Undecided counts, and the half must be taken of the Undecided row, not of the No row just above it. (Lesh, Post & Behr, 1987; Kirsch & Mosenthal, 1990)
Strategy: Count the sample's expected yes votes, including half of the undecided, write them as a fraction of 200, and multiply that fraction by 24,100; estimate first to check the choice.
Traps
- Misreads the question: Misses or misreads a condition or a word in the question: "at least", "each", "remaining", "not".
- Misreads the figure: Reads a value, label or tick spacing in a figure, table or graph wrongly.
The wrong answers, classified
A Misreads the question (Hegarty, Mayer & Monk, 1995)
Uses only the 142 yes answers, 142/200 of 24,100 = 17,111, leaving out the undecided residents the mayor expects to vote yes.
C Misreads the figure (Lesh, Post & Behr, 1987; Kirsch & Mosenthal, 1990)
Takes half of the 38 No answers instead of the 20 Undecided, reading the wrong row, so 161/200 of 24,100 ≈ 19,401.
D Misreads the question (Hegarty, Mayer & Monk, 1995)
Counts all 20 undecided residents as yes votes instead of half of them, so 162/200 of 24,100 = 19,521.
Worked solution, step by step
Formulas used
- Scaling up a sample
- A random sample is a smaller group picked by chance. Its share of yes votes should be about the same as the whole town’s share. So the two fractions are set equal. Use it to scale a survey up to a whole group.
Sort out what you know
The town surveyed 200 people. 142 said Yes, 38 said No, and 20 were Undecided (not sure yet). The mayor thinks half of the undecided people will vote yes. There are 24,100 voters in all. You need how many of them will vote yes.
Count the yes votes in the survey
Half of the 20 undecided people is . Add them to the yes votes.
So 152 of the 200 people surveyed would vote yes. Watch out: take half of the Undecided row, not the No row. Half of 38 leads to 19,401, choice C.
Find the share who vote yes
That is 76% of the people surveyed. The sample was random, so about 76% of all the voters should vote yes too. Watch out: using only the 142 yes votes gives 17,111, choice A. Counting all 20 undecided people gives 19,521, choice D.
Scale up to all the voters
Break it into easy parts. 75% is , and 1% is .
So the answer is B, 18,316.
Check your answer
Estimate. 76% is a little more than three fourths. Three fourths of 24,000 is 18,000. So the answer should be a little more than 18,000, and 18,316 fits. Also, , the same share as the survey.
More questions like this
The original DOE question

Question 79 of 120
2024 Test B Math, question 22Question
What decimal is equivalent to ?
- A
- B
- C
- D
Show the answer
Correct answer: C
Calculate the decimal equivalent of :
Question analysis
A fractions and decimals question asks which decimal equals negative 13/11. The choices differ in which digits repeat and how the repetition is marked. Students divide 13 by 11, spot the block of digits that repeats, and read the bar notation carefully.
- NYS standards
- 7.NS.2d fractions to decimals by long division
- Grade level
- Grade 7 content, by NYS standard
- Compared with grade 7
- At grade 7 Converting a fraction to a repeating decimal by long division is a named grade 7 skill. This is one short division, typical of grade 7 work, with care needed only in reading the bar notation.
- Estimated difficulty
- Straightforward: two steps or one careful reading.
- Thinking it demands
- Depth of knowledge 1, recall and reproduction · mainly apply
- What makes it hard
- A very close wrong answer moderate
- Something you must already know minor
- Error-prone arithmetic minor
- Solution
- 2 steps
- Reading level
- Question and choices: about grade 15, 10 words.
- Students, last 30 days
- Not enough answers yet to show (it takes 10).
Why it is hard, traps and wrong answers (shows the answer)
Why it is hard
Dividing 13 by 11 is quick; the question is really about reading and writing repeating decimals. Three choices differ only in where the bar goes, so students who know the digits run 1.1818… can still pick the wrong bar. Writing out each barred choice for a few digits and comparing it with the quotient is a fast, sure check.
A very close wrong answer moderate Choosing the answer
The bars over 18 and over 81 cover the same two digits, so only checking which digit comes right after the decimal point, 1 before 8, tells them apart. (Embretson & Wetzel, 1987; Gorin & Embretson, 2006; Ascalon et al., 2007)
Something you must already know minor Working it out
Reading bar notation is assumed: the bar marks exactly the block of digits that repeats, and the whole-number 1 never belongs under it. (Anderson & Krathwohl, 2001)
Error-prone arithmetic minor Working it out
The long division 13 ÷ 11 has to run until the remainder 2 comes back, which is where the repeating pair is confirmed. (Brown & Burton, 1978; Junker & Sijtsma, 2001)
Strategy: Do the long division of 13 by 11 until a remainder comes back, note which digits repeat from that point, and match that block to the bar in each choice.
Traps
- A faulty procedure: A systematic but wrong procedure: adding fractions straight across, applying an exponent to each term of a sum, dropping a sign when moving a term.
- Rounds too early: Rounds a value partway through, or rounds the wrong way, so the final answer drifts from the exact one.
- Answer in another form: The right answer is written differently from the way you worked it out.
The wrong answers, classified
A Rounds too early (King et al., 2004)
Stops the division after two decimal places and treats −1.18 as exact, missing that the digits 1 and 8 go on repeating.
B A faulty procedure (Brown & Burton, 1978; Tatsuoka, 1983)
Counts the whole-number 1 into the block, seeing 1, 18, 18 … as 118 repeating, and bars 118, which means −1.118118… rather than −1.1818….
D A faulty procedure (Brown & Burton, 1978; Tatsuoka, 1983)
Bars 81, the pair in the wrong order, which gives −1.8181…, equal to −1 9/11 rather than the −1 2/11 that −13/11 is.
Worked solution, step by step
Formulas used
- Fraction as division
- a is the top number, the numerator. b is the bottom number, the denominator. A fraction bar means divide. To turn a fraction into a decimal, divide the top by the bottom.
- Bar for repeating digits
- The bar sits over the digits that repeat forever, in the order they repeat. The dots mean the pattern goes on and on. Digits that are not under the bar show up only once.
Sort out the question
You need the decimal equal to . The fraction is negative, so the decimal will be negative too. Work with first. Then put the minus sign back.
Divide 13 by 11
Use long division for .
- 11 goes into 13 once, with 2 left over. Write 1 and a decimal point.
- Bring down a 0 to make 20. 11 goes into 20 once, with 9 left over. Write 1.
- Bring down a 0 to make 90. 11 goes into 90 eight times, with 2 left over. Write 8.
So far you have 1.18.
Spot the repeating pattern
The remainder (the amount left over) is 2 again. That is where you were after the first step. So the same digits come back: 1, 8, 1, 8, and so on forever.
Watch out: −1.18, choice A, stops too soon. The digits never end.Write it with a bar
A bar goes over only the digits that repeat. Here 18 repeats, starting right after the decimal point. The whole number 1 does not repeat, so it is not under the bar. Put the minus sign back.
Watch out: a bar over 81, choice D, means −1.8181…. A bar over 118, choice B, means −1.118118….So the answer is C, .
Check your answer
Multiply back: . That is almost exactly 13, and more 18s bring it even closer. Also, 13/11 is a bit more than 1, so a decimal between 1 and 2 makes sense.
More questions like this
The original DOE question

Question 80 of 120
2024 Test B Math, question 24Question
What is the value of ?
- A
- B
- C
- D
Show the answer
Correct answer: D
First, subtract to simplify.
Follow the process for dividing fractions:
Question analysis
A fractions question: find the value of a quotient whose top is 1 5/7 minus 1 6/7 and whose bottom is 3 4/7 minus 3 6/7. Students subtract mixed numbers that share a denominator and then divide one difference by the other. Keeping track of positive and negative signs through both steps is the main hurdle.
- Grade level
- Grade 7 content, by NYS standard
- Compared with grade 7
- At grade 7 Grade 7 students subtract and divide rational numbers, including negatives, and use the sign rules for quotients. This item chains three such operations with easy sevenths, a typical grade 7 exercise.
- Estimated difficulty
- Moderate: several steps, or a close reading with one strong distractor.
- Thinking it demands
- Depth of knowledge 1, recall and reproduction · mainly apply
- What makes it hard
- Error-prone arithmetic moderate
- Many steps minor
- Solution
- 3 steps
- Reading level
- Question and choices: about grade 10, 10 words.
- Students, last 30 days
- Not enough answers yet to show (it takes 10).
Why it is hard, traps and wrong answers (shows the answer)
Why it is hard
The mixed numbers look heavy, but the whole parts cancel and only sevenths remain. What decides the question is sign handling: each difference is negative, and one negative divided by another is positive. Students who stop after the top, subtract instead of divide, or keep a minus sign each find their result among the choices.
Error-prone arithmetic moderate Working it out
Both differences are negative, 1 5/7 − 1 6/7 = −1/7 and 3 4/7 − 3 6/7 = −2/7, and dividing them needs both the sign rule and a reciprocal. (Brown & Burton, 1978; Junker & Sijtsma, 2001)
Many steps minor Working it out
Two subtractions must be finished before the division, and a sign lost in either one carries into the final quotient. (Daniel & Embretson, 2010; Enright, Morley & Sheehan, 2002)
Strategy: Work out the top and the bottom separately, writing each difference as a signed fraction in sevenths, then divide by multiplying the top by the reciprocal of the bottom and apply the sign rule.
Traps
- Negatives and direction: Arithmetic with negative numbers, the order of a subtraction, or direction on a number line. (Moving a term across the equals sign without changing its sign is a faulty procedure.)
- Stops one step early: A choice is a number from partway through the solution.
- Wrong operation: Adds instead of multiplying, divides the wrong way round, turns a ratio or rate upside down, or undoes a step in the wrong direction (subtracts what should be added back).
The wrong answers, classified
A Negatives and direction (Brown & Burton, 1978)
Finds −1/7 and −2/7 correctly but keeps a negative sign when dividing, forgetting that a negative divided by a negative is positive.
B Stops one step early (King et al., 2004; Gierl et al., 2017)
Works out the top, 1 5/7 − 1 6/7 = −1/7, and stops there without dividing it by the bottom difference.
C Wrong operation (Hegarty, Mayer & Monk, 1995; King et al., 2004)
Subtracts the bottom difference from the top one, −1/7 − (−2/7) = 1/7, instead of dividing the two.
Worked solution, step by step
Formulas used
- Dividing fractions
- a over b is the number you divide. c over d is the number you divide by. To divide by a fraction, multiply by its reciprocal, the fraction flipped upside down. Only the second fraction flips.
- Dividing two negative numbers
- a and b are positive numbers, and b is not zero. A negative number divided by a negative number gives a positive answer. The two minus signs cancel. Multiplying two negatives works the same way.
Sort out the problem
The long fraction bar means divide. So you need the top difference divided by the bottom difference. A difference is the answer to a subtraction. Work out the top and the bottom first, then divide.
Work out the top
Both numbers on top have the same whole number, 1. So the wholes cancel, and you only need . You take away more than you have, so the answer is negative.
Work out the bottom
Both numbers on the bottom have the whole number 3, so those cancel too.
Watch out: do not stop after the top. , choice B, is only part of the problem.Divide the top by the bottom
Both results are negative. The two minus signs cancel.
Now flip the second fraction and multiply.
Avoid the traps and answer
Watch out: keeping a minus sign gives , choice A. Subtracting the bottom from the top, instead of dividing, gives , choice C.So the answer is D, .
Check your answer
Think in sevenths. The top is −1 seventh and the bottom is −2 sevenths. That is like . Or multiply back: , which is the top.
More questions like this
The original DOE question

Question 81 of 120
2024 Test B Math, question 25Question
Which number line represents the values of x that satisfy the inequality ?
- A

- B

- C

- D

Show the answer
Correct answer: B
Split the compound inequality into two inequalities.
and
For each inequality, subtract 1 from each side.
and
For each inequality, divide both sides by −3. Note that dividing each side of an inequality by a negative number changes the direction of the inequality.
and
Combining the pieces gives the compound inequality .
The solution is that x is greater than or equal to −1 and less than or equal to 2, so choose the number line with filled circles at −1 and 2, with the filled segment between the circles.
Question analysis
An inequality question: choose the number line that shows the solutions of the compound inequality −5 ≤ 1 − 3x ≤ 4. Students solve an inequality whose x term has a negative coefficient, then match the endpoints, open or closed circles, and shading to one of four graphs.
- Grade level
- Grade 7 content, by NYS standard
- Compared with grade 7
- Above grade 7 Grade 7 students solve and graph two-step inequalities one at a time. This compound inequality needs two solved together and a division by a negative number, which reverses the signs, a step many grade 7 classes only touch on.
- Estimated difficulty
- Hard: combines ideas, needs a plan, and has more than one tempting wrong answer.
- Thinking it demands
- Depth of knowledge 1, recall and reproduction · mainly apply
- What makes it hard
- Error-prone arithmetic moderate
- A very close wrong answer moderate
- Reading a figure, table or graph minor
- Solution
- 4 steps
- Reading level
- Question and choices: about grade 12, 13 words.
- Students, last 30 days
- Not enough answers yet to show (it takes 10).
Why it is hard, traps and wrong answers (shows the answer)
Why it is hard
The question stacks two classic traps: reversing the inequality signs when dividing by −3, and matching filled or open circles to ≤. All four graphs use the endpoints −1 and 2, so finding those numbers proves little; the choice turns on the circles and the direction of the shading. Testing x = 0, x = 3 and the endpoint x = 2 in the original inequality checks both decisions in under a minute.
Error-prone arithmetic moderate Working it out
Dividing all three parts of −6 ≤ −3x ≤ 3 by −3 reverses both signs and the order, giving 2 ≥ x ≥ −1, which must be rewritten as −1 ≤ x ≤ 2. (Brown & Burton, 1978; Junker & Sijtsma, 2001)
A very close wrong answer moderate Choosing the answer
Two graphs share the endpoints −1 and 2 and the shading between them; only the circles, filled for ≤ and open for <, separate them. (Embretson & Wetzel, 1987; Gorin & Embretson, 2006; Ascalon et al., 2007)
Reading a figure, table or graph minor Understanding the question
Each graph must be read for three things at once: the endpoints, the fill of each circle, and whether the shading runs between them or outward. (Lesh, Post & Behr, 1987; Kirsch & Mosenthal, 1990)
Strategy: Subtract 1 from all three parts, divide all three by −3 while reversing both inequality signs, then rewrite the result from smallest to largest before matching circles and shading.
Traps
- Negatives and direction: Arithmetic with negative numbers, the order of a subtraction, or direction on a number line. (Moving a term across the equals sign without changing its sign is a faulty procedure.)
- Counting the ends: Inclusive or exclusive ends, fence posts, consecutive numbers: an answer that is one too many or too few, or an endpoint drawn open where it belongs closed (or the reverse).
The wrong answers, classified
A Counting the ends (Brown & Burton, 1978)
Solves for the right endpoints and shading but draws open circles, as if ≤ excluded −1 and 2 instead of including them.
C Negatives and direction (Brown & Burton, 1978)
Divides by −3 without reversing the signs, so the solutions seem to lie outside −1 and 2; with open circles, this graph shows exactly the values that fail.
D Negatives and direction (Brown & Burton, 1978)
Shades outward as if the signs had not reversed, but mixes the circles, filled at −1 and open at 2, which no single reading of ≤ gives.
Worked solution, step by step
Formulas used
- Subtracting from every part
- a and b are the two sides of an inequality, and c is any number. Subtracting the same number from every part keeps the inequality true. The sign does not change.
- Dividing by a negative number
- a and b are numbers, and c is a positive number, so −c is negative. When you divide both sides by a negative number, the inequality sign flips. For example, 2 is less than 3, but −2 is greater than −3.
Sort out the question
The inequality says that is between −5 and 4. The sign ≤ means less than or equal to. So −5 and 4 themselves are allowed. You need the number line that shows every x that works. To find them, get x alone in the middle.
Subtract 1 from every part
First take away the 1 in the middle. Subtract 1 from all three parts.
Divide by −3 and flip
Now x is multiplied by −3. Divide all three parts by −3. Dividing by a negative number flips each sign.
Watch out: if you forget to flip, x seems to lie outside −1 and 2. That leads to choices C and D, which are shaded outward.Read the result
Turn it around so the smaller number is on the left. It means the same thing.
So x can be any number from −1 to 2. The ends, −1 and 2, are included, because the signs are ≤.
Pick the number line
On a number line, a closed (filled-in) circle means the end number is included. An open circle means it is not. So you need closed circles at −1 and 2, with the part between them shaded. Watch out: choice A has the right shading but open circles, which leave out −1 and 2.
So the answer is B.
Check your answer
Test a few numbers in . For x = 0 you get 1, which is between −5 and 4, and 0 is shaded. For x = 2 you get −5, which is allowed, so the circle at 2 is filled in. For x = 3 you get −8, which is too small, so 3 is not shaded.
More questions like this
The original DOE question

Question 82 of 120
2024 Test B Math, question 26Question
If 1 sind = 0.75 plunk, how many sinds are equivalent to 8 plunks, rounded to the nearest hundredth?
- A1.33
- B6.00
- C7.25
- D10.67
Show the answer
Correct answer: D
Set up a proportion:
Question analysis
A unit conversion question with made-up units: 1 sind equals 0.75 plunk, and students find how many sinds equal 8 plunks, rounded to the nearest hundredth. With unfamiliar unit names there is no everyday sense to lean on, so deciding whether to multiply or divide by 0.75 is the hard part.
- Grade level
- Grade 6 content, by NYS standard
- Compared with grade 7
- At grade 7 Converting units with ratio reasoning is grade 6 content, and made-up unit names are a familiar SHSAT twist. Working with a decimal rate and rounding to hundredths put it at about the level of typical grade 7 work.
- Estimated difficulty
- Moderate: several steps, or a close reading with one strong distractor.
- Thinking it demands
- Depth of knowledge 2, skills and concepts · mainly apply
- What makes it hard
- Turning words into math moderate
- Error-prone arithmetic minor
- Solution
- 2 steps
- Reading level
- Question and choices: about grade 7, 15 words.
- Students, last 30 days
- Not enough answers yet to show (it takes 10).
Why it is hard, traps and wrong answers (shows the answer)
Why it is hard
Made-up units remove the everyday sense that usually tells students which way a conversion goes, so the relationship must be reasoned out. The most tempting error multiplies by 0.75 and goes the wrong way; another finds the rate for one plunk and stops. A size check settles it: each sind is less than a plunk, so the number of sinds must exceed 8.
Turning words into math moderate Understanding the question
“1 sind = 0.75 plunk” says a sind is smaller than a plunk, so 8 plunks hold more than 8 sinds; seeing that decides between dividing and multiplying by 0.75. (Hegarty, Mayer & Monk, 1995; Koedinger & Nathan, 2004)
Error-prone arithmetic minor Working it out
8 ÷ 0.75 is easiest as 8 × 4/3 = 32/3, and the repeating decimal 10.666… must then be rounded to the nearest hundredth. (Brown & Burton, 1978; Junker & Sijtsma, 2001)
Strategy: Set up a proportion with sinds over plunks on both sides, put the 8 plunks in the matching place, solve for the sinds, and round to the nearest hundredth.
Traps
- Wrong operation: Adds instead of multiplying, divides the wrong way round, turns a ratio or rate upside down, or undoes a step in the wrong direction (subtracts what should be added back).
- Stops one step early: A choice is a number from partway through the solution.
- Numbers taken from the question: Combines the numbers in the question without a model of the situation, or is simply a number that appears in the question.
The wrong answers, classified
A Stops one step early (King et al., 2004; Gierl et al., 2017)
Finds how many sinds make one plunk, 1 ÷ 0.75 ≈ 1.33, and stops before scaling up to 8 plunks.
B Wrong operation (Hegarty, Mayer & Monk, 1995; King et al., 2004)
Multiplies 8 by 0.75 instead of dividing, converting in the wrong direction and finding the plunks in 8 sinds.
C Numbers taken from the question (Hegarty, Mayer & Monk, 1995)
Subtracts 0.75 from 8, combining the two numbers in the question without setting up a conversion.
Worked solution, step by step
Formulas used
- Cross-multiplying
- a, b, c and d are numbers or letters, and b and d are not zero. When two fractions are equal, multiply each top by the other bottom. The two products are equal. It works because it is the same as multiplying both sides by b and by d.
- Dividing by a fraction
- a is any number, and b over c is the fraction you divide by. Dividing by a fraction is the same as multiplying by its reciprocal, the fraction flipped upside down. It asks how many of that fraction fit into a.
Sort out what you know
Sinds and plunks are made-up units, like inches and feet. One sind equals 0.75 plunk, so a sind is smaller than a plunk. You need how many sinds equal 8 plunks. Round to the nearest hundredth, two places after the decimal point.
Decide if the answer is more than 8
A sind is only 3/4 of a plunk. So it takes more than 8 sinds to make 8 plunks. The answer must be more than 8. Watch out: , choice B, goes the wrong way. That is the number of plunks in 8 sinds.
Set up a proportion
A proportion says that two ratios are equal. Put sinds on top and plunks on the bottom on both sides. Let x be the number of sinds.
So .
Divide by 0.75
0.75 is the same as . Divide both sides by it. To divide by a fraction, multiply by its reciprocal.
Watch out: 1.33, choice A, is the number of sinds in just 1 plunk. Keep going to 8 plunks.Round to the nearest hundredth
Look at the third digit after the point, the thousandths digit. It is 6, which is 5 or more. So round the hundredths digit up, from 6 to 7.
So the answer is D, 10.67.
Check your answer
Multiply back. Each sind is 0.75 plunk, so 10.67 sinds are plunks. That matches the 8 plunks. The answer is also more than 8, as it must be.
More questions like this
The original DOE question

Question 83 of 120
2024 Test B Math, question 27Question
Simplify:
- A
- B
- C
- D
Show the answer
Correct answer: B
First, distribute −1 over :
Then combine the like terms:
The simplified form of the expression is .
Question analysis
An algebra question asks students to simplify 8x minus the quantity 7 + 2.5x, plus 2. They remove the parentheses and combine the x terms and the constants. Decimal coefficients and a subtraction in front of a group make sign errors likely.
- NYS standards
- 7.EE.1 linear expressions with rational coefficients
- Grade level
- Grade 7 content, by NYS standard
- Compared with grade 7
- At grade 7 Simplifying a linear expression with a subtracted group and decimal coefficients is standard grade 7 work. This is a typical two-step textbook exercise, with the usual sign trap and nothing extra.
- Estimated difficulty
- Straightforward: two steps or one careful reading.
- Thinking it demands
- Depth of knowledge 1, recall and reproduction · mainly apply
- What makes it hard
- Error-prone arithmetic moderate
- A very close wrong answer moderate
- Solution
- 2 steps
- Reading level
- Question and choices: about grade 16+, 6 words.
- Students, last 30 days
- Not enough answers yet to show (it takes 10).
Why it is hard, traps and wrong answers (shows the answer)
Why it is hard
The question checks one skill, removing parentheses that follow a minus sign, and its choices are built from the two ways to get it wrong. A student who applies the minus to too few terms gets 10.5x, and one who extends it past the parentheses gets −9. Handling the x terms and the constants as two separate small checks makes each slip easy to catch.
Error-prone arithmetic moderate Working it out
The minus sign before the parentheses must turn + 2.5x into − 2.5x and 7 into − 7, while the + 2 written after the parentheses keeps its sign. (Brown & Burton, 1978; Junker & Sijtsma, 2001)
A very close wrong answer moderate Choosing the answer
The choices pair two x terms, 5.5x and 10.5x, with two constants, −9 and −5, so each wrong one differs from the right one in a single part. (Embretson & Wetzel, 1987; Gorin & Embretson, 2006; Ascalon et al., 2007)
Strategy: Change the minus in front of the parentheses into a minus on each term inside, then combine like terms, keeping the + 2 outside the group as it is.
Traps
- Order of operations: Working left to right, or distributing a minus sign wrongly, gives a choice.
The wrong answers, classified
A Order of operations (Brown & Burton, 1978)
Carries the minus sign past the parentheses onto the + 2 as well, so the constants become −7 − 2 = −9.
C Order of operations (Brown & Burton, 1978)
Makes both slips at once, keeping + 2.5x so the x terms add to 10.5x, and subtracting the outside 2 so the constants give −9.
D Order of operations (Brown & Burton, 1978)
Applies the minus sign to the 7 but not to 2.5x, so the x terms add to 10.5x while the constants come out right.
Worked solution, step by step
Formulas used
- Subtracting a group in parentheses
- a and b are the terms inside the parentheses. A minus sign in front means take away the whole group. So each term inside is taken away, and its sign flips. Terms outside the parentheses keep their own signs.
- Combining like terms
- a and b are numbers, and x is the letter. Like terms have the same letter part. You add or subtract their numbers and keep the letter. Plain numbers combine only with plain numbers.
Sort out the problem
You need to simplify . To simplify means to write it in its shortest form. The tricky part is the minus sign in front of the parentheses. It takes away everything inside.
Remove the parentheses
Both 7 and 2.5x get a minus sign. The + 2 is outside the parentheses, so it stays + 2. Watch out: 2.5x must become −2.5x. Leaving it as + 2.5x gives 10.5x, as in choices C and D.
Combine the x terms
Like terms have the same letter part. Put the two x terms together.
Combine the plain numbers
Watch out: the + 2 is not inside the parentheses. Making it −2 gives −9, as in choice A.Put the parts together: . So the answer is B, .
Check your answer
Pick x = 2 and try both forms. The first form: . Choice B: . They match. Choice D gives , so D is wrong.
More questions like this
The original DOE question

Question 84 of 120
2024 Test B Math, question 31Question
If , what is the value of in terms of x?
- A
- B
- C
- D
Show the answer
Correct answer: C
First, substitute for each y in the expression:
Then simplify the expression:
The simplified expression is .
Question analysis
Given that y equals 4x, students rewrite the expression 3y + 2(3y + 5) − x using only x. It tests substitution, the distributive property and combining like terms. Errors creep in when a term is dropped or when x terms and y terms are merged before y has been replaced.
- NYS standards
- Grade level
- Grade 7 content, by NYS standard
- Compared with grade 7
- At grade 7 Substituting an expression for a variable and simplifying with the distributive property is standard grade 7 work. Putting the substitution inside parentheses calls for care, but the steps are routine for students who combine like terms fluently.
- Estimated difficulty
- Straightforward: two steps or one careful reading.
- Thinking it demands
- Depth of knowledge 1, recall and reproduction · mainly apply
- What makes it hard
- A very close wrong answer moderate
- Error-prone arithmetic minor
- Solution
- 3 steps
- Reading level
- Question and choices: about grade 7, 16 words.
- Students, last 30 days
- Not enough answers yet to show (it takes 10).
Why it is hard, traps and wrong answers (shows the answer)
Why it is hard
Substitution and distribution are routine here, so points are lost to bookkeeping rather than method. The expression has three x pieces, 12x, 24x and a lone − x, and the last is easy to overlook after the larger terms. The other two wrong choices come from collecting 3y, 6y and x as if they were like terms, a reason to replace y with 4x before simplifying anything.
A very close wrong answer moderate Choosing the answer
Every choice ends in + 10, and 36x + 10 differs from 35x + 10 by a single x, so only remembering the last − x in the expression separates them. (Embretson & Wetzel, 1987; Gorin & Embretson, 2006; Ascalon et al., 2007)
Error-prone arithmetic minor Working it out
The substitution sits inside nested grouping, 2[3(4x) + 5], so the 2 must reach both the 12x and the 5 before the x terms are collected. (Brown & Burton, 1978; Junker & Sijtsma, 2001)
Strategy: Replace every y with 4x in parentheses before doing anything else, then distribute the 2 and collect the x terms and the constant separately.
Traps
- A faulty procedure: A systematic but wrong procedure: adding fractions straight across, applying an exponent to each term of a sum, dropping a sign when moving a term.
- Stops one step early: A choice is a number from partway through the solution.
The wrong answers, classified
A A faulty procedure (Brown & Burton, 1978; Tatsuoka, 1983)
Collects 3y + 6y − x as 8 of a single variable, treating x and y as like terms, and writes the result as 8x without substituting 4x.
B A faulty procedure (Brown & Burton, 1978; Tatsuoka, 1983)
Combines 3y + 6y − x into 8y, as if x and y were like terms, and only then substitutes 4x for y, giving 32x + 10.
D Stops one step early (King et al., 2004; Gierl et al., 2017)
Substitutes and distributes correctly to reach 12x + 24x + 10 = 36x + 10, then stops before subtracting the final x.
Worked solution, step by step
Formulas used
- Distributive property
- a is the number outside the parentheses. b and c are the terms inside. Terms are the parts joined by plus or minus signs. Multiply a by each term inside. It works because 2 groups of (12x + 5) hold 2 of the 12x and 2 of the 5.
Sort out the question
means y is always 4 times x. You need to rewrite the expression with no y in it. That is what “in terms of x” means. The answer will use only x and numbers.
Replace each y with 4x
Put 4x in parentheses everywhere you see y. The parentheses keep the multiplying clear.
3(4x) means 3 times 4x, which is 12x. It shows up twice.
Multiply out the parentheses
Use the distributive property. The 2 must multiply both the 12x and the 5.
The whole expression is now:
Combine the like terms
Like terms have the same letter part. Here the x terms are 12x, 24x and −x. The −x means take away one x.
The 10 has no x, so it stays as it is. The result is .
Watch out: Don’t forget the −x at the end. Stopping at 12x + 24x gives 36x + 10, choice D. Also, swap in 4x before you combine. Adding 3y, 6y and −x as if they were all y’s mixes unlike terms. It leads to choice B.
So the answer is C, .
Check your answer
Test a number. Let x = 1, so y = 4. The original expression gives . Your answer gives . They match. Choice D would give 46.
More questions like this
The original DOE question

Question 85 of 120
2024 Test B Math, question 33Question
If , what is the sum of x and 10% of ?
- A−4.4
- B−3.6
- C0.4
- D4.4
Show the answer
Correct answer: B
First, determine 10% of .
Then determine the sum of x and 10% of .
The sum is −3.6.
Question analysis
With x equal to a negative number, students find the sum of x and 10 percent of the absolute value of x. It tests absolute value, a simple percent and adding numbers with different signs. The tricky part is keeping track of which term is negative and which is not.
- NYS standards
- Grade level
- Grade 7 content, by NYS standard
- Compared with grade 7
- At grade 7 Grade 7 students add positive and negative decimals and find simple percents. This joins those skills with an absolute value in two short steps, so it matches typical practice, with the sign of each term as the main hazard.
- Estimated difficulty
- Straightforward: two steps or one careful reading.
- Thinking it demands
- Depth of knowledge 1, recall and reproduction · mainly apply
- What makes it hard
- Error-prone arithmetic moderate
- Something you must already know minor
- Solution
- 2 steps
- Reading level
- Question and choices: about grade 5, 11 words.
- Students, last 30 days
- Not enough answers yet to show (it takes 10).
Why it is hard, traps and wrong answers (shows the answer)
Why it is hard
The question is short, but it asks students to treat the same number two ways: x keeps its negative sign while |x| drops it. Each wrong choice gets the sign wrong in one place, by taking 10% of −4, by making both terms positive, or by stopping at the positive 0.4. Writing the two terms separately, −4 and +0.4, before adding prevents each slip.
Error-prone arithmetic moderate Working it out
The sum mixes a negative integer with a positive decimal, −4 + 0.4, and the result has to keep the negative sign while moving 0.4 toward zero. (Brown & Burton, 1978; Junker & Sijtsma, 2001)
Something you must already know minor Working it out
Students must know that |−4| = 4, so the 10% is taken of a positive number even though x itself is negative. (Anderson & Krathwohl, 2001)
Strategy: Evaluate the absolute value first, take 10 percent of that positive number, and then add the result to x itself, keeping x's negative sign.
Traps
- Negatives and direction: Arithmetic with negative numbers, the order of a subtraction, or direction on a number line. (Moving a term across the equals sign without changing its sign is a faulty procedure.)
- Stops one step early: A choice is a number from partway through the solution.
The wrong answers, classified
A Negatives and direction (Brown & Burton, 1978)
Takes 10% of x instead of |x|, getting −0.4, and adds it to −4 to reach −4.4, overlooking the absolute value bars.
C Stops one step early (King et al., 2004; Gierl et al., 2017)
Finds 10% of |x| = 0.4 correctly and stops there, without adding x as the word sum requires.
D Negatives and direction (Brown & Burton, 1978)
Uses 4 for x as well as for |x|, so adds 4 + 0.4 = 4.4 and loses the negative sign of x itself.
Worked solution, step by step
Formulas used
- Absolute value
- The two bars mean absolute value. a is any number. Its absolute value is how far it is from 0 on the number line. A distance is never negative, so |−4| = 4.
- Percent of a number
- The whole is the amount the percent is taken of. The percent tells how many out of every 100. The part is the piece you get. Use it to find a percent of any number.
Sort out the question
You know that x = −4. You need the sum of two things: x itself, and 10% of |x|. A sum means you add.
The bars around x mean absolute value. So the 10% is taken of |x|, not of x.
Find the absolute value
−4 is 4 steps from 0 on the number line. So its absolute value is 4. An absolute value is never negative.
Take 10 percent of it
So 10% of |x| is 0.4.
Watch out: If you take 10% of x instead, you get −0.4. Then −4 + (−0.4) = −4.4, choice A. The bars make the number positive first.
Add x and the result
Now add x, which is still −4. Its own minus sign stays.
Start at −4 on the number line. Move 0.4 to the right, toward 0. You land on −3.6.
Watch out: Stopping at 0.4 gives choice C. Using 4 in place of x gives 4.4, choice D.
So the answer is B, −3.6.
Check your answer
Adding a small positive number should move −4 a little toward 0. The answer −3.6 is just to the right of −4, so that fits. Also, , the amount you added.
More questions like this
The original DOE question

Question 86 of 120
2024 Test B Math, question 41Question
A bag contains 2 green, 4 blue, and 3 yellow disks. Alana selects 4 disks from the bag at random, one at a time, without replacing them. What is the probability that she selects all 4 blue disks?
- A
- B
- C
- D
Show the answer
Correct answer: B
If Alana picks 4 blue disks in a row, the number of blue disks and the total number of disks will both decrease by 1 after each selection.
For the first selection, there are 4 blue disks out of 9 total disks, so the probability of selecting the first blue disk is .
The probabilities of selecting blue for the next three selections are , , and .
Question analysis
A bag holds green, blue and yellow disks, and Alana draws four of them one at a time without putting any back. Students find the probability that all four disks are blue. It tests the probability of dependent events, and the difficulty is keeping track of how the bag changes after each draw.
- NYS standards
- Grade level
- Grade 7 content, by NYS standard
- Compared with grade 7
- Above grade 7 Grade 7 compound probability is usually found with lists or tree diagrams for two stages. Four dependent draws, each changing the counts, are too many to list and need the multiplication rule, which grade 7 does not formally teach.
- Estimated difficulty
- Hard: combines ideas, needs a plan, and has more than one tempting wrong answer.
- Thinking it demands
- Depth of knowledge 2, skills and concepts · mainly apply
- What makes it hard
- Something you must already know moderate
- Error-prone arithmetic moderate
- Solution
- 3 steps
- Reading level
- Question and choices: about grade 5, 37 words.
- Students, last 30 days
- Not enough answers yet to show (it takes 10).
Why it is hard, traps and wrong answers (shows the answer)
Why it is hard
Students who know the multiplication rule for successive draws still have two adjustments to make on every draw, and each wrong choice skips at least one of them. Leaving the bag at 9 disks, or putting each disk back, both produce fractions over 6,561 that look as exact as the right one. Writing the four fractions in a row before multiplying, and cancelling as you go, keeps the arithmetic small.
Something you must already know moderate Working it out
The rule for successive draws without replacement is assumed: each draw's chance is multiplied in, with both the blue count and the total lowered by one. (Anderson & Krathwohl, 2001)
Error-prone arithmetic moderate Working it out
The product 4/9 × 3/8 × 2/7 × 1/6 = 24/3,024 has to be reduced to 1/126, and two wrong choices hide behind 9 to the fourth power, 6,561. (Brown & Burton, 1978; Junker & Sijtsma, 2001)
Strategy: Write the chance of blue for each of the four draws in turn, lowering both the blue count and the total by one each time, and multiply.
Traps
- Without replacement: In a second pick there is one fewer item, which changes the probability.
- Wrong operation: Adds instead of multiplying, divides the wrong way round, turns a ratio or rate upside down, or undoes a step in the wrong direction (subtracts what should be added back).
The wrong answers, classified
A Without replacement (Fischbein & Schnarch, 1997)
Lowers the blue count on each draw but keeps all 9 disks in the bag, 4 × 3 × 2 × 1 over 9 × 9 × 9 × 9, which is 24/6,561 = 8/2,187.
C Without replacement (Fischbein & Schnarch, 1997)
Uses 4/9 for every draw, (4/9) to the fourth power = 256/6,561, as if each disk were put back before the next draw.
D Wrong operation (Hegarty, Mayer & Monk, 1995; King et al., 2004)
Adds the first draw's 4/9 four times, or multiplies it by 4, instead of multiplying the draws' chances, and misses that a probability cannot exceed 1.
Worked solution, step by step
Formulas used
- Probability
- P is the probability, the chance that something happens. It is a number from 0 to 1. The top counts the results you want. The bottom counts all the results that can happen. It works when every result is equally likely.
- Chance of events in a row
- A and B are two events that happen one after the other. P(A) is the chance of the first. P(B after A) is the chance of the second, counting only what is left after the first. You multiply because the second must also happen inside the share of times the first did.
Sort out the question
The bag holds 2 green, 4 blue and 3 yellow disks. That is 9 disks in all. Alana takes 4 disks, one at a time.
“Without replacing them” means a disk she takes does not go back in the bag. You need the chance that all 4 disks are blue.
Find the chance for each pick
For all 4 to be blue, each pick must be blue. After each blue pick, one blue disk is gone. One disk is gone from the total, too. So the top and the bottom each go down by 1.
Pick Blue disks left Disks left Chance of blue 1st 4 9 2nd 3 8 3rd 2 7 4th 1 6 Multiply the four chances
All four picks must go right, one after another. Use the rule for events in a row and multiply.
Simplify the fraction
Divide the top and the bottom by 24. That keeps the value the same.
Watch out: Using for every pick gives , choice C. That is right only if each disk goes back in. Keeping 9 on the bottom each time gives , choice A. Choice D is more than 1, and no chance can be more than 1.
So the answer is B, .
Check your answer
Cancel before you multiply. On top, cancels the 8 on the bottom. That leaves . Divide the top and bottom by 3 to get again.
More questions like this
The original DOE question

Question 87 of 120
2024 Test B Math, question 42Question
Jevon earns per year on the money in his savings account. Which expression is not another way to write ?
- A
- B
- C
- D
Show the answer
Correct answer: A
Rewrite the percent as a decimal:
So the correct answer must not equal 0.005:
Option A
Option B
Option C
Option D
All answer options except Option A equal 0.005. Therefore, Option A is the correct answer.
Question analysis
Jevon's savings account earns one-half percent a year, and students must find the expression that is not another way to write one-half percent. It tests converting a percent less than 1 into fractions and decimals. Reading the word not carefully, and evaluating each stacked or unfamiliar fraction correctly, are what make it tricky.
- Grade level
- Grade 7 content, by NYS standard
- Compared with grade 7
- At grade 7 Converting between percents, fractions and decimals is grade 6 and 7 work. A percent smaller than 1 is less familiar, and the question asks which form is not equal, so all four must be checked, which keeps it at typical grade 7 demand.
- Estimated difficulty
- Moderate: several steps, or a close reading with one strong distractor.
- Thinking it demands
- Depth of knowledge 1, recall and reproduction · mainly apply
- What makes it hard
- A question in the negative moderate
- Every choice must be checked moderate
- Error-prone arithmetic minor
- Solution
- 3 steps
- Reading level
- Question and choices: about grade 7, 25 words.
- Students, last 30 days
- Not enough answers yet to show (it takes 10).
Why it is hard, traps and wrong answers (shows the answer)
Why it is hard
Every expression is built from the same idea, so the question tests whether students can convert a percent smaller than 1 without losing track of decimal places. The odd one out, 0.005 over 100, looks like a correct form, because 0.005 is one-half percent and dividing by 100 seems to turn it into a percent. Converting one-half percent to 0.005 once and comparing each expression with it beats reasoning about each form.
A question in the negative moderate Understanding the question
The bold word not asks for the one expression unequal to one-half percent, so the three expressions that check out are exactly the ones to reject. (Haladyna, Downing & Rodriguez, 2002)
Every choice must be checked moderate Choosing the answer
Three of the four forms are equal, so each has to be converted to a decimal and compared with 0.005 before the odd one out can be named. (Embretson & Wetzel, 1987)
Error-prone arithmetic minor Working it out
One-half percent is 0.5 with the point moved two places, 0.005, and dividing that by 100 moves it two more places, to 0.00005. (Brown & Burton, 1978; Junker & Sijtsma, 2001)
Strategy: Write one-half percent as a single decimal by dividing one half by 100, then evaluate each expression as a decimal and compare it with that value.
Traps
- NOT, LEAST or EXCEPT: The question asks for the exception, the least, or what is not true.
- Answer in another form: The right answer is written differently from the way you worked it out.
The wrong answers, classified
B Misreads the question (Hegarty, Mayer & Monk, 1995)
Misses the bold not and picks the expression that equals one-half percent most plainly, one half over 100, the literal meaning of percent.
C Misunderstands the concept (Smith, diSessa & Roschelle, 1993; De Bock et al., 1998; Ni & Zhou, 2005)
Believes a percent must be written over 100, so 5 over 1,000 looks like a different number, though both equal 0.005.
D An arithmetic slip (Junker & Sijtsma, 2001)
Divides 1 by 200 and misplaces the decimal point, getting 0.05 instead of 0.005, so 1/200 seems not to equal one-half percent.
Worked solution, step by step
Formulas used
- Percent as a fraction
- p is any number. The % sign means out of 100. So p percent is p divided by 100. Dividing by 100 moves the decimal point two places to the left.
Sort out the question
The question asks which expression is not equal to . So three choices are equal to it, and one is different. You need the odd one out.
Write the percent as a decimal
One half is 0.5. A percent means out of 100, so divide by 100.
So is 0.005. It is half of one percent, a very small amount.
Test each choice
Turn each choice into a decimal. Then compare it with 0.005.
Choice Work it out Equal to 0.005? A No B Yes C Yes D Yes Pick the one that is different
Choice A divides by 100 twice. The 0.005 was already divided by 100 once. Dividing again makes it 100 times too small.
Watch out: Choice B is the plainest way to write : one half over 100. Picking it means missing the word “not.” Also, 1 ÷ 200 is 0.005, not 0.05, so D is equal too.
So the answer is A, .
Check your answer
Use fractions instead. Half of one hundredth is , which is choice D. And simplifies to too. Only A is a different amount.
More questions like this
The original DOE question

Question 88 of 120
2024 Test B Math, question 43Question
A community garden had 50 members in 2001. In each of the next three years, the number of members increased by 40% over the number of members from the previous year. How many members were there in 2004? (Round to the nearest whole number.)
- A70
- B98
- C110
- D137
Show the answer
Correct answer: D
To find out how many members there were in 2002, calculate 40% of 50 and then add it to 50.
To find out how many members there were in 2003, calculate 40% of 70 and then add it to 70.
To find out how many members there were in 2004, calculate 40% of 98 and then add it to 98.
The result is 39.2, which is rounded to 39 to keep members to the nearest whole number.
Question analysis
A community garden has 50 members in 2001, and membership grows by 40 percent each year over the year before. Students find the number of members in 2004, rounded to a whole number. It tests repeated percent increase, where each of the three rounds of growth must start from the previous year's total.
- NYS standards
- 7.RP.3 multistep ratio and percent problems
- Grade level
- Grade 7 content, by NYS standard
- Compared with grade 7
- At grade 7 Percent increase is grade 7 content, and each step here is a routine one. Repeating it three times, each time on the new total, adds length and bookkeeping but no new idea, so it matches grade 7 demand.
- Estimated difficulty
- Moderate: several steps, or a close reading with one strong distractor.
- Thinking it demands
- Depth of knowledge 2, skills and concepts · mainly apply
- What makes it hard
- Many steps moderate
- Turning words into math minor
- Error-prone arithmetic minor
- Solution
- 3 steps
- Reading level
- Question and choices: about grade 5, 40 words.
- Students, last 30 days
- Not enough answers yet to show (it takes 10).
Why it is hard, traps and wrong answers (shows the answer)
Why it is hard
Compound growth is the whole question: each year's 40% is taken of a larger number, so the increases grow from 20 to 28 to about 39. Students who add 20 three times treat the growth as simple, and those who lose count of the years stop at an earlier total that is also listed. Multiplying by 1.4 three times, or checking that the third increase is the largest, separates the right count from the rest.
Many steps moderate Working it out
Three yearly increases have to be applied in turn, 50 to 70 to 98 to 137.2, each taking 40% of the new total rather than of the original 50. (Daniel & Embretson, 2010; Enright, Morley & Sheehan, 2002)
Turning words into math minor Understanding the question
The phrase "increased by 40% over the number of members from the previous year" sets a new base each year, the wording that separates compound from simple growth. (Hegarty, Mayer & Monk, 1995; Koedinger & Nathan, 2004)
Error-prone arithmetic minor Working it out
The third year's 40% of 98 is 39.2, the first decimal in the chain, and the rounding instruction applies only to the final count. (Brown & Burton, 1978; Junker & Sijtsma, 2001)
Strategy: Multiply the membership by 1.4 once for each year from 2002 through 2004, carrying the unrounded value forward, and round only at the end.
Traps
- Stops one step early: A choice is a number from partway through the solution.
- Misunderstands the concept: A wrong belief about a concept: that percents can be added, that area grows like length, that averages can be averaged, that a bigger denominator means a bigger fraction.
The wrong answers, classified
A Stops one step early (King et al., 2004; Gierl et al., 2017)
Applies the 40% increase once, 50 + 20 = 70, which is the 2002 membership, and stops two years short of 2004.
B Stops one step early (King et al., 2004; Gierl et al., 2017)
Applies two increases, reaching 98 members in 2003, and stops one year short of the 2004 total the question asks for.
C Misunderstands the concept (Smith, diSessa & Roschelle, 1993; De Bock et al., 1998; Ni & Zhou, 2005)
Adds 40% of the original 50, that is 20, in each of the three years, 50 + 60 = 110, instead of 40% of the previous year's total.
Worked solution, step by step
Formulas used
- Percent increase
- old is last year’s number of members. p is the percent increase, here 40. new is this year’s number. You add p percent of the old amount to the old amount. Each year, the new number becomes next year’s old number.
Sort out the question
In 2001 the garden had 50 members. In each of the next three years, 2002, 2003 and 2004, the members grew by 40%.
The 40% is of last year’s members, so the base changes every year. You need the number for 2004, rounded to the nearest whole number.
Find the members in 2002
40% of 50 is 20. Add it to 50.
There were 70 members in 2002.
Find the members in 2003
Now 70 is the old number. Take 40% of 70, not of 50.
There were 98 members in 2003.
Find the members in 2004
Now 98 is the old number.
Round to the nearest whole number. 137.2 is closer to 137 than to 138, so there were 137 members.
Watch out: Adding 20 members every year uses 40% of 50 each time. That gives 110, choice C. Stopping after one or two years gives 70 or 98, choices A and B.
So the answer is D, 137.
Check your answer
A 40% rise is the same as multiplying by 1.4. So , which rounds to 137. It matches.
More questions like this
The original DOE question

Question 89 of 120
2024 Test B Math, question 44Question
Which inequality is equivalent to ?
- A
- B
- C
- D
Show the answer
Correct answer: D
Distribute the coefficient −2 on the right-hand side:
Subtract from both sides:
Add 10 to both sides:
Divide both sides by 5:
This is equivalent to
Question analysis
Students choose the simplest equivalent form of a linear inequality that has x on both sides and a negative number multiplied into parentheses. It tests distributing, combining like terms and solving inequalities. Sign errors in the distribution, and reading the direction of the final inequality, are where most mistakes happen.
- NYS standards
- Grade level
- Grade 8 content, by NYS standard
- Compared with grade 7
- Above grade 7 Grade 7 inequalities have the form px + q < r. This one has x on both sides and a negative factor to distribute across a subtraction, steps that belong to grade 8 equation work, so it is harder than typical grade 7 practice.
- Estimated difficulty
- Hard: combines ideas, needs a plan, and has more than one tempting wrong answer.
- Thinking it demands
- Depth of knowledge 1, recall and reproduction · mainly apply
- What makes it hard
- Error-prone arithmetic moderate
- A very close wrong answer moderate
- Many steps minor
- Solution
- 4 steps
- Reading level
- Question and choices: about grade 16+, 10 words.
- Students, last 30 days
- Not enough answers yet to show (it takes 10).
Why it is hard, traps and wrong answers (shows the answer)
Why it is hard
Every move is standard algebra, but the inequality is built so that small slips change the answer completely. The −2 has to reach both terms in the parentheses, and once the boundary −2 is found its direction still has to be read correctly, since the variable ends up on the right as −2 < x. Rewriting that as x > −2, or substituting x = 0 into the original, catches the trap.
Error-prone arithmetic moderate Working it out
Distributing −2 over (5 − 3x) gives −10 + 6x, two sign decisions in one move, and the x terms then sit on both sides of the inequality. (Brown & Burton, 1978; Junker & Sijtsma, 2001)
A very close wrong answer moderate Choosing the answer
x < −2 and x > −2 share the boundary and differ only in direction, which depends on reading −2 < x correctly or flipping the sign when dividing by a negative. (Embretson & Wetzel, 1987; Gorin & Embretson, 2006; Ascalon et al., 2007)
Many steps minor Working it out
Four moves follow one another, distributing, collecting 5x + 6x, moving the x terms and dividing by 5, and a slip at any of them changes the result. (Daniel & Embretson, 2010; Enright, Morley & Sheehan, 2002)
Strategy: Distribute the −2 to both terms in the parentheses, combine the x terms on the right, then gather the x terms on the side that keeps their coefficient positive.
Traps
- Order of operations: Working left to right, or distributing a minus sign wrongly, gives a choice.
- Negatives and direction: Arithmetic with negative numbers, the order of a subtraction, or direction on a number line. (Moving a term across the equals sign without changing its sign is a faulty procedure.)
- A faulty procedure: A systematic but wrong procedure: adding fractions straight across, applying an exponent to each term of a sum, dropping a sign when moving a term.
The wrong answers, classified
A A faulty procedure (Brown & Burton, 1978; Tatsuoka, 1983)
Treats 5 − 3x as 2, combining a number with an x term, so the right side becomes 5x − 4 and the solution x < 16.
B Order of operations (Brown & Burton, 1978)
Multiplies the −2 by the 5 but not by the −3x, writing 5x − 10 − 3x, which leads to 4x < 10 and x < 5/2.
C Negatives and direction (Brown & Burton, 1978)
Finds the boundary −2 but points the inequality the wrong way, by misreading −2 < x or by not flipping the sign after dividing by −5.
Worked solution, step by step
Formulas used
- Distributive property
- a is the number outside the parentheses. b and c are the terms inside. Multiply a by each one. A minus sign inside counts as a negative term, so 5 − 3x is 5 + (−3x). A negative times a negative is positive.
- Keeping an inequality true
- a and b are the two sides, and c is any number. Adding or subtracting the same number on both sides keeps the inequality true. Dividing both sides by a positive number also keeps it true. Only multiplying or dividing by a negative number flips the sign.
Sort out the question
An inequality compares two sides with a sign like <, which means is less than. To solve it, you get x alone on one side.
You need the short inequality that has the same answers as the long one.
Distribute the −2
Multiply −2 by both terms inside the parentheses, 5 and −3x.
A negative times a negative is positive, so the second part is +6x. Watch out: If the −2 multiplies only the 5, you end up with , choice B.
Combine the x terms
The right side is now 5x − 10 + 6x. Put the x terms together: 5x + 6x = 11x.
Gather the x terms on one side
Subtract 6x from both sides. That leaves the x terms on the right, where they stay positive.
Get x by itself
Add 10 to both sides. Then divide both sides by 5.
You divided by a positive 5, so the sign does not flip.
Read it with x first
says −2 is less than x. That is the same as saying x is greater than −2, just as 3 < 5 means 5 > 3.
Watch out: , choice C, has the same number but points the wrong way.
So the answer is D, .
Check your answer
Test x = 0, which is greater than −2. The left side is . The right side is . And −20 < −10 is true. Now test x = −3. The left side is −38 and the right side is −43. That is false, as it should be.
More questions like this
The original DOE question

Question 90 of 120
2024 Test B Math, question 48Question

Triangle MNP is similar to triangle XYZ, and . What is the perimeter of triangle MNP?
- A25 cm
- B30 cm
- C36 cm
- D40 cm
Show the answer
Correct answer: D
Similar geometric figures have sides that are proportional.
Because , both unknown sides are equal to 15. Therefore, the three sides of MNP are 15, 15, and 10. The perimeter of a triangle is the sum of its three side lengths.
Question analysis
Two isosceles triangles are drawn, one with all its side lengths labeled and the other with only its base labeled, and the triangles are similar. Students find the perimeter of triangle MNP in centimeters. It tests similar figures and proportional sides, and the catch is that two sides must be found from the scale and the equal-sides marks.
- Grade level
- Grade 8 content, by NYS standard
- Compared with grade 7
- Above grade 7 Similar triangles are grade 8 geometry, though grade 7 scale drawings use the same proportional reasoning. Students also need the equal-sides marks to find a missing side, a combined step beyond routine grade 7 scale work.
- Estimated difficulty
- Moderate: several steps, or a close reading with one strong distractor.
- Thinking it demands
- Depth of knowledge 2, skills and concepts · mainly apply
- What makes it hard
- Solution
- 3 steps
- Reading level
- Question and choices: about grade 3, 20 words.
- Students, last 30 days
- Not enough answers yet to show (it takes 10).
Why it is hard, traps and wrong answers (shows the answer)
Why it is hard
The question chains a scale factor to a perimeter, and both links have a trap. Some students scale by adding, since the base grew by 4, and others find the 15 cm leg correctly but then add only some of the sides. Writing all three sides of the large triangle, 15, 15 and 10, before adding is what the question rewards.
Reading a figure, table or graph moderate Understanding the question
The figure carries every number: tick marks show MN = NP, the base MP is 10 cm, and triangle XYZ has 9 cm legs on a 6 cm base. (Lesh, Post & Behr, 1987; Kirsch & Mosenthal, 1990)
Something you must already know minor Working it out
Students must know that corresponding sides of similar triangles share one scale factor, here 10/6 = 5/3, though the stem never says so. (Anderson & Krathwohl, 2001)
Error-prone arithmetic minor Working it out
The scale factor 5/3 is a fraction, and 9 × 5/3 = 15 is easier to get right by dividing 9 by 3 first. (Brown & Burton, 1978; Junker & Sijtsma, 2001)
Strategy: Compare the two bases to get the scale factor, multiply a leg of the small triangle by it, then use the equal sides to add up the perimeter.
Traps
- Stops one step early: A choice is a number from partway through the solution.
- Misunderstands the concept: A wrong belief about a concept: that percents can be added, that area grows like length, that averages can be averaged, that a bigger denominator means a bigger fraction.
The wrong answers, classified
A Stops one step early (King et al., 2004; Gierl et al., 2017)
Finds a scaled leg of 15 cm but adds only it and the 10 cm base, 15 + 10 = 25, leaving out the second 15 cm side.
B Stops one step early (King et al., 2004; Gierl et al., 2017)
Finds both legs, 15 cm each, but adds only 15 + 15 and leaves out the 10 cm base; calling all three sides 10 cm also gives 30.
C Misunderstands the concept (Smith, diSessa & Roschelle, 1993; De Bock et al., 1998; Ni & Zhou, 2005)
Adds 4 cm to each leg because the base grew from 6 to 10, making the legs 13 cm: 13 + 13 + 10 = 36.
Worked solution, step by step
Formulas used
- Similar triangles
- Similar triangles have the same shape but can differ in size. MN matches XY, and MP matches XZ. Each side of the big triangle is the same number of times as long as its matching side. So these two fractions are equal.
- Perimeter of a triangle
- P is the perimeter, the distance all the way around. a, b and c are the lengths of the three sides. Add them to go once around the shape.
Sort out the question
In triangle MNP, the base MP is 10 cm. The tick marks on MN and NP show those two sides are equal. In triangle XYZ, the base XZ is 6 cm, and XY and YZ are each 9 cm.
Similar means the same shape, with every side scaled by the same amount. You need the perimeter of MNP, the sum of its three sides.
Match the sides
The letters line up in order: M with X, N with Y, and P with Z. So the base MP matches the base XZ. The side MN matches XY, and NP matches YZ.
Find the scale factor
The scale factor is how many times bigger MNP is. Compare the two bases.
Every side of MNP is times as long as its matching side in XYZ.
Find the equal sides
Use the similar triangles formula with XY = 9.
Divide 9 by 3 first to keep the numbers small. MN is 15 cm. Since MN = NP, NP is 15 cm too.
Watch out: The base grew by 4 cm, but adding 4 cm to each side is wrong. That gives 13 cm sides and 36, choice C. Similar shapes grow by multiplying.
Add the three sides
The perimeter is 40 cm. Watch out: Leaving out one 15 cm side gives 25, choice A. Leaving out the base gives 30, choice B.
So the answer is D, 40 cm.
Check your answer
The small triangle’s perimeter is 9 + 9 + 6 = 24 cm. Perimeters grow by the same scale factor as the sides. So . It matches.
More questions like this
The original DOE question

Question 91 of 120
2024 Test B Math, question 54Question
A rectangular kitchen floor is 12 feet long and 7.5 feet wide. It will be covered completely with new square tiles measuring 0.75 foot on each side. How many tiles will cover the floor?
- A68
- B78
- C120
- D160
Show the answer
Correct answer: D
First, determine the area of the kitchen floor in square feet by multiplying the length and width:
Next, determine the area of each square tile:
The number of tiles needed is found by dividing the area of the floor by the area of the tiles:
Question analysis
A rectangular kitchen floor measuring 12 feet by 7.5 feet will be covered with square tiles 0.75 foot on a side. Students find how many tiles are needed. It tests area and division with decimals, and working with a decimal side length while keeping lengths and areas apart is what makes it tricky.
- NYS standards
- Grade level
- Grade 6 content, by NYS standard
- Compared with grade 7
- At grade 7 Area of a rectangle is grade 6 content, but here it combines with dividing by a decimal tile area, or by the tile's side along each wall. Three decimal steps and a tempting shortcut make it typical grade 7 demand.
- Estimated difficulty
- Moderate: several steps, or a close reading with one strong distractor.
- Thinking it demands
- Depth of knowledge 2, skills and concepts · mainly apply
- What makes it hard
- Error-prone arithmetic moderate
- Turning words into math minor
- Solution
- 3 steps
- Reading level
- Question and choices: about grade 6, 31 words.
- Students, last 30 days
- Not enough answers yet to show (it takes 10).
Why it is hard, traps and wrong answers (shows the answer)
Why it is hard
The floor's 90 square feet comes quickly; the trap is what to divide it by. A tile is described by its side, and dividing by 0.75 instead of 0.5625 gives a listed answer that looks reasonable. Counting tiles along each wall, 16 along the length and 10 along the width, avoids both the decimal division and the side-versus-area mistake.
Error-prone arithmetic moderate Working it out
The tile's area, 0.75 × 0.75 = 0.5625 square foot, must divide 90, a decimal division that is easier as 90 × 16/9 or as 16 tiles by 10 tiles. (Brown & Burton, 1978; Junker & Sijtsma, 2001)
Turning words into math minor Understanding the question
The tiles are "square tiles measuring 0.75 foot on each side", a side length, which has to be squared before it can be compared with the floor's area in square feet. (Hegarty, Mayer & Monk, 1995; Koedinger & Nathan, 2004)
Strategy: Find how many tiles fit along the length and how many along the width by dividing each by 0.75, then multiply the two counts.
Traps
- Wrong formula: Uses a related but wrong formula: perimeter for area, diameter for radius, area for volume, or a misremembered one.
- Wrong operation: Adds instead of multiplying, divides the wrong way round, turns a ratio or rate upside down, or undoes a step in the wrong direction (subtracts what should be added back).
The wrong answers, classified
A Wrong operation (Hegarty, Mayer & Monk, 1995; King et al., 2004)
Multiplies the 90-square-foot area by the tile's 0.75-foot side instead of dividing, getting 67.5 and rounding to 68.
B Little reason to choose it (Haladyna & Downing, 1993; Rodriguez, 2005)
No standard working gives 78, which is twice the floor's 39-foot perimeter, 4 × (12 + 7.5), so it mostly draws guesses.
C Wrong formula (King et al., 2004)
Divides the 90 square feet by the tile's side, 0.75 foot, instead of its area, 0.5625 square foot, getting 120 tiles.
Worked solution, step by step
Formulas used
- Area of a rectangle
- A is the area, the flat space inside. l is the length and w is the width. Multiplying counts how many unit squares fit, row by row.
- Area of a square
- A is the area. s is the length of one side. s² means s × s. A square is a rectangle whose length and width are both s.
Sort out the question
The floor is a rectangle 12 feet long and 7.5 feet wide. Each tile is a square, 0.75 foot on each side. You need the number of tiles that cover the whole floor.
Find the floor’s area
Area tells how much flat space the tiles must cover. Use the rectangle formula.
The floor is 90 square feet.
Find one tile’s area
The tile’s side is a length. You need its area to compare it with the floor’s area. Use the square formula.
As a fraction, , so the area is square foot.
Divide the floor by one tile
The number of tiles is the floor’s area divided by one tile’s area. To divide by a fraction, multiply by its reciprocal, the fraction flipped upside down.
Watch out: Dividing 90 by 0.75, the side, gives 120, choice C. You must divide by the tile’s area. Multiplying 90 by 0.75 gives about 68, choice A.
So the answer is D, 160.
Check your answer
Count the tiles in rows. Along the 12-foot length, tiles fit. Along the 7.5-foot width, tiles fit. That makes tiles.
More questions like this
The original DOE question

Question 92 of 120
2023 Test A Math, question 2Question
What is the value of the expression shown above?
Grid-in question: work out the answer and enter it as a number.
Show the answer
Correct answer: -9
| Calculate the exponent and convert the mixed number to an improper fraction. | |
| Next, calculate the absolute value. | |
| Perform the indicated multiplication and division. | |
| Perform the addition and subtraction. | |
Question analysis
This grid-in asks for the value of an arithmetic expression that mixes an absolute value, a negative number raised to the third power, a division and a mixed number. Students apply the order of operations with signed numbers. Cubing a negative base, and doing the division and multiplication before any adding, are where most slips happen.
- NYS standards
- Grade level
- Grade 7 content, by NYS standard
- Compared with grade 7
- At grade 7 Grade 7 students routinely evaluate expressions with negative numbers in the right order. This one combines an absolute value, a cubed negative and a mixed number in a single line, so it takes more steps than usual, each with a sign to watch.
- Estimated difficulty
- Moderate: several steps, or a close reading with one strong distractor.
- Thinking it demands
- Depth of knowledge 1, recall and reproduction · mainly apply
- What makes it hard
- Error-prone arithmetic moderate
- Many steps minor
- An answer in an unexpected form minor
- Solution
- 4 steps
- Reading level
- Question and choices: about grade 5, 10 words.
- Students, last 30 days
- Not enough answers yet to show (it takes 10).
Why it is hard, traps and wrong answers (shows the answer)
Why it is hard
The expression packs four kinds of notation into one line: a subtraction, a division by an absolute value, a negative base raised to the third power and a mixed number. None of the operations is hard alone, but each has a rule that is easy to break under time pressure, and the slips lead to very different totals. Rewriting the power and the mixed number first, then dividing and multiplying before any addition, avoids them.
Error-prone arithmetic moderate Working it out
(−2)³ must stay negative, −8, and the mixed number 1½ must become 3/2 before multiplying, so the last product is −12; a sign or fraction slip here moves the total far from −9. (Brown & Burton, 1978; Junker & Sijtsma, 2001)
Many steps minor Working it out
Six numbers and six operations, including a power and an absolute value, have to be worked in a planned order, and every addition waits until the division and multiplication are done. (Daniel & Embretson, 2010; Enright, Morley & Sheehan, 2002)
An answer in an unexpected form minor Choosing the answer
The value is negative and the grid-in offers no choices, so the minus sign has to be gridded and nothing on the page confirms that the total falls below zero. (Enright, Morley & Sheehan, 2002)
Strategy: Rewrite the absolute value and the power first, change the mixed number to an improper fraction, do the division and multiplication, and only then add and subtract from left to right.
Traps
- Order of operations: Working left to right, or distributing a minus sign wrongly, gives a choice.
- Negatives and direction: Arithmetic with negative numbers, the order of a subtraction, or direction on a number line. (Moving a term across the equals sign without changing its sign is a faulty procedure.)
- A faulty procedure: A systematic but wrong procedure: adding fractions straight across, applying an exponent to each term of a sum, dropping a sign when moving a term.
The wrong answers, classified
15 Negatives and direction (Brown & Burton, 1978)
Takes (−2)³ as positive 8, as if every power of a negative were positive, so the last product is +12 and 6 − 3 + 12 = 15.
-13.5 Order of operations (Brown & Burton, 1978)
Works strictly from left to right: 6 − 9 = −3, divided by 3 is −1, plus −8 is −9, and times 1½ gives −13.5.
-6 A faulty procedure (Brown & Burton, 1978; Tatsuoka, 1983)
Multiplies the base by the exponent, taking (−2)³ as −6, so the product with 3/2 is −9 and the total is 6 − 3 − 9 = −6.
Worked solution, step by step
Formulas used
- Order of operations
- This is the order for working out an expression. First work inside grouping symbols, such as parentheses and absolute value bars. Next do powers. Then multiply and divide from left to right. Last, add and subtract from left to right. Using one order means everyone gets the same answer.
- A power
- a is the base, the number being multiplied. The small 3 is the exponent. It says how many times the base is used as a factor, a number being multiplied. It does not mean a times 3.
- Absolute value
- The bars around a number mean absolute value. It is how far the number is from 0 on a number line. A distance is never negative, so the absolute value of −3 is 3.
- Mixed number to fraction
- a is the whole number part, and b over c is the fraction part. Each whole is c pieces, so a wholes are a × c pieces. Add the b extra pieces. The bottom number stays c.
Sort out the expression
You need the value of . It has many operations, so the order matters. It has absolute value bars, a power of a negative number and a mixed number. The answer may be negative, so keep track of every sign.
Do the absolute value and the power
Grouping symbols and powers come first.
Two negatives multiply to a positive, 4. One more negative makes it negative again. Watch out: (−2)³ is −8, not +8. Using +8 leads to 15. It is also not −2 × 3. That mistake leads to a total of −6.
Change the mixed number to a fraction
A fraction is easier to multiply than a mixed number.
Now the expression looks like this:
Multiply and divide next
Multiplying and dividing come before adding and subtracting.
A negative times a positive is negative. Watch out: don’t just work from left to right. Doing 6 − 9 first, then dividing by 3, leads to −13.5.
Add and subtract last
Now only adding and subtracting are left. Work from left to right.
Adding −12 is the same as taking away 12. So you would grid −9, with the minus sign in its own column.
Check your answer
Look at the size of each part. The part 6 − 3 is a small positive number, 3. The last part, −8 times 1½, is a bigger negative number, −12. A big negative plus a small positive is negative. So an answer below zero, −9, makes sense.
More questions like this
The original DOE question

Question 93 of 120
2023 Test A Math, question 3Question
Solve for x:
Grid-in question: work out the answer and enter it as a number.
Show the answer
Correct answer: 4
| Apply the distributive property; multiply the −2 by and 1. | |
| Combine like terms. | |
| Apply the additive inverse property; subtract 1 from both sides of the equation. | |
| Apply the multiplicative inverse property; divide both sides of the equation by 3. | |
Question analysis
This grid-in gives the equation 7x + 3 − 2(2x + 1) = 13 and asks students to solve for x. It tests the distributive property with a negative factor, combining like terms and solving a two-step equation. The minus sign in front of the parentheses has to reach both terms inside, a step many students rush.
- Grade level
- Grade 7 content, by NYS standard
- Compared with grade 7
- At grade 7 Grade 7 students expand expressions with negative factors and solve equations such as p(x + q) = r. This equation needs both skills plus combining like terms, which is routine work with one negative sign that is easy to lose.
- Estimated difficulty
- Straightforward: two steps or one careful reading.
- Thinking it demands
- Depth of knowledge 1, recall and reproduction · mainly apply
- What makes it hard
- Error-prone arithmetic moderate
- An answer in an unexpected form minor
- Solution
- 4 steps
- Reading level
- Question and choices: about grade 3, 4 words.
- Students, last 30 days
- Not enough answers yet to show (it takes 10).
Why it is hard, traps and wrong answers (shows the answer)
Why it is hard
This is a standard multi-step linear equation, and the work is short once the parentheses are cleared. Everything rests on distributing −2 correctly; the later steps, combining 7x with −4x and 3 with −2, then undoing the + 1 and the × 3, are routine. Substituting 4 back into the left side, 28 + 3 − 18 = 13, is a fast check that catches a sign slip.
Error-prone arithmetic moderate Working it out
The −2 in front of (2x + 1) must reach both terms, giving −4x − 2; the second product, −2 × 1, is the one most often written as +2 or left as +1. (Brown & Burton, 1978; Junker & Sijtsma, 2001)
An answer in an unexpected form minor Choosing the answer
As a grid-in with no choices, a value such as 3 or 8/3 from a distributing slip looks just as finished as the right one; only substituting back exposes it. (Enright, Morley & Sheehan, 2002)
Strategy: Distribute −2 to both terms inside the parentheses, combine the x terms and the constants, then undo the addition and the multiplication in turn.
Traps
- A faulty procedure: A systematic but wrong procedure: adding fractions straight across, applying an exponent to each term of a sum, dropping a sign when moving a term.
- Order of operations: Working left to right, or distributing a minus sign wrongly, gives a choice.
The wrong answers, classified
3 A faulty procedure (Brown & Burton, 1978; Tatsuoka, 1983)
Multiplies only the 2x by −2 and leaves the + 1 untouched, so the equation becomes 3x + 4 = 13 and x = 3.
8/3 Order of operations (Brown & Burton, 1978)
Gives the minus sign to 4x but not to the 2, writing −4x + 2, so the equation becomes 3x + 5 = 13 and x = 8/3.
12 Stops one step early (King et al., 2004; Gierl et al., 2017)
Simplifies correctly to 3x + 1 = 13, subtracts 1 to reach 3x = 12, and grids 12 without dividing by 3.
Worked solution, step by step
Formulas used
- Distributive property
- a is the number outside the parentheses. b and c are the terms inside. A term is a number, a letter, or a number times a letter. Multiply each term inside by a. If a is negative, every product gets its sign too.
- Keeping an equation balanced
- a and b are the two equal sides. c is any number, but not 0 when you divide. Doing the same thing to both sides keeps them equal, like a balanced scale. Use it to get the unknown by itself.
Sort out the equation
You need the value of x that makes true. x is the unknown number. The tricky part is the −2 in front of the parentheses. It multiplies everything inside them.
Multiply out the parentheses
Use the distributive property with a = −2, b = 2x and c = 1.
So the equation becomes this:
Watch out: the −2 must multiply the 1 too. Leaving + 1 gives x = 3. Writing + 2 instead of − 2 gives .
Combine like terms
Like terms are terms of the same kind. Put the x terms together. Put the plain numbers together.
Get x by itself
Undo the + 1 first. Subtract 1 from both sides, so the equation stays balanced.
3x means 3 times x. So divide both sides by 3.
Watch out: don’t stop at 3x = 12. 12 is three times the answer. So you would grid 4.
Check your answer
Put x = 4 back into the first equation: . That matches the 13 on the right side, so x = 4 is right.
More questions like this
The original DOE question

Question 94 of 120
2023 Test A Math, question 6Question
- A40
- B370
- C2,482
- D10,000
Show the answer
Correct answer: C
Question analysis
This exponents question asks for the sum of 3 to the fourth power and 7 to the fourth power. Students evaluate each power separately and then add. The traps are treating an exponent as a multiplier and adding the bases before raising them to a power, and the larger power takes careful multiplication.
- NYS standards
- 6.EE.1 whole-number exponent expressions
- Grade level
- Grade 6 content, by NYS standard
- Compared with grade 7
- Below grade 7 Evaluating whole-number powers is grade 6 work, and this question asks only for two of them and a sum. The one demand beyond routine practice is computing a fourth power of 7 accurately without a calculator.
- Estimated difficulty
- Straightforward: two steps or one careful reading.
- Thinking it demands
- Depth of knowledge 1, recall and reproduction · mainly apply
- What makes it hard
- Error-prone arithmetic moderate
- Something you must already know minor
- Solution
- 3 steps
- Reading level
- Question and choices: about grade 16+, 1 words.
- Students, last 30 days
- Not enough answers yet to show (it takes 10).
Why it is hard, traps and wrong answers (shows the answer)
Why it is hard
The sum is short, but it tests exactly what an exponent means and when to apply it. The wrong choices come from three misreadings of the notation: treating the power as a multiplier, using one factor too few, and adding the bases before raising them. A size check settles it: 7⁴ alone is 49 × 49, a little under 2,500, so 40 and 370 are far too small and 10,000 far too large.
Error-prone arithmetic moderate Working it out
7⁴ means 7 × 7 × 7 × 7 = 2,401, a four-digit product built by hand, most easily as 49 × 49; 3⁴ = 81 is quick by comparison. (Brown & Burton, 1978; Junker & Sijtsma, 2001)
Something you must already know minor Working it out
An exponent counts repeated factors rather than acting as a multiplier, so 3⁴ is 3 × 3 × 3 × 3 = 81, not 3 × 4 = 12; the item assumes that meaning. (Anderson & Krathwohl, 2001)
Strategy: Compute each power on its own, squaring and then squaring again, and add the two results only at the end.
Traps
- A faulty procedure: A systematic but wrong procedure: adding fractions straight across, applying an exponent to each term of a sum, dropping a sign when moving a term.
- Order of operations: Working left to right, or distributing a minus sign wrongly, gives a choice.
The wrong answers, classified
A A faulty procedure (Brown & Burton, 1978; Tatsuoka, 1983)
Multiplies each base by its exponent, 3 × 4 + 7 × 4 = 12 + 28 = 40, instead of using each base as a factor four times.
B A faulty procedure (Brown & Burton, 1978; Tatsuoka, 1983)
Uses each base as a factor three times instead of four, 27 + 343 = 370, so both powers stop one factor short.
D Order of operations (Brown & Burton, 1978)
Adds the bases before applying the exponent, treating 3⁴ + 7⁴ as (3 + 7)⁴ = 10,000, though powers come before addition.
Worked solution, step by step
Formulas used
- A power
- a is the base, the number being multiplied. The small 4 is the exponent. It tells how many times the base is used as a factor, a number being multiplied. So the exponent counts factors. It does not mean multiply by 4.
- Powers come before adding
- a and b are any two positive numbers. The sign ≠ means is not equal to. Powers come before adding. So raise each number to its power first, then add. Adding the bases first gives a much bigger number.
Sort out the question
You need the value of . Each number has a small 4 above it. This 4 is an exponent. Work out each power on its own. Then add the two results.
Find 3 to the fourth power
3⁴ means four 3s multiplied together. Pair them up to make it easier.
Watch out: 3⁴ is not 3 × 4 = 12. Doing that to both powers gives 12 + 28 = 40, choice A.
Find 7 to the fourth power
7⁴ means four 7s multiplied together. Pair them up the same way.
To find 49 × 49, do 49 × 50 = 2,450. Then take away one 49. That gives 2,401. Watch out: count four 7s, not three. Three 7s make 343. Using three factors in both powers gives 370, choice B.
Add the two powers
Watch out: don’t add 3 and 7 first. That gives , choice D. Powers come before adding. So the answer is C, 2,482.
Check your answer
Estimate. 7⁴ is 49 × 49, a little less than 50 × 50 = 2,500. Adding 81 keeps it near 2,500. Only 2,482 is close. 40 and 370 are far too small, and 10,000 is far too big.
More questions like this
The original DOE question

Question 95 of 120
2023 Test A Math, question 7Question
In one week, inches of rain fell on Monday, inches fell on Tuesday, and inch fell on Wednesday. How many inches of rain fell during those three days?
- A
- B
- C
- D
Show the answer
Correct answer: A
To solve, add the three given fractions:
The common denominator is 24:
Question analysis
A rainfall word problem gives the inches of rain on Monday, Tuesday and Wednesday as two mixed numbers and a fraction, and asks for the total over the three days. Students add fractions with unlike denominators. Finding a common denominator for fourths, thirds and eighths, and regrouping the fractional part into wholes, is where errors come in.
- NYS standards
- Grade level
- Grade 7 content, by NYS standard
- Compared with grade 7
- Below grade 7 Adding fractions and mixed numbers with unlike denominators is taught before grade 7, and this is a direct word problem. It takes more care than a typical exercise only because three different denominators must be rewritten over a common one.
- Estimated difficulty
- Straightforward: two steps or one careful reading.
- Thinking it demands
- Depth of knowledge 2, skills and concepts · mainly apply
- What makes it hard
- Error-prone arithmetic moderate
- Many steps minor
- Solution
- 3 steps
- Reading level
- Question and choices: about grade 5, 35 words.
- Students, last 30 days
- Not enough answers yet to show (it takes 10).
Why it is hard, traps and wrong answers (shows the answer)
Why it is hard
The setup is plain addition, so the difficulty is all in the fractions. Students who know to rename over a common denominator rarely miss it, while those who add the fraction parts straight across, or put the numerators over 24 without scaling them, reach choices with a whole part of 3. Since 1 3/4 + 2 2/3 alone is more than 4, any total below 4 can be ruled out at a glance.
Error-prone arithmetic moderate Working it out
The fractional parts have denominators 4, 3 and 8, so they must be renamed as 18, 16 and 21 twenty-fourths, and their sum, 55/24, regrouped as 2 7/24 before the wholes are added. (Brown & Burton, 1978; Junker & Sijtsma, 2001)
Many steps minor Working it out
Renaming, adding the numerators, regrouping the improper fraction and adding the whole numbers are four separate moves, and losing the 2 carried from 55/24 drops the total by two inches. (Daniel & Embretson, 2010; Enright, Morley & Sheehan, 2002)
Strategy: Rewrite the three fractional parts over a common denominator of 24, add the whole numbers and the fractions separately, and regroup any extra twenty-fourths as a whole.
Traps
- A faulty procedure: A systematic but wrong procedure: adding fractions straight across, applying an exponent to each term of a sum, dropping a sign when moving a term.
The wrong answers, classified
B Little reason to choose it (Haladyna & Downing, 1993; Rodriguez, 2005)
No single renaming mistake gives 49 twenty-fourths; this choice sits exactly 1/4 below the right total, so it mostly catches guesses near it.
C A faulty procedure (Brown & Burton, 1978; Tatsuoka, 1983)
Adds the whole numbers to get 3, then adds the fractions straight across, (3 + 2 + 7)/(4 + 3 + 8) = 12/15 = 4/5.
D A faulty procedure (Brown & Burton, 1978; Tatsuoka, 1983)
Finds the common denominator 24 but adds the numerators without renaming them, (3 + 2 + 7)/24 = 1/2, and adds that to the wholes, 3.
Worked solution, step by step
Formulas used
- Equivalent fractions
- a over b is a fraction, and k is any whole number except 0. Multiplying the top and the bottom by the same number gives an equal fraction. You cut each piece into k smaller pieces. So you have k times as many pieces, each k times smaller.
- Adding fractions with the same bottom
- d is the denominator, the bottom number. It tells the size of the pieces. a, b and c are the numerators, the top numbers. They count the pieces. When the pieces are the same size, add the counts. The bottom stays the same.
- Fraction to mixed number
- a over b is a fraction whose top is bigger than its bottom. q is the quotient, how many whole times b fits into a. r is the remainder, what is left over. The leftover stays over the same bottom number.
Sort out the question
Rain fell on three days: inches, inches and inch. You need the total rain, in inches. So add the three amounts. Add the whole numbers and the fractions separately. The whole numbers are 1 and 2, so they add to 3 inches.
Find a common denominator
The fractions have denominators, or bottom numbers, 4, 3 and 8. You can only add pieces of the same size. So find the smallest number that 4, 3 and 8 all divide into. Count by 8s: 8, 16, 24. 24 works, since 24 = 4 × 6 and 24 = 3 × 8. So use 24ths.
Rename each fraction in 24ths
Multiply the top and the bottom by the same number.
Watch out: change the tops too. Keeping 3, 2 and 7 over 24 gives and a total of , choice D.
Add the fractions
Now the pieces are the same size, so add the tops.
That is more than 1 whole. 24 goes into 55 twice, with 7 left over.
Watch out: never add the bottoms. Adding straight across gives and a total of , choice C.
Put the parts together
Add the 3 whole inches from before.
So the answer is A, inches.
Check your answer
Use decimals. is 1.75, is about 2.67, and is 0.875. They add to about 5.29. And is about 0.29. So fits, and is too small.
More questions like this
The original DOE question

Question 96 of 120
2023 Test A Math, question 8Question
Jamel works at a computer store. He is paid an hourly rate plus a 15% commission on all computer products he sells. Last week, Jamel was paid $802.50 for working 30 hours and selling $1,250.00 worth of computer products. What is Jamel’s hourly rate?
- A$20.50/hr
- B$26.75/hr
- C$33.00/hr
- D$37.65/hr
Show the answer
Correct answer: A
First, determine the amount of Jamel’s weekly pay that is from commission:
Next, subtract Jamel’s commission amount from his weekly pay:
Last, divide the result by 30 hours to find Jamel’s hourly rate:
Question analysis
Jamel earns an hourly wage plus a 15% commission on his sales, and one week he is paid $802.50 for 30 hours of work and $1,250 in sales. Students find his hourly rate. The question mixes a percent with a rate, and the commission has to be taken out of the total pay before dividing by the hours.
- Grade level
- Grade 7 content, by NYS standard
- Compared with grade 7
- At grade 7 Commission is one of the percent applications named in the grade 7 standards, and the remaining work is a two-step equation with decimals. That matches a typical grade 7 multistep problem, with the order of the steps as the main demand.
- Estimated difficulty
- Moderate: several steps, or a close reading with one strong distractor.
- Thinking it demands
- Depth of knowledge 2, skills and concepts · mainly apply
- What makes it hard
- Turning words into math moderate
- Many steps moderate
- Error-prone arithmetic minor
- Solution
- 3 steps
- Reading level
- Question and choices: about grade 3, 44 words.
- Students, last 30 days
- Not enough answers yet to show (it takes 10).
Why it is hard, traps and wrong answers (shows the answer)
Why it is hard
Jamel's pay has two parts, and the question asks for only one of them, so the commission has to be removed before dividing by the hours. Students who divide the whole $802.50 by 30 get a believable hourly figure that still contains the commission. Checking the answer against the story, 30 × $20.50 + $187.50 = $802.50, confirms both parts.
Turning words into math moderate Understanding the question
The phrase "paid an hourly rate plus a 15% commission on all computer products he sells" makes $802.50 the sum of two parts, 30 hours of pay and 15% of $1,250. (Hegarty, Mayer & Monk, 1995; Koedinger & Nathan, 2004)
Many steps moderate Working it out
Three operations in order: 15% of $1,250 is $187.50, $802.50 − $187.50 = $615.00, and $615.00 ÷ 30 = $20.50; dividing before subtracting gives a listed choice. (Daniel & Embretson, 2010; Enright, Morley & Sheehan, 2002)
Error-prone arithmetic minor Working it out
Every amount carries cents, and 15% of $1,250 and $615 ÷ 30 are worked by hand, so a misplaced decimal point shifts the hourly rate. (Brown & Burton, 1978; Junker & Sijtsma, 2001)
Strategy: Take 15% of the $1,250 in sales to find the commission, remove that from the week's pay, and divide what is left by the 30 hours worked.
Traps
- Answers a different question: A choice is right for another quantity: the other unknown, the rest instead of the part, the part instead of the whole.
- Follows a key word: Picks the operation from a single word rather than the situation: "removed" so subtract, "of" so multiply, "more" so add, when the situation needs something else.
- Misreads the question: Misses or misreads a condition or a word in the question: "at least", "each", "remaining", "not".
The wrong answers, classified
B Answers a different question (King et al., 2004; Hegarty, Mayer & Monk, 1995)
Divides the whole $802.50 by 30 hours, which gives Jamel's average pay per hour with the commission included, not his hourly rate.
C Follows a key word (Hegarty, Mayer & Monk, 1995)
Follows the word plus and adds the $187.50 commission to the $802.50 instead of removing it, so (802.50 + 187.50) ÷ 30 = $33.00.
D Misreads the question (Hegarty, Mayer & Monk, 1995)
Swaps the two dollar amounts, taking 15% of the $802.50 pay and subtracting it from the $1,250 of sales: (1,250 − 120.38) ÷ 30 ≈ $37.65.
Worked solution, step by step
Formulas used
- Percent of a number
- p is the percent. The whole is the amount you take the percent of. The part is the result. Percent means out of 100. So 15% is 15 out of every 100, or 0.15.
- Pay with commission
- The rate is the money Jamel earns for each hour. Hours is how long he worked. The commission is extra money that is a percent of what he sells. His pay is these two amounts added together.
Sort out the question
Jamel’s pay has two parts. One part is an hourly rate, the money he earns for each hour. The other part is a commission. A commission is extra pay that is a percent of what he sells. He worked 30 hours and sold $1,250.00 of products. In all he got $802.50. You need his hourly rate.
Find the commission
His commission is 15% of what he sold. 15% means 15 out of 100, or 0.15.
His commission was $187.50. Watch out: take 15% of the $1,250 he sold, not of his $802.50 pay. Mixing them up leads to $37.65, choice D.
Take the commission out of his pay
The rest of his pay came from his hours.
He earned $615.00 for 30 hours of work. Watch out: the word plus does not mean add here. Adding the $187.50 to $802.50 counts the commission twice. That leads to $33.00, choice C.
Divide by the hours he worked
Share the $615.00 equally over the 30 hours.
Watch out: don’t divide all $802.50 by 30. That gives $26.75, choice B. That amount still includes the commission. So the answer is A, $20.50 per hour.
Check your answer
Work forward from the answer. 30 hours at $20.50 is dollars. Add the commission: . That is exactly Jamel’s pay for the week.
More questions like this
The original DOE question

Question 97 of 120
2023 Test A Math, question 14Question
If n is an odd integer that is less than −3.25, what is the greatest possible value of n?
- A−1
- B−2
- C−3
- D−5
Show the answer
Correct answer: D
The two greatest integers less than −3.25 are −4 and −5. Since −4 is even, the answer is −5.
Question analysis
This question asks for the greatest odd integer that is less than −3.25. Students compare negative numbers on a number line and apply two conditions at once, odd and less than. With negatives, the greater number is the one closer to zero, which makes the two conditions easy to misapply.
- Grade level
- Grade 6 content, by NYS standard
- Compared with grade 7
- Below grade 7 Ordering negative numbers is grade 6 content, and the question adds only the condition that the integer be odd. It is lighter than typical grade 7 work, though the order of negatives still trips up students who compare their sizes.
- Estimated difficulty
- Straightforward: two steps or one careful reading.
- Thinking it demands
- Depth of knowledge 1, recall and reproduction · mainly apply
- What makes it hard
- Error-prone arithmetic minor
- Much to keep track of minor
- Solution
- 2 steps
- Reading level
- Question and choices: about grade 7, 18 words.
- Students, last 30 days
- Not enough answers yet to show (it takes 10).
Why it is hard, traps and wrong answers (shows the answer)
Why it is hard
The question is short, but it asks students to reason on the negative side of 0, where greater means closer to 0 and the size of the digits misleads. The integers just below −3.25 are −4 and then −5, and the first of those is even. Sketching a number line, or reading less than as to the left of, keeps the direction straight.
Error-prone arithmetic minor Working it out
On the negative side, less means farther from 0, so the integers below −3.25 run −4, −5, −6; −3, though its digit is closer to 3.25, lies to the right. (Brown & Burton, 1978; Junker & Sijtsma, 2001)
Much to keep track of minor Working it out
Three conditions apply at once, odd, less than −3.25 and the greatest such value, and checking only two of them leads to a listed choice. (Sweller, 1988; Carpenter, Just & Shell, 1990)
Strategy: Picture −3.25 on a number line, list the integers to its left starting with the closest, and take the first one that is odd.
Traps
- Negatives and direction: Arithmetic with negative numbers, the order of a subtraction, or direction on a number line. (Moving a term across the equals sign without changing its sign is a faulty procedure.)
- Misreads the question: Misses or misreads a condition or a word in the question: "at least", "each", "remaining", "not".
The wrong answers, classified
A Misreads the question (Hegarty, Mayer & Monk, 1995)
Picks the greatest odd number offered, −1, without checking the condition that n be less than −3.25; −1 lies to its right on the number line.
B Little reason to choose it (Haladyna & Downing, 1993; Rodriguez, 2005)
The choice −2 is even, so it breaks the condition that n be odd, and it is also greater than −3.25; it mostly catches guesses.
C Negatives and direction (Brown & Burton, 1978)
Looks for the odd integer just past −3.25 but steps toward 0, taking −3, though −3 is greater than −3.25, not less.
Worked solution, step by step
Formulas used
- Comparing negative numbers
- a and b are positive numbers, and a is bigger. On a number line, numbers get smaller as you move left. A negative number farther from 0 is farther left. So it is smaller, even though its digits look bigger.
Sort out the question
n has to pass three tests. It is an integer, a whole number with no decimal part. It is odd, so it is not a multiple of 2. And it is less than −3.25. Of all the numbers that pass, you need the greatest one. That is the one farthest to the right on a number line.
Picture −3.25 on a number line
−3.25 sits between −4 and −3. Less than −3.25 means to the left of it.
So −4 is less than −3.25, but −3 is greater. Watch out: −3 is not less than −3.25. It is to the right, closer to 0. For negative numbers, the one closer to 0 is greater. Picking −3 is choice C.
Find the odd integers to the left
The integers less than −3.25, starting with the closest, are −4, −5, −6 and so on. The greatest one is −4. But −4 is even, since 4 = 2 × 2. So skip it. The next one, −5, is odd. Watch out: −1 is odd, but it is greater than −3.25, so choice A breaks the rule. So the answer is D, −5.
Check your answer
Check all three tests for −5. It is an integer. It is odd. It is to the left of −3.25, so it is less. The only integer between −5 and −3.25 is −4, and it is even. So no greater number works.
More questions like this
The original DOE question

Question 98 of 120
2023 Test A Math, question 17Question
A customer wants to buy a pair of hiking boots.
- The original price of the boots is $85.75.
- The store is offering a 15% discount on all boot purchases.
- The customer has a coupon for an additional 25% off the sale price.
- The tax rate is 8.5%.
What is the final cost of the boots, including the tax, to the nearest cent?
- A$55.82
- B$59.08
- C$59.32
- D$63.17
Show the answer
Correct answer: C
First, determine the sale price after the 15% discount is applied.
Since the customer is saving 15%, this means they are paying 85% , so multiply the original price by 85% (0.85) to find the discounted price:
Next, find the price after the 25% coupon has been applied:
Since the customer is saving 25% off the sale price, this means they are paying 75% , so multiply the price found in the first step by 75% (0.75) to find the second discounted price:
Last, find the final cost after an 8.5% tax is added to the second discounted price.
Since the customer is paying 8.5% tax, this means they are paying 108.5% , so multiply the second discounted price by 108.5% (1.085) to find the final cost:
Question analysis
A pair of hiking boots costs $85.75, goes on sale at 15% off, gets an extra 25% off with a coupon, and is then taxed at 8.5%. Students find the final cost to the nearest cent. Each percent applies to the price left after the step before, so the discounts cannot simply be added, and the decimals call for careful multiplication.
- NYS standards
- Grade level
- Grade 7 content, by NYS standard
- Compared with grade 7
- Above grade 7 A discount followed by sales tax is standard grade 7 percent work. This item stacks two discounts and a tax, with cents to keep at every stage, so it takes about twice the steps and decimal multiplication of a typical problem.
- Estimated difficulty
- Hard: combines ideas, needs a plan, and has more than one tempting wrong answer.
- Thinking it demands
- Depth of knowledge 2, skills and concepts · mainly apply
- What makes it hard
- Error-prone arithmetic major
- Turning words into math moderate
- Slow to do carefully moderate
- Solution
- 3 steps
- Reading level
- Question and choices: about grade 4, 58 words.
- Students, last 30 days
- Not enough answers yet to show (it takes 10).
Why it is hard, traps and wrong answers (shows the answer)
Why it is hard
The question tests whether students treat successive percents as successive multipliers, and then holds them to three long multiplications. Adding the 15% and 25% into one discount is the tempting shortcut, and a tax read as a dollar amount is the other. The key rounds to the cent at each stage, as a register would; carried exactly, the result is $59.31, so the nearest choice, $59.32, still stands.
Error-prone arithmetic major Working it out
Three products of cents and decimals are worked by hand: 85.75 × 0.85 = 72.8875, then 72.89 × 0.75 = 54.6675, then 54.67 × 1.085 ≈ 59.32, each rounded to the cent. (Brown & Burton, 1978; Junker & Sijtsma, 2001)
Turning words into math moderate Understanding the question
The phrase "an additional 25% off the sale price" means 25% of the already discounted $72.89, not of the $85.75 original, so the two discounts multiply rather than add. (Hegarty, Mayer & Monk, 1995; Koedinger & Nathan, 2004)
Slow to do carefully moderate Choosing the answer
A reliable method needs three long decimal multiplications without a calculator, well past the minute and a half a question allows, which tempts students to combine the percents. (Lu & Sireci, 2007)
Strategy: Multiply by 0.85 for the sale, by 0.75 for the coupon on the sale price, and by 1.085 for the tax, rounding to the cent at each stage as a register would.
Traps
- Percent of the wrong amount: Finding the whole from a part, or a percent change measured from the wrong starting amount.
- Misunderstands the concept: A wrong belief about a concept: that percents can be added, that area grows like length, that averages can be averaged, that a bigger denominator means a bigger fraction.
The wrong answers, classified
A Percent of the wrong amount (Parker & Leinhardt, 1995)
Takes the 25% coupon off the original $85.75 instead of the sale price, so the discounts add to 40%: 85.75 × 0.60 × 1.085 ≈ $55.82.
B Little reason to choose it (Haladyna & Downing, 1993; Rodriguez, 2005)
No common working gives $59.08; it sits 24 cents below the right total and matches no discount or tax mistake, so it mostly catches guesses.
D Misunderstands the concept (Smith, diSessa & Roschelle, 1993; De Bock et al., 1998; Ni & Zhou, 2005)
Applies both discounts correctly, reaching $54.67, but adds $8.50 as the tax, reading 8.5% as a dollar amount instead of a percent of the price.
Worked solution, step by step
Formulas used
- Price after a discount
- p is the percent off. A discount is money taken off the price. If you save p percent, you pay the rest, 100 − p percent. For 15% off you pay 85%, so multiply by 0.85.
- Price with tax
- The price is the cost before tax. t is the tax rate, a percent. Tax is extra money added on top. You pay the whole price, 100%, plus t percent more. So for 8.5% tax you multiply by 1.085.
Sort out the question
The boots cost $85.75 at first. The store takes 15% off. Then a coupon takes 25% off the sale price. The sale price is the price after the first discount. Then 8.5% tax is added. You need the final cost to the nearest cent. A cent is $0.01, the second place after the decimal point.
Take off the 15% discount
You save 15%, so you pay 85%. That is 0.85 of the price.
A price can’t have part of a cent, so round to two decimal places. The third digit is 7, which is 5 or more, so round up.
The sign ≈ means about. The sale price is $72.89.
Take 25% off the sale price
The coupon takes 25% off $72.89, so you pay 75% of it.
The price is now $54.67. Watch out: take the coupon off the sale price, not the first price. Adding 15% and 25% to get 40% off $85.75 leads to $55.82, choice A.
Add the 8.5% tax
You pay the price plus 8.5% more, which is 108.5% of it.
Watch out: 8.5% is a percent of the price, not $8.50. Adding $8.50 gives $63.17, choice D.
See why rounding each time matters
A store rounds to the cent after each step, as you just did. The test’s answer is worked the same way. Keep every digit and round only at the end, and you get this:
That is $59.31, which is not a choice. The first two roundings each went up by a tiny part of a cent. That was just enough to push the total from $59.31 to $59.32. So here, round at each step, as a store would. So the answer is C, $59.32.
Check your answer
Check the tax a second way. 8.5% of $54.67 is , about $4.65. Then . Also estimate: two discounts leave a bit less than two-thirds of $86, near $55. Tax adds under $5, so about $59 or $60 makes sense.
More questions like this
The original DOE question

Question 99 of 120
2023 Test A Math, question 18Question
Sheila is saving money for her summer vacation. She starts the summer with a balance of $90.00 and plans to save 15% of her earnings each week. She earns the same amount each week. After 12 weeks, Sheila has saved a total of $472.59. How much money does Sheila earn each week?
- A$212.55
- B$262.55
- C$302.55
- D$312.55
Show the answer
Correct answer: A
Let x be the amount that Sheila needs to earn each week.
First, subtract 90 from both sides:
Last, divide both sides by 1.8:
Question analysis
Sheila starts the summer with $90 and saves 15% of what she earns each week, earning the same amount every week, and after 12 weeks she has $472.59. Students find her weekly earnings. They must write an equation that separates the starting balance from the savings and then work with a percent and long decimals.
- Grade level
- Grade 7 content, by NYS standard
- Compared with grade 7
- At grade 7 Writing and solving an equation of the form px + q = r from a word problem is core grade 7 work. Here the coefficient combines a percent with 12 weeks, and the decimals are long, which adds steps but no new idea.
- Estimated difficulty
- Moderate: several steps, or a close reading with one strong distractor.
- Thinking it demands
- Depth of knowledge 2, skills and concepts · mainly apply
- What makes it hard
- Turning words into math moderate
- Error-prone arithmetic moderate
- Many steps minor
- Solution
- 3 steps
- Reading level
- Question and choices: about grade 4, 48 words.
- Students, last 30 days
- Not enough answers yet to show (it takes 10).
Why it is hard, traps and wrong answers (shows the answer)
Why it is hard
The story has three layers, a starting balance, a weekly saving rate and a 12-week total, and the unknown sits under the percent. Students lose the point by forgetting the $90 was already there, or by moving it the wrong way. Testing a choice is a dependable alternative: 15% of $212.55 is about $31.88, and 12 of those plus $90 gives $472.59.
Turning words into math moderate Understanding the question
The total of $472.59 includes the $90.00 she started with, and only 15% of each week's pay is saved, so the equation is 90 + 12 × 0.15x = 472.59. (Hegarty, Mayer & Monk, 1995; Koedinger & Nathan, 2004)
Error-prone arithmetic moderate Working it out
Dividing $382.59 by 1.8 by hand means shifting the decimal point to get 3,825.9 ÷ 18, which comes out to exactly $212.55 only if every digit is placed correctly. (Brown & Burton, 1978; Junker & Sijtsma, 2001)
Many steps minor Working it out
Subtract the $90, then divide by 12 weeks and by 0.15, or by their product 1.8; doing the division before the subtraction gives a listed choice. (Daniel & Embretson, 2010; Enright, Morley & Sheehan, 2002)
Strategy: Subtract the starting $90 from the final total, then divide by 12 weeks and by 0.15, or test each choice by taking 15% of it, multiplying by 12 and adding $90.
Traps
- Misreads the question: Misses or misreads a condition or a word in the question: "at least", "each", "remaining", "not".
- Wrong operation: Adds instead of multiplying, divides the wrong way round, turns a ratio or rate upside down, or undoes a step in the wrong direction (subtracts what should be added back).
The wrong answers, classified
B Misreads the question (Hegarty, Mayer & Monk, 1995)
Overlooks the $90 she started with, treating the whole $472.59 as savings from earnings, and divides it by 1.8 to get $262.55.
C Little reason to choose it (Haladyna & Downing, 1993; Rodriguez, 2005)
No setup of the savings gives $302.55, the right weekly pay plus the $90 starting balance, a sum with no meaning here, so it mostly catches guesses.
D Wrong operation (Hegarty, Mayer & Monk, 1995; King et al., 2004)
Adds the $90 to $472.59 instead of subtracting it, so the savings from earnings look like $562.59, and dividing by 1.8 gives $312.55.
Worked solution, step by step
Formulas used
- Percent of a number
- p is the percent. The whole is the amount you take the percent of. The part is the result. Percent means out of 100. So 15% is 15 out of every 100, or 0.15.
- Savings over time
- The start is the money she had at the beginning. Weekly savings is what she adds each week. Weeks is how many weeks pass. Each week adds the same amount, so multiply. Then add what she started with.
Sort out the question
Sheila starts with $90.00. Each week she earns the same amount and saves 15% of it. After 12 weeks she has $472.59 in all. That total includes the $90 she started with. You need how much she earns each week, not how much she saves.
Write an equation
Call her weekly earnings x. She saves 15% of x each week. That is .
Take away the starting $90
Only the money added during the 12 weeks came from her pay. Subtract 90 from both sides.
She saved $382.59 from her pay. Watch out: subtract the $90, don’t add it. Adding leads to $312.55, choice D. Forgetting the $90 leads to $262.55, choice B.
Combine the numbers next to x
Each week she saves 0.15 of one week’s pay. Over 12 weeks, that adds up to 1.8 times one week’s pay.
Divide by 1.8
Divide both sides by 1.8. First move the decimal point one place right in both numbers. Then you divide by the whole number 18.
Sheila earns $212.55 each week. So the answer is A, $212.55.
Check your answer
Work forward. 12 weeks of saving 15% is 1.8 weeks of pay: . Add the $90 she started with: . That is the total in the question.
More questions like this
The original DOE question

Question 100 of 120
2023 Test A Math, question 19Question
For what value of x is the proportion shown above true?
- A27
- B25
- C16
- D13
Show the answer
Correct answer: B
Write the ratios in fraction form and solve for x:
| Cross multiply. | |
| Apply the multiplicative inverse property; divide both sides by 28. | |
Question analysis
This question gives the proportion x:35 = 20:28 and asks for the value of x that makes it true. Students use equivalent ratios or cross-multiplication. The trap is reasoning by adding or subtracting the difference between terms rather than multiplying, which gives numbers that look reasonable but break the ratio.
- Grade level
- Grade 6 content, by NYS standard
- Compared with grade 7
- Below grade 7 Finding a missing term in a proportion is grade 6 ratio reasoning, and here the given ratio simplifies to small numbers. It is easier than typical grade 7 proportional reasoning, which usually involves fractions or a real context.
- Estimated difficulty
- Routine: one familiar step, little to misread.
- Thinking it demands
- Depth of knowledge 1, recall and reproduction · mainly apply
- What makes it hard
- Error-prone arithmetic minor
- A very close wrong answer minor
- Solution
- 2 steps
- Reading level
- Question and choices: about grade 5, 12 words.
- Students, last 30 days
- Not enough answers yet to show (it takes 10).
Why it is hard, traps and wrong answers (shows the answer)
Why it is hard
This is a single proportion with whole numbers, and the only real trap is reasoning by differences instead of by a common factor. Since 35 is 7 more than 28, adding or subtracting 7 to 20 is tempting, but equal ratios scale; they do not shift. Reducing 20:28 to 5:7 shows at once that the scale factor to 35 is 5.
Error-prone arithmetic minor Working it out
Cross-multiplying gives 28x = 700, and 700 ÷ 28 is not a table fact; simplifying 20:28 to 5:7 first turns it into 5 × 5. (Brown & Burton, 1978; Junker & Sijtsma, 2001)
A very close wrong answer minor Choosing the answer
27 is only 2 more than 25, so a rough sense that x is a little more than 20 fits both; only the exact scale factor, 35/28 = 5/4, separates them. (Embretson & Wetzel, 1987; Gorin & Embretson, 2006; Ascalon et al., 2007)
Strategy: Simplify 20:28 to lowest terms first, then scale it up so its second term becomes 35, or cross-multiply and divide by 28.
Traps
- Misunderstands the concept: A wrong belief about a concept: that percents can be added, that area grows like length, that averages can be averaged, that a bigger denominator means a bigger fraction.
- Wrong operation: Adds instead of multiplying, divides the wrong way round, turns a ratio or rate upside down, or undoes a step in the wrong direction (subtracts what should be added back).
The wrong answers, classified
A Misunderstands the concept (Smith, diSessa & Roschelle, 1993; De Bock et al., 1998; Ni & Zhou, 2005)
Reasons with differences: since 35 is 7 more than 28, adds 7 to 20, keeping the gap between the terms instead of their ratio.
C Wrong operation (Hegarty, Mayer & Monk, 1995; King et al., 2004)
Scales 20 by 28/35 instead of 35/28, so 20 × 28 ÷ 35 = 16, which turns the ratio of the second terms upside down.
D Misunderstands the concept (Smith, diSessa & Roschelle, 1993; De Bock et al., 1998; Ni & Zhou, 2005)
Reasons with differences and also goes the wrong way, subtracting 7 from 20, though x must exceed 20 because 35 exceeds 28.
Worked solution, step by step
Formulas used
- Ratio as a fraction
- a:b is a ratio, read a to b. It compares two amounts by division. You can write it as the fraction a over b. Two equal ratios make a proportion.
- Equivalent fractions
- a over b is a fraction, and k is any number except 0. Multiplying or dividing the top and the bottom by the same number gives an equal fraction.
Sort out the question
is a proportion. A proportion says two ratios are equal. A ratio compares two numbers, like 20 to 28. You need the value of x that makes the two ratios equal.
Write the ratios as fractions
Write each ratio as a fraction. The first number of the ratio goes on top. The second goes on the bottom.
Simplify the known fraction
20 and 28 both divide by 4. Smaller numbers are easier to work with.
So now .
Scale up so the bottom is 35
7 times 5 is 35. To keep the fraction equal, multiply the top by 5 too.
So x = 25. Watch out: a ratio is about multiplying, not adding. 35 is 7 more than 28, but adding 7 to 20 gives 27, choice A. Also, x must be more than 20, because 35 is more than 28. So 16 and 13 are too small. So the answer is B, 25.
Check your answer
Cross-multiply, as the test’s own explanation does. and . The two products are equal, so the ratios 25:35 and 20:28 are equal.
More questions like this
The original DOE question

Question 101 of 120
2023 Test A Math, question 20Question
- A−60
- B
- C
- D68
Show the answer
Correct answer: C
Question analysis
This arithmetic question asks for the value of a fraction whose numerator is the sum of the squares of 3, −8 and 2, and whose denominator is the square of 3 − 8 + 2. Students apply the order of operations with negative numbers. Squaring a negative number and adding inside parentheses before squaring are the points to watch.
- NYS standards
- Grade level
- Grade 7 content, by NYS standard
- Compared with grade 7
- At grade 7 Squaring negative numbers and simplifying with the order of operations is standard grade 7 practice. Here the fraction bar groups a numerator and a denominator that each involve a negative sign, but the work stays short.
- Estimated difficulty
- Straightforward: two steps or one careful reading.
- Thinking it demands
- Depth of knowledge 1, recall and reproduction · mainly apply
- What makes it hard
- Error-prone arithmetic moderate
- Many steps minor
- Solution
- 3 steps
- Reading level
- Question and choices: about grade 16+, 3 words.
- Students, last 30 days
- Not enough answers yet to show (it takes 10).
Why it is hard, traps and wrong answers (shows the answer)
Why it is hard
The expression is built so that signs decide everything: the top's 3², (−8)² and 2² are all positive, and so is the square of the bottom's −3. Students who keep a negative after squaring, or who cancel the 9 on top against the 9 below, reach the other choices. The result, 77/9, does not reduce, which can make careful students doubt a correct answer.
Error-prone arithmetic moderate Working it out
Two negatives sit inside squares: (−8)² must be +64, and the denominator's 3 − 8 + 2 = −3 must be squared to +9, so every term ends up positive. (Brown & Burton, 1978; Junker & Sijtsma, 2001)
Many steps minor Working it out
The numerator needs three squares and a sum, the denominator a sum and then a square, and the fraction bar groups each side, so neither part can be split or cancelled. (Daniel & Embretson, 2010; Enright, Morley & Sheehan, 2002)
Strategy: Simplify the top and the bottom separately: square each number in the numerator, add inside the parentheses before squaring in the denominator, then write the fraction in lowest terms.
Traps
- Order of operations: Working left to right, or distributing a minus sign wrongly, gives a choice.
- A faulty procedure: A systematic but wrong procedure: adding fractions straight across, applying an exponent to each term of a sum, dropping a sign when moving a term.
The wrong answers, classified
A Order of operations (Brown & Burton, 1978)
Squares as if the minus sat outside the parentheses, (−8)² as −64, and also cancels the 9 on top against the 9 below, leaving −64 + 4 = −60.
B Order of operations (Brown & Burton, 1978)
Squares as if the minus sat outside the parentheses, taking (−8)² as −64, so the top is 9 − 64 + 4 = −51 and −51/9 = −17/3.
D A faulty procedure (Brown & Burton, 1978; Tatsuoka, 1983)
Cancels the 9 in the numerator, 9 + 64 + 4, against the denominator's 9, leaving 64 + 4 = 68, though only a factor of the whole top can cancel.
Worked solution, step by step
Formulas used
- Square of a negative
- a is any number. To square means to multiply a number by itself. A negative times a negative is positive. So the square of a negative number is always positive.
- The fraction bar groups
- A fraction bar means divide. It also groups: work out the whole top and the whole bottom first, then divide. You can only cancel a number that multiplies the whole top, not one part of a sum.
Sort out the expression
The top, the numerator, is three squares added together. The bottom, the denominator, is a sum in parentheses that is then squared. To square means to multiply a number by itself. Work out the top and the bottom on their own. Then divide.
Work out the top
Square each number first. Then add.
Watch out: (−8)² is +64, not −64. The minus sign is inside the parentheses, so it is squared too. Using −64 makes the top −51 and gives , choice B.
Work out the bottom
Work inside the parentheses first. Add and subtract before you square.
The bottom is 9.
Divide and simplify
77 is 7 × 11 and 9 is 3 × 3. They share no factor, so the fraction is in lowest terms. Watch out: don’t cancel the 9 on top with the 9 below. That 9 is only one part of a sum. Canceling it leaves 64 + 4 = 68, choice D. So the answer is C, .
Check your answer
Every square is positive or zero. So the top and the bottom are both positive, and the answer must be positive. That rules out −60 and . Also, is about 8.6, which is far from 68.
More questions like this
The original DOE question

Question 102 of 120
2023 Test A Math, question 21Question
A soccer coach purchased 15 pairs of cleats for team members and spent a total of $805.95, including tax. If the tax rate is 8%, what is the price of each pair of cleats before tax?
- A$49.43
- B$49.75
- C$53.73
- D$58.03
Show the answer
Correct answer: B
Since the total cost of $805.95 includes an 8% tax, this means that the cost of 15 pairs of cleats before tax was multiplied by 1.08 to find the total cost of the cleats including the tax. So, first, use division to find the cost of the 15 pairs of cleats before tax:
Then, divide that quotient by 15 to find the price of 1 pair of cleats:
Question analysis
A soccer coach pays $805.95, tax included, for 15 pairs of cleats, and the tax rate is 8%. Students find the price of one pair before tax. The total already includes the tax, so students must work backward from a percent increase, and a common shortcut lands very close to the right price.
- Grade level
- Grade 7 content, by NYS standard
- Compared with grade 7
- Above grade 7 Typical grade 7 tax problems add tax to a price. This one works backward from a total that already includes the tax, a reverse percent step many students find unfamiliar, and then shares the cost among 15 pairs.
- Estimated difficulty
- Hard: combines ideas, needs a plan, and has more than one tempting wrong answer.
- Thinking it demands
- Depth of knowledge 2, skills and concepts · mainly apply
- What makes it hard
- Turning words into math moderate
- A very close wrong answer moderate
- Error-prone arithmetic moderate
- Solution
- 2 steps
- Reading level
- Question and choices: about grade 5, 33 words.
- Corrected from the DOE handbook
- A repeated word in the question was corrected.
- Students, last 30 days
- Not enough answers yet to show (it takes 10).
Why it is hard, traps and wrong answers (shows the answer)
Why it is hard
Removing a tax is harder than adding one, because the 8% was taken of an amount the problem never states. Taking 8% off the $805.95 total feels natural and lands within 32 cents of the answer, which is why this question is hard. A quick check exposes it: 15 pairs at $49.75 cost $746.25, and adding 8% of that gives exactly $805.95.
Turning words into math moderate Understanding the question
The phrase "spent a total of $805.95, including tax" makes $805.95 equal to 108% of the pre-tax cost, so the tax is removed by dividing by 1.08, not by taking 8% off. (Hegarty, Mayer & Monk, 1995; Koedinger & Nathan, 2004)
A very close wrong answer moderate Choosing the answer
$49.43 and $49.75 are 32 cents apart, and taking 8% off the total lands on the lower one; no estimate separates them, only dividing by 1.08. (Embretson & Wetzel, 1987; Gorin & Embretson, 2006; Ascalon et al., 2007)
Error-prone arithmetic moderate Working it out
805.95 ÷ 1.08 = 746.25 and 746.25 ÷ 15 = 49.75 are long decimal divisions by hand; dividing by 15 first, to 53.73, and then by 1.08 is no easier. (Brown & Burton, 1978; Junker & Sijtsma, 2001)
Strategy: Treat the total as 108% of the pre-tax cost: divide $805.95 by 1.08, then divide by 15 pairs, and check by adding 8% back.
Traps
- Percent of the wrong amount: Finding the whole from a part, or a percent change measured from the wrong starting amount.
- Answers a different question: A choice is right for another quantity: the other unknown, the rest instead of the part, the part instead of the whole.
- Wrong operation: Adds instead of multiplying, divides the wrong way round, turns a ratio or rate upside down, or undoes a step in the wrong direction (subtracts what should be added back).
The wrong answers, classified
A Percent of the wrong amount (Parker & Leinhardt, 1995)
Takes 8% of the $805.95 total and subtracts it, 805.95 × 0.92 ÷ 15 ≈ $49.43, though the tax was 8% of the smaller pre-tax cost.
C Answers a different question (King et al., 2004; Hegarty, Mayer & Monk, 1995)
Divides the $805.95 total by 15 pairs without removing the tax, which gives the price of a pair with tax rather than before it.
D Wrong operation (Hegarty, Mayer & Monk, 1995; King et al., 2004)
Divides the total by 15 and then multiplies by 1.08 instead of dividing, adding the tax a second time: 53.73 × 1.08 ≈ $58.03.
What was corrected from the DOE handbook, and why
- Stem: The handbook’s question reads “what is the the price of each pair of cleats before tax?”, with “the” printed twice (p. 80, question 78). The site now reads “what is the price of each pair of cleats before tax?”
Worked solution, step by step
Formulas used
- Price with tax
- The price is the cost before tax. t is the tax rate, a percent. Tax is extra money added on top. You pay the whole price, 100%, plus t percent more. So for 8% tax you multiply by 1.08.
- Undoing a multiplication
- a is the unknown, b is the number it was multiplied by, and c is the result. Dividing by b undoes multiplying by b. Use it to work backward to the amount before tax.
Sort out the question
The coach bought 15 pairs of cleats, which are sports shoes. He paid $805.95 in all, and that includes 8% tax. Tax is extra money added to the price. You need the price of one pair before tax.
Write the total with tax
The tax is 8% of the cost before tax. So the coach paid 100% + 8% = 108% of that cost. 108% is 1.08. Call the pre-tax cost of all 15 pairs c.
Divide to remove the tax
To undo multiplying by 1.08, divide by 1.08. Move both decimal points two places right first.
All 15 pairs cost $746.25 before tax. Watch out: don’t take 8% of $805.95 and subtract it. The tax was 8% of the smaller pre-tax cost. That way leads to $49.43, choice A.
Find the price of one pair
All 15 pairs cost the same, so share the cost equally.
Watch out: dividing $805.95 by 15 without removing the tax gives $53.73, choice C. That price still includes the tax. So the answer is B, $49.75.
Check your answer
Work forward. 15 pairs at $49.75 cost dollars. The tax is dollars. Then , the total in the question.
More questions like this
The original DOE question

Question 103 of 120
2023 Test A Math, question 23Question
If a person chooses a number at random from the set above, what is the probability that the number is less than 0.005?
- A
- B
- C
- D
Show the answer
Correct answer: C
Three of the five numbers listed (0.001, 0.0001, and 0.00001) are less than 0.005. So, the probability of a person selecting a number less than 0.005 is .
Question analysis
A set holds five decimals, from one tenth down to one hundred-thousandth, and one number is chosen at random. Students find the probability that the number is less than 0.005. Comparing decimals with many zeros is the real task here, along with putting the count over the right total.
- Grade level
- Grade 6 content, by NYS standard
- Compared with grade 7
- Below grade 7 Probability with equally likely outcomes is grade 6 content in New York, and this needs one comparison per number and one fraction. The only real demand is comparing decimals with many zeros correctly.
- Estimated difficulty
- Straightforward: two steps or one careful reading.
- Thinking it demands
- Depth of knowledge 2, skills and concepts · mainly apply
- What makes it hard
- Error-prone arithmetic moderate
- Something you must already know minor
- Solution
- 2 steps
- Reading level
- Question and choices: about grade 6, 27 words.
- Students, last 30 days
- Not enough answers yet to show (it takes 10).
Why it is hard, traps and wrong answers (shows the answer)
Why it is hard
Each number in the set is a tenth of the one before, so only the three smallest fall below 0.005, which lies between 0.01 and 0.001. Students lose the point either by counting the numbers above 0.005 instead of below it or by writing the count over the wrong total. Lining the decimals up with the same number of places makes every comparison easy.
Error-prone arithmetic moderate Working it out
0.005 has to be compared with decimals from 0.1 down to 0.00001; written to five places, 0.00500 against 0.01000 and 0.00100, the order becomes a comparison of whole numbers. (Brown & Burton, 1978; Junker & Sijtsma, 2001)
Something you must already know minor Working it out
The probability is the count of numbers below 0.005 over all 5 numbers in the set; the stem leaves that part-to-whole rule to the student. (Anderson & Krathwohl, 2001)
Strategy: Write each number with five decimal places, compare it with 0.00500, count those that are smaller, and divide by the five numbers in the set.
Traps
- Answers a different question: A choice is right for another quantity: the other unknown, the rest instead of the part, the part instead of the whole.
- Misunderstands the concept: A wrong belief about a concept: that percents can be added, that area grows like length, that averages can be averaged, that a bigger denominator means a bigger fraction.
The wrong answers, classified
A Answers a different question (King et al., 2004; Hegarty, Mayer & Monk, 1995)
Gives 1/5, the chance of picking any one particular number from the set, without counting how many of the five are below 0.005.
B Answers a different question (King et al., 2004; Hegarty, Mayer & Monk, 1995)
Counts the 2 numbers greater than 0.005, 0.1 and 0.01, instead of those less than it, finding the chance of the opposite event.
D Misunderstands the concept (Smith, diSessa & Roschelle, 1993; De Bock et al., 1998; Ni & Zhou, 2005)
Writes a part-to-part ratio, the 2 numbers above 0.005 over the 3 below it, instead of dividing by all 5 numbers in the set.
Worked solution, step by step
Formulas used
- Probability
- P is the probability, the chance that something happens. Possible results are all the results that are equally likely. Wanted results are the ones you are looking for. The chance is the fraction of all the results that you want.
- Adding zeros to a decimal
- Zeros added to the right end of a decimal don’t change its value. One tenth is the same as ten hundredths. Giving every number the same number of decimal places lets you compare them like whole numbers.
Sort out the question
The set has five numbers. A person picks one at random, so each number has the same chance. You need the probability, or chance, that the number picked is less than 0.005.
Give every number five decimal places
Decimals are easier to compare with the same number of places. Add zeros to the end of each.
Number With five places 0.1 0.10000 0.01 0.01000 0.001 0.00100 0.0001 0.00010 0.00001 0.00001 0.005 0.00500 Count the numbers below 0.005
Compare each number with 0.00500 like whole numbers: 10000, 1000, 100, 10 and 1 against 500. Two numbers are bigger: 0.1 and 0.01. Three are smaller: 0.001, 0.0001 and 0.00001. Watch out: 0.01 has fewer digits than 0.005, but it is bigger. Counting the 2 bigger numbers gives , choice B.
Write the probability
Watch out: divide by all 5 numbers in the set. Comparing the 2 bigger numbers with the 3 smaller ones gives , choice D. So the answer is C, .
Check your answer
The numbers below 0.005 and the numbers above it make up the whole set: 3 + 2 = 5. So the two chances, and , add up to 1, as they should.
More questions like this
The original DOE question

Question 104 of 120
2023 Test A Math, question 26Question
Which statement must be true if x is a whole number greater than or equal to 1?
- A
- B
- C
- D
Show the answer
Correct answer: A
Let , and substitute that value for x in each inequality to determine which one is correct:
Option A:
. This is true.
Option B:
. This is false.
Option C:
, or . This is false.
Option D:
, or . This is false.
Option A is the only true inequality.
Question analysis
This question asks which of four inequalities must be true when x is a whole number of at least 1. The inequalities compare fractions with denominators x + 1 and x + 2, or their difference. Students reason about how the size of a fraction changes as its denominator grows, and must be sure a statement holds for every allowed value.
- Grade level
- Grade 6 content, by NYS standard
- Compared with grade 7
- At grade 7 Comparing fractions is familiar, but these fractions have variable denominators and the question asks what must be true for every whole number from 1 up. That abstraction makes it as demanding as typical grade 7 work, though the arithmetic is light.
- Estimated difficulty
- Moderate: several steps, or a close reading with one strong distractor.
- Thinking it demands
- Depth of knowledge 2, skills and concepts · mainly analyze
- What makes it hard
- Variables instead of numbers moderate
- Every choice must be checked moderate
- Error-prone arithmetic minor
- Solution
- 2 steps
- Reading level
- Question and choices: about grade 6, 20 words.
- Students, last 30 days
- Not enough answers yet to show (it takes 10).
Why it is hard, traps and wrong answers (shows the answer)
Why it is hard
Choosing a small value, such as x = 1 or 2, and testing every statement settles this quickly, because three of the four fail for any value tried. The trap is the belief that a bigger denominator makes a bigger fraction, which turns the true comparison around. Students unsure of fraction subtraction lose time on the two difference statements, though both differences are tiny, never more than 1/6.
Variables instead of numbers moderate Understanding the question
All four statements are about the unknown x, and the bold must means each has to hold for every whole number from 1 up, not just for a single test value. (Koedinger & Nathan, 2004; Enright, Morley & Sheehan, 2002)
Every choice must be checked moderate Choosing the answer
The statements are four separate inequalities, two comparisons and two differences, so each has to be tested; one counterexample is enough to rule a statement out. (Embretson & Wetzel, 1987)
Error-prone arithmetic minor Working it out
Testing the differences means subtracting unlike fractions, such as 1/3 − 1/4 = 1/12 when x = 2, and comparing the result with 1 and with 1/x. (Brown & Burton, 1978; Junker & Sijtsma, 2001)
Strategy: Substitute a small whole number such as 1 or 2 for x in all four statements, rule out any that fail, and confirm the survivor by thinking about larger denominators.
Traps
- Misunderstands the concept: A wrong belief about a concept: that percents can be added, that area grows like length, that averages can be averaged, that a bigger denominator means a bigger fraction.
- A faulty procedure: A systematic but wrong procedure: adding fractions straight across, applying an exponent to each term of a sum, dropping a sign when moving a term.
The wrong answers, classified
B Misunderstands the concept (Smith, diSessa & Roschelle, 1993; De Bock et al., 1998; Ni & Zhou, 2005)
Believes a bigger denominator makes a bigger fraction, so 1/(x + 2) seems larger than 1/(x + 1), the comparison turned around.
C Little reason to choose it (Haladyna & Downing, 1993; Rodriguez, 2005)
Both fractions are at most 1/2, so their difference can never exceed 1, and no common working makes it do so; this choice mostly draws guesses.
D A faulty procedure (Brown & Burton, 1978; Tatsuoka, 1983)
Subtracts over a common denominator but keeps only the numerator, (x + 2) − (x + 1) = 1, so the difference looks like 1, larger than 1/x once x is 2.
Worked solution, step by step
Formulas used
- Comparing unit fractions
- a and b are positive numbers, and b is bigger. One over a means one whole cut into a equal pieces. Cutting the same whole into more pieces makes each piece smaller. So the fraction with the bigger bottom is smaller.
- Subtracting fractions
- a and b are the bottoms of the two fractions. Rewrite both fractions over the common bottom a × b. Then subtract the tops. The bottom stays a × b.
Sort out the question
x is a whole number that is 1 or more, so x can be 1, 2, 3 and so on. You need the statement that must be true. That means it is true for every such x. One x that makes a statement false rules it out.
Test x = 1 in each statement
With x = 1, x + 1 is 2 and x + 2 is 3.
- A: . True.
- B: . False.
- C: , which is not more than 1. False.
- D: is not more than . False.
Only A is true when x = 1. So B, C and D are out.
Make sure A is always true
Must means A has to work for every x, not just 1. In and , both tops are 1. The bottom x + 2 is always 1 more than x + 1. Cutting a whole into more pieces makes each piece smaller. So A is always true. Watch out: a bigger bottom makes a smaller fraction, not a bigger one. Thinking the other way gives choice B.
See why C and D always fail
Use the subtracting rule with a = x + 1 and b = x + 2.
The bottom is at least 2 × 3 = 6, so the difference is at most . That is less than 1. Its bottom is also bigger than x, so it is less than . Watch out: keep the bottom when you subtract. Keeping only the top, 1, leads to choice D. So the answer is A.
Check your answer
Try a bigger number, x = 9. A tenth of a pizza is more than an eleventh, so . The difference, , is tiny. It is less than 1 and less than . A still holds, and C and D still fail.
More questions like this
The original DOE question

Question 105 of 120
2023 Test A Math, question 28Question
It took Lars 2 hours to ride his bicycle 48 kilometers. What was his average speed in miles per hour? (Use the approximation 1 mile = 1.6 kilometers.)
- A1.5
- B15.0
- C30.0
- D38.4
Show the answer
Correct answer: B
First, calculate Lars’s average speed in kilometers per hour:
Then, convert kilometers to miles:
| Cross multiply. | |
| Apply the multiplicative inverse property; divide both sides of the equation by 1.6. | |
Question analysis
Lars rides 48 kilometers in 2 hours, and this rate question asks for his average speed in miles per hour, using 1 mile = 1.6 kilometers. Students find a unit rate and convert it to other units. Deciding whether to multiply or divide by 1.6, and remembering the 2 hours, are where students go wrong.
- Grade level
- Grade 6 content, by NYS standard
- Compared with grade 7
- Below grade 7 Finding a speed and converting units with a given rate are grade 6 ratio skills. The question takes two short steps with friendly numbers, lighter than typical grade 7 rate problems with fractional quantities.
- Estimated difficulty
- Straightforward: two steps or one careful reading.
- Thinking it demands
- Depth of knowledge 2, skills and concepts · mainly apply
- What makes it hard
- Combines ideas minor
- Error-prone arithmetic minor
- Solution
- 2 steps
- Reading level
- Question and choices: about grade 7, 23 words.
- Students, last 30 days
- Not enough answers yet to show (it takes 10).
Why it is hard, traps and wrong answers (shows the answer)
Why it is hard
The question tests the direction of a conversion more than the arithmetic. A mile is longer than a kilometer, so a distance has fewer miles than kilometers, and multiplying by 1.6 runs the conversion backward. The other trap is converting the 48 kilometers to 30 miles and forgetting that the ride took 2 hours, which gives a distance instead of a speed.
Combines ideas minor Working it out
A rate and a unit conversion are combined: 48 ÷ 2 = 24 kilometers per hour, then 24 ÷ 1.6 = 15 miles per hour, and the two steps can come in either order. (Embretson, 1998; Daniel & Embretson, 2010)
Error-prone arithmetic minor Working it out
Dividing by 1.6 means dividing 240 by 16; a decimal point in the wrong place makes the speed ten times too small, and that value is offered. (Brown & Burton, 1978; Junker & Sijtsma, 2001)
Strategy: Find the speed in kilometers per hour first, then divide by 1.6, since a mile is longer than a kilometer and the number of miles must be smaller.
Traps
- Wrong operation: Adds instead of multiplying, divides the wrong way round, turns a ratio or rate upside down, or undoes a step in the wrong direction (subtracts what should be added back).
- Stops one step early: A choice is a number from partway through the solution.
- An arithmetic slip: The right method with a plausible arithmetic error: a digit, a place value or a times-table fact.
The wrong answers, classified
A An arithmetic slip (Junker & Sijtsma, 2001)
Divides 24 by 16 instead of 1.6, a decimal point in the wrong place that makes the speed ten times too small, 1.5.
C Stops one step early (King et al., 2004; Gierl et al., 2017)
Converts the 48 kilometers to 30 miles correctly and stops, forgetting to divide by the 2 hours, so it gives a distance rather than a speed.
D Wrong operation (Hegarty, Mayer & Monk, 1995; King et al., 2004)
Multiplies 24 kilometers per hour by 1.6 instead of dividing, converting in the wrong direction and getting more miles than kilometers.
Worked solution, step by step
Formulas used
- Average speed
- Distance is how far you go. Time is how long it takes. Speed is how far you go in each unit of time, such as each hour. Average speed shares the whole trip out evenly over the time.
- Kilometers to miles
- A kilometer is a unit of length used in most countries. 1 mile is about 1.6 kilometers, so a mile is longer. To find how many miles, find how many groups of 1.6 kilometers fit. So divide by 1.6.
Sort out the question
Lars rode 48 kilometers in 2 hours. You need his average speed in miles per hour. That means miles, not kilometers. Use the fact that 1 mile is about 1.6 kilometers.
Find the speed in kilometers per hour
Divide the distance by the time.
Lars went 24 kilometers each hour. This speed is still in kilometers, so you are not done yet.
Change kilometers to miles
Divide by 1.6. To make it easier, multiply both numbers by 10 first. Then you divide by the whole number 16.
Watch out: divide by 1.6, don’t multiply. A mile is longer, so there are fewer miles than kilometers. is choice D. Dividing 24 by 16 gives 1.5, choice A, with the decimal point in the wrong place.
Name the answer
Lars rode 15 miles each hour. Watch out: changing 48 kilometers to 30 miles is only part of the work. 30 is a distance, choice C. You still have to divide by the 2 hours. So the answer is B, 15.0 miles per hour.
Check your answer
Work backward. At 15 miles per hour for 2 hours, Lars rides 30 miles. And kilometers, the distance in the question. Also, 15 is smaller than 24, as it should be, since miles are longer than kilometers.
More questions like this
The original DOE question

Question 106 of 120
2023 Test A Math, question 33Question
If and , what is the value of ?
- A−9
- B−1
- C1
- D9
Show the answer
Correct answer: A
Question analysis
This algebra question gives m = 5 and t = −1 and asks for the value of a fraction whose numerator and denominator both contain parentheses. Students substitute the values and follow the order of operations. Subtracting a negative number and multiplying by a negative difference make sign mistakes likely, and the four choices differ only in sign and size.
- NYS standards
- Grade level
- Grade 7 content, by NYS standard
- Compared with grade 7
- At grade 7 Substituting values into expressions with negative numbers is everyday grade 7 work. This fraction has a numerator and a denominator to evaluate separately, with a minus sign before a negative and a negative difference, so it is a longer version of a standard exercise.
- Estimated difficulty
- Moderate: several steps, or a close reading with one strong distractor.
- Thinking it demands
- Depth of knowledge 1, recall and reproduction · mainly apply
- What makes it hard
- Error-prone arithmetic moderate
- Many steps minor
- A very close wrong answer minor
- Solution
- 4 steps
- Reading level
- Question and choices: about grade 8, 10 words.
- Students, last 30 days
- Not enough answers yet to show (it takes 10).
Why it is hard, traps and wrong answers (shows the answer)
Why it is hard
This is a plain evaluation with no story, and every point is lost on signs. Subtracting the negative t, then handling the two negative intermediate results, each invite a dropped minus, and the four choices are built so that each such slip lands on a listed value. Writing −1 in parentheses when substituting, and finishing the top and the bottom before dividing, keeps the signs in view.
Error-prone arithmetic moderate Working it out
The value t = −1 sits inside 2 − t, so the numerator needs 2 − (−1) = 3, and the work then passes through two negatives, 6 − 24 = −18 and 3 − 5 = −2. (Brown & Burton, 1978; Junker & Sijtsma, 2001)
Many steps minor Working it out
The numerator and the denominator each take a substitution, a parenthesis, a product and a sum, worked separately before one final division, so a slip in either half changes the result. (Daniel & Embretson, 2010; Enright, Morley & Sheehan, 2002)
A very close wrong answer minor Choosing the answer
The choices pair each size with each sign, −9 with 9 and −1 with 1, so getting 18 and 2 right still leaves the sign to decide between two choices. (Embretson & Wetzel, 1987; Gorin & Embretson, 2006; Ascalon et al., 2007)
Strategy: Substitute with parentheses around −1, simplify the numerator and the denominator separately, innermost parentheses first, and divide only at the end, checking each sign as you go.
Traps
- Negatives and direction: Arithmetic with negative numbers, the order of a subtraction, or direction on a number line. (Moving a term across the equals sign without changing its sign is a faulty procedure.)
The wrong answers, classified
B Negatives and direction (Brown & Burton, 1978)
Treats 2 − (−1) as 1 instead of 3, so the numerator becomes 6 − 8 = −2 and the fraction −2 over 2 equals −1.
C Negatives and direction (Brown & Burton, 1978)
Takes 6 − 24 as 18 and 3 − 5 as 2, subtracting the smaller number from the larger both times, so the fraction is 18 over 10 + 8 = 18, which is 1.
D Negatives and direction (Brown & Burton, 1978)
Gets every step right except 6 − 24, which it writes as 18 instead of −18, so the quotient 18 ÷ 2 comes out positive.
Worked solution, step by step
Formulas used
- Subtracting a negative number
- a and b are numbers. Taking away a negative number is the same as adding the positive number. Think of a debt of 1 dollar being taken away: you are 1 dollar better off.
- Dividing a negative by a positive
- a and b are positive numbers. A negative number divided by a positive number gives a negative answer. The answer is positive only when both signs are the same.
Sort out the question
You know m = 5 and t = −1. You need the value of the big fraction. Work out the top, called the numerator, and the bottom, called the denominator, one at a time. Then divide the top by the bottom.
Put in the numbers
Put each number in parentheses, so the minus signs stay clear. Work inside the parentheses first, then multiply, then add or subtract.
Work out the top
The top is −18. It is negative because 24 is more than 6. Watch out: 2 − (−1) is 3, not 1. Using 1 makes the top −2 and the answer −1, choice B.
Work out the bottom
Here 3 − 5 = −2, because 5 is more than 3. Then 4 times −2 is −8. The bottom is 2.
Divide the top by the bottom
Watch out: if you lost the minus sign in 6 − 24, you would get 9, choice D. So the answer is A, −9.
Check your answer
Check the sign first. The top, 6 − 24, is clearly negative. The bottom, 10 − 8, is positive. Negative over positive is negative, so only −1 or −9 can work. Without the signs, the top is 18 and the bottom is 2, and 18 ÷ 2 = 9. So −9 fits.
More questions like this
The original DOE question

Question 107 of 120
2023 Test A Math, question 44Question
For what value of x is the equation true?
- A
- B
- C
- D
Show the answer
Correct answer: B
| Apply the distributive property; multiply the 3 by 4 and . | |
| Combine like terms. | |
| Apply the additive inverse property; add and 4 to both sides of the equation. | |
| Get a common denominator. | |
| Apply the multiplicative inverse property; multiply both sides of the equation by 5. | |
| Apply the multiplicative inverse property; divide both sides of the equation by 31. | |
Question analysis
This equation question asks for the value of x that makes x/5 − 4 = 3(4 − 2x) − 1 true. Students use the distributive property, collect variable terms on one side, and clear a fraction before solving. Each wrong choice matches a common slip with the parentheses or with the fraction, so careful bookkeeping matters more than speed.
- NYS standards
- Grade level
- Grade 8 content, by NYS standard
- Compared with grade 7
- Above grade 7 Grade 7 equations have the form px + q = r. This one has x on both sides, a fractional coefficient and a product to expand, which are grade 8 equation skills, and every wrong choice matches a plausible slip along the way.
- Estimated difficulty
- Hard: combines ideas, needs a plan, and has more than one tempting wrong answer.
- Thinking it demands
- Depth of knowledge 1, recall and reproduction · mainly apply
- What makes it hard
- Error-prone arithmetic moderate
- Many steps moderate
- A very close wrong answer minor
- Solution
- 5 steps
- Reading level
- Question and choices: about grade 8, 14 words.
- Students, last 30 days
- Not enough answers yet to show (it takes 10).
Why it is hard, traps and wrong answers (shows the answer)
Why it is hard
Every step is a routine move in solving a linear equation, but there are five of them and the fraction raises the cost of each. The listed wrong answers come from distributing the 3 to only one term, clearing the fraction from one term only, and stretching the parentheses over the −1. Substituting the result back is slow with a denominator of 31, so careful step-by-step work matters more than checking.
Error-prone arithmetic moderate Working it out
The term x/5 sits beside whole-number terms and a negative −6x, so clearing the fraction means multiplying every term by 5, and the answer is the unfriendly 75/31. (Brown & Burton, 1978; Junker & Sijtsma, 2001)
Many steps moderate Working it out
Five moves in a row, distributing the 3, combining 12 and −1, collecting the x terms, clearing the fifth and dividing by 31, each give a slip a place to enter. (Daniel & Embretson, 2010; Enright, Morley & Sheehan, 2002)
A very close wrong answer minor Choosing the answer
The fraction 75/11 shares its numerator with 75/31 and differs by one digit of the denominator, so only the coefficient of x, 6 1/5 rather than 2 1/5, separates them. (Embretson & Wetzel, 1987; Gorin & Embretson, 2006; Ascalon et al., 2007)
Strategy: Distribute the 3 to both terms in the parentheses, combine constants, collect the x terms on one side, then multiply every term by 5 to clear the fraction; check by substituting.
Traps
- A faulty procedure: A systematic but wrong procedure: adding fractions straight across, applying an exponent to each term of a sum, dropping a sign when moving a term.
- Order of operations: Working left to right, or distributing a minus sign wrongly, gives a choice.
The wrong answers, classified
A A faulty procedure (Brown & Burton, 1978; Tatsuoka, 1983)
Distributes the 3 only to the 4, writing 12 − 2x, so the equation becomes x/5 + 2x = 15 and then 11x = 75.
C A faulty procedure (Brown & Burton, 1978; Tatsuoka, 1983)
Multiplies only x/5 by 5 to clear the fraction, leaving 6x and 15 unchanged, so it solves x + 6x = 15 and gets 7x = 15.
D Order of operations (Brown & Burton, 1978)
Applies the 3 to the −1 as well, as if it sat inside the parentheses, so the right side becomes 9 − 6x and the constant 13 instead of 15.
Worked solution, step by step
Formulas used
- The distributive property
- a, b and c are numbers or terms. Multiplying a by a difference means multiplying a by each part. The number outside must reach every term inside the parentheses.
- Doing the same to both sides
- a and b are the two sides of an equation, and c is any number. An equation is like a balanced scale. Adding the same amount to both sides, or multiplying both sides by the same number, keeps it balanced.
Sort out the question
You need the value of x that makes both sides of the equation equal. The plan: clear the parentheses, gather the x terms on one side, and get rid of the fraction. Then divide.
Clear the parentheses
Watch out: the 3 multiplies both 4 and 2x. Writing 12 − 2x leads to , choice A. The −1 is outside the parentheses, so the 3 does not touch it.
Gather the x terms
Add 6x to both sides to move the x terms to the left. Add 4 to both sides to move the plain numbers to the right.
Clear the fraction
Multiply both sides by 5. Every term gets multiplied, not only the fraction.
Watch out: multiplying only the fraction by 5 gives x + 6x = 15. That leads to , choice C.
Divide by 31
75 and 31 share no factor except 1, so the fraction is already simplified. So the answer is B, .
Check your answer
Put back in. Then and . Write 4 as . The left side is . On the right, , and . Both sides match.
More questions like this
The original DOE question

Question 108 of 120
2023 Test A Math, question 47Question
Which percentage is closest in value to 0.0099?
- A0%
- B0.1%
- C1%
- D100%
Show the answer
Correct answer: C
Since 0.0099 is equal to 0.99%, the answer option closest to that value is 1%.
Question analysis
This percent question asks which of four percentages is closest in value to the decimal 0.0099. Students convert a small decimal to a percent by multiplying by 100, then compare it with choices that differ by factors of ten. Moving the decimal point the wrong number of places, or reading the digits 99 as a percent, leads to wrong answers.
- NYS standards
- 6.RP.3c percent as a rate per 100
- Grade level
- Grade 6 content, by NYS standard
- Compared with grade 7
- Below grade 7 Converting a decimal to a percent is grade 6 work. This decimal has two zeros before its first digit, so the point must move carefully, but it is a single conversion followed by picking the nearest choice, below typical grade 7 demand.
- Estimated difficulty
- Straightforward: two steps or one careful reading.
- Thinking it demands
- Depth of knowledge 1, recall and reproduction · mainly apply
- What makes it hard
- Solution
- 2 steps
- Reading level
- Question and choices: about grade 6, 7 words.
- Students, last 30 days
- Not enough answers yet to show (it takes 10).
Why it is hard, traps and wrong answers (shows the answer)
Why it is hard
One conversion answers the question, and the choices are spaced by powers of ten, so the work is all in the decimal places. A decimal this small looks like nothing, and students who forget to multiply by 100 see it as nearly 0%. Others move the point the wrong number of places or read the digits 99 as a percent. Seeing that 0.01 is exactly 1% puts 0.0099 just below it.
Error-prone arithmetic minor Working it out
The decimal 0.0099 has two zeros before its digits, so moving the point two places gives 0.99, and miscounting the places lands on 0.1% or 99%. (Brown & Burton, 1978; Junker & Sijtsma, 2001)
Something you must already know minor Working it out
Students must know that a percent is a number of hundredths, so 0.0099 is multiplied by 100 to become 0.99%, a rule the question takes for granted. (Anderson & Krathwohl, 2001)
Strategy: Multiply the decimal by 100 to write it as a percent, moving the point two places to the right, then choose the percent nearest to that value.
Traps
- Misunderstands the concept: A wrong belief about a concept: that percents can be added, that area grows like length, that averages can be averaged, that a bigger denominator means a bigger fraction.
- An arithmetic slip: The right method with a plausible arithmetic error: a digit, a place value or a times-table fact.
- Numbers taken from the question: Combines the numbers in the question without a model of the situation, or is simply a number that appears in the question.
The wrong answers, classified
A Misunderstands the concept (Smith, diSessa & Roschelle, 1993; De Bock et al., 1998; Ni & Zhou, 2005)
Reads 0.0099 as if it were already a percent, 0.0099%, which is nearest 0%, never multiplying by 100 to change the decimal into a percent.
B An arithmetic slip (Junker & Sijtsma, 2001)
Moves the decimal point one place instead of two, turning 0.0099 into about 0.1, and writes that as 0.1%, ten times too small.
D Numbers taken from the question (Hegarty, Mayer & Monk, 1995)
Sees the digits 99, thinks of 99 percent, and picks the nearest choice, ignoring the zeros that make 0.0099 less than one hundredth.
Worked solution, step by step
Formulas used
- Decimal to percent
- A percent is a number of hundredths. To change a decimal into a percent, multiply by 100. That moves the decimal point two places to the right. For example, 0.25 × 100 = 25, so 0.25 is 25%.
Sort out the question
The number 0.0099 is a decimal, but the choices are percents. To compare them, change 0.0099 into a percent first. Then find the choice nearest to it.
Change the decimal to a percent
So 0.0099 is 0.99%. The decimal point moved two places to the right. Watch out: 0.0099 is not already a percent. Reading it as 0.0099% points to 0%, choice A.
Find the nearest choice
Find how far 0.99% is from each choice.
Choice Distance from 0.99% A, 0% 0.99 B, 0.1% 0.89 C, 1% 0.01 D, 100% 99.01 Watch out: moving the point only one place gives about 0.1, choice B. So the answer is C, 1%.
Check your answer
Work the other way. 1% is 1 out of 100, or 0.01. And 0.0099 is just a tiny bit less than 0.0100. So 0.0099 is very close to 1%, just a little less.
More questions like this
The original DOE question

Question 109 of 120
2023 Test A Math, question 49Question

In the figure above, the shaded rectangle is similar to the outer rectangle. The length of the outer rectangle is 4 feet, and the perimeter of the outer rectangle is 14 feet. If the width of the shaded rectangle is 2 feet, what is the area of the shaded rectangle?
- A sq ft
- B6 sq ft
- C sq ft
- D12 sq ft
Show the answer
Correct answer: A
For the outer rectangle, the length is 4 feet and the perimeter is 14 feet. Write and solve an equation to find the width:
| Apply the additive inverse property; subtract 8 from both sides of the equation. | |
| Apply the multiplicative inverse property; divide both sides of the equation by 2. | |
Use that information in a proportion to find the length of the shaded rectangle:
| Cross multiply. | |
| Apply the multiplicative inverse property; divide both sides of the equation by 3. | |
Now find the area of the shaded rectangle:
Question analysis
This geometry question shows a shaded rectangle similar to an outer rectangle that is 4 feet long with a perimeter of 14 feet; the shaded rectangle is 2 feet wide. Students find the shaded area. They must find a missing side, match corresponding sides, and scale by a factor rather than a fixed amount, which makes it a multistep similar-figures problem.
- Grade level
- Grade 8 content, by NYS standard
- Compared with grade 7
- Above grade 7 Similar figures are grade 8 geometry, though grade 7 scale drawings use the same proportions. Students must first find a missing side from the perimeter, match corresponding sides, solve a proportion with a fractional result, and then find an area.
- Estimated difficulty
- Hard: combines ideas, needs a plan, and has more than one tempting wrong answer.
- Thinking it demands
- Depth of knowledge 2, skills and concepts · mainly apply
- What makes it hard
- Combines ideas moderate
- Reading a figure, table or graph minor
- Error-prone arithmetic minor
- Solution
- 4 steps
- Reading level
- Question and choices: about grade 5, 57 words.
- Students, last 30 days
- Not enough answers yet to show (it takes 10).
Why it is hard, traps and wrong answers (shows the answer)
Why it is hard
Each step is familiar, but the three together, perimeter to width, width to scale factor, and sides to area, demand a plan. The strongest pull is scaling by subtraction, shrinking each side by 1 foot because the width drops from 3 to 2, which gives a neat whole-number area. Others stop at the outer rectangle or add the sides instead of multiplying. Checking that 8/3 to 2 matches 4 to 3 confirms the shape is similar.
Combines ideas moderate Working it out
Perimeter, similarity and area are chained: 14 feet gives the outer width of 3 feet, the 2-foot side sets a scale factor of 2/3, and only then can the area be found. (Embretson, 1998; Daniel & Embretson, 2010)
Reading a figure, table or graph minor Understanding the question
The figure marks the shaded rectangle's 2-foot side running up and down and the outer 4-foot length along the bottom, so the 2 feet must be paired with the outer 3-foot side, which is not labeled. (Lesh, Post & Behr, 1987; Kirsch & Mosenthal, 1990)
Error-prone arithmetic minor Working it out
The scale factor 2/3 makes the shaded length 8/3 feet, and the area 2 × 8/3 = 16/3 has to be written as the mixed number 5 1/3. (Brown & Burton, 1978; Junker & Sijtsma, 2001)
Strategy: Use the perimeter to find the outer rectangle's width, match the shaded width of 2 feet to it, scale the 4-foot length by the same factor, then multiply length by width.
Traps
- Misunderstands the concept: A wrong belief about a concept: that percents can be added, that area grows like length, that averages can be averaged, that a bigger denominator means a bigger fraction.
- Wrong formula: Uses a related but wrong formula: perimeter for area, diameter for radius, area for volume, or a misremembered one.
- Answers a different question: A choice is right for another quantity: the other unknown, the rest instead of the part, the part instead of the whole.
The wrong answers, classified
B Misunderstands the concept (Smith, diSessa & Roschelle, 1993; De Bock et al., 1998; Ni & Zhou, 2005)
Shrinks each side by the same amount instead of the same factor: the width drops by 1 foot, from 3 to 2, so the length drops from 4 to 3, giving 6.
C Wrong formula (King et al., 2004)
Finds the shaded sides, 2 and 8/3 feet, correctly but computes the perimeter, 2 × (2 + 8/3) = 28/3 = 9 1/3, instead of the area.
D Answers a different question (King et al., 2004; Hegarty, Mayer & Monk, 1995)
Finds the outer width of 3 feet and gives the outer rectangle's area, 4 × 3 = 12, instead of the smaller shaded one.
Worked solution, step by step
Formulas used
- Perimeter of a rectangle
- P is the perimeter, the distance all the way around. l is the length and w is the width. A rectangle has two lengths and two widths, so you add each one twice.
- Scale factor of similar shapes
- Similar shapes have the same shape but different sizes. Each side of the small shape equals its matching side on the large shape times one number, the scale factor. So one pair of matching sides tells you the scale factor.
- Area of a rectangle
- A is the area, the space inside. l is the length and w is the width. You multiply because the rectangle is made of rows of unit squares: w rows with l squares in each.
Sort out the question
The outer rectangle is 4 feet long, and its perimeter is 14 feet. The shaded rectangle is similar to it, so it has the same shape. The shaded rectangle’s width, its left side, is 2 feet. You need the shaded area, so you also need the shaded length.
Find the outer rectangle’s width
The outer rectangle is 3 feet wide. That is its up-and-down side.
Find the scale factor
The shaded width, 2 feet, matches the outer width, 3 feet.
Every shaded side is of the matching outer side. Watch out: similar shapes shrink by the same factor, not by the same number of feet. Taking 1 foot off each side gives 2 by 3, an area of 6, choice B.
Find the shaded length
Multiply the outer length, 4 feet, by the scale factor.
The shaded rectangle is feet long.
Find the shaded area
Watch out: 4 × 3 = 12 is the outer area, choice D. So the answer is A, sq ft.
Check your answer
Check the shape. For the outer rectangle, length ÷ width is . For the shaded one, it is . They match, so the shapes are similar. Also, square feet is less than the outer 12, as it should be.
More questions like this
The original DOE question

Question 110 of 120
2023 Test A Math, question 50Question
A rectangular concrete driveway is 30 feet long, 8 feet wide, and 6 inches thick. What is the volume of the concrete?
- A44 cu ft
- B48 cu ft
- C120 cu ft
- D240 cu ft
Show the answer
Correct answer: C
First convert 6 inches to 0.5 foot. Then, calculate the volume, in cubic feet:
Question analysis
This volume word problem describes a concrete driveway 30 feet long, 8 feet wide and 6 inches thick, and asks for the volume of the concrete in cubic feet. Students convert inches to feet and multiply three dimensions. Mixing units, or stopping at the area of the driveway's surface, is the main way to go wrong.
- Grade level
- Grade 6 content, by NYS standard
- Compared with grade 7
- Below grade 7 Volume of a rectangular prism with a fractional edge is grade 6 content. The only extra step is changing inches to feet before multiplying, so it is lighter than grade 7 volume work with composite or triangular prisms.
- Estimated difficulty
- Straightforward: two steps or one careful reading.
- Thinking it demands
- Depth of knowledge 2, skills and concepts · mainly apply
- What makes it hard
- Solution
- 2 steps
- Reading level
- Question and choices: about grade 2, 27 words.
- Students, last 30 days
- Not enough answers yet to show (it takes 10).
Why it is hard, traps and wrong answers (shows the answer)
Why it is hard
Volume of a box is familiar, so the question is decided by the mix of units: two dimensions in feet and one in inches. Multiplying the three numbers as printed gives 1,440, which is not a choice, and that should send students back to convert. The listed wrong answers instead come from leaving out the thickness or combining the numbers without the volume rule.
Something you must already know minor Working it out
The stem gives no formula and no conversion, so students must bring both the volume rule, length times width times height, and the 12 inches in a foot. (Anderson & Krathwohl, 2001)
Error-prone arithmetic minor Working it out
The thickness becomes the fraction 1/2 foot, so the product is 30 × 8 × 1/2, or, if the inches are kept, 1,440 divided by 12. (Brown & Burton, 1978; Junker & Sijtsma, 2001)
Strategy: Change 6 inches to a fraction of a foot first so that all three measurements share a unit, then multiply length, width and thickness.
Traps
- Stops one step early: A choice is a number from partway through the solution.
- Numbers taken from the question: Combines the numbers in the question without a model of the situation, or is simply a number that appears in the question.
The wrong answers, classified
A Numbers taken from the question (Hegarty, Mayer & Monk, 1995)
Adds the three numbers in the stem, 30 + 8 + 6 = 44, instead of multiplying the dimensions.
B Numbers taken from the question (Hegarty, Mayer & Monk, 1995)
Multiplies only the width and the thickness, 8 × 6 = 48, combining two of the stem's numbers and leaving out the 30-foot length.
D Stops one step early (King et al., 2004; Gierl et al., 2017)
Finds the area of the driveway's surface, 30 × 8 = 240, and stops before multiplying by the half-foot thickness.
Worked solution, step by step
Formulas used
- Inches to feet
- There are 12 inches in 1 foot. So to change inches into feet, divide the number of inches by 12.
- Volume of a rectangular box
- V is the volume, the space inside a box shape. l is the length, w is the width and h is the height, here the thickness. All three must use the same unit. The answer is in cubic units, such as cubic feet.
Sort out the question
The driveway is a flat box of concrete. It is 30 feet long, 8 feet wide and 6 inches thick. You need its volume, the space the concrete fills, in cubic feet. The thickness is in inches, so change it to feet first.
Change the thickness to feet
So 6 inches is half a foot. Now all three measures are in feet.
Multiply the three measures
The volume is 120 cubic feet. Watch out: 30 × 8 = 240 is only the area of the top surface, in square feet. Stopping there gives choice D. Adding 30 + 8 + 6 = 44 gives choice A.
So the answer is C, 120 cu ft.
Check your answer
Think of it another way. A slab 30 feet by 8 feet and a full foot thick would hold 240 cubic feet. This one is only half a foot thick, so it holds half as much, 120 cubic feet. Using 6 instead of one half would give 1,440, far too big.
More questions like this
The original DOE question

Question 111 of 120
2023 Test A Math, question 52Question
Vicente and Carla each ran 8 laps around a track. They started at the same time and place. If Vicente ran 1.5 times as fast as Carla, how many laps did Carla have left to finish when Vicente finished his 8th lap?
- A
- B
- C
- D
Show the answer
Correct answer: B
Vicente ran 1.5 times as fast as Carla, so that means for every lap Carla finished, Vicente finished 1.5 laps. Set up a proportion to calculate c, the number of laps Carla had completed when Vicente finished 8 laps:
| Cross multiply. | |
| Apply the multiplicative inverse property; divide both sides of the equation by 1.5. | |
So, the number of laps Carla still had to finish is .
Question analysis
This ratio word problem says Vicente and Carla each ran 8 laps, starting at the same time and place, and Vicente ran 1.5 times as fast. It asks how many laps Carla still had to run when Vicente finished. Students reason with a speed ratio and mixed numbers, and giving the laps run rather than the laps remaining is an easy slip.
- NYS standards
- Grade level
- Grade 7 content, by NYS standard
- Compared with grade 7
- Above grade 7 Grade 7 rate problems usually give a speed and a time. Here only the ratio of two speeds is given, so students must reason that distances run in the same time share that ratio, then work with a fractional number of laps.
- Estimated difficulty
- Hard: combines ideas, needs a plan, and has more than one tempting wrong answer.
- Thinking it demands
- Depth of knowledge 2, skills and concepts · mainly apply
- What makes it hard
- Turning words into math moderate
- Error-prone arithmetic moderate
- A very close wrong answer minor
- Solution
- 3 steps
- Reading level
- Question and choices: about grade 4, 44 words.
- Students, last 30 days
- Not enough answers yet to show (it takes 10).
Why it is hard, traps and wrong answers (shows the answer)
Why it is hard
No time is given, so students must reason that in equal time distance scales with speed, which turns the race into one division and one subtraction. Both steps hide a trap: the division by 1.5 leaves a remainder that is easy to misread, and subtracting a mixed number from 8 needs regrouping. The result of the first step, Carla's laps run, is itself a choice, so the question also rewards rereading what is asked.
Turning words into math moderate Understanding the question
The phrase “1.5 times as fast” has to become distances in the same time: while Vicente runs 8 laps, Carla runs 8 ÷ 1.5, not 8 − 1.5 or 8 × 1.5. (Hegarty, Mayer & Monk, 1995; Koedinger & Nathan, 2004)
Error-prone arithmetic moderate Working it out
Dividing 8 by 1.5 gives 16/3, or 5 1/3, a division by a decimal with a remainder, and 8 − 5 1/3 then needs a whole regrouped into thirds. (Brown & Burton, 1978; Junker & Sijtsma, 2001)
A very close wrong answer minor Choosing the answer
The choice 2 1/2 is only a sixth of a lap from 2 2/3, so a rough estimate of how far Carla trails cannot separate them; only the exact quotient does. (Embretson & Wetzel, 1987; Gorin & Embretson, 2006; Ascalon et al., 2007)
Strategy: In the same amount of time the faster runner covers 1.5 times the distance, so divide Vicente's laps by 1.5 to get Carla's, then subtract that from 8.
Traps
- Answers a different question: A choice is right for another quantity: the other unknown, the rest instead of the part, the part instead of the whole.
- A faulty procedure: A systematic but wrong procedure: adding fractions straight across, applying an exponent to each term of a sum, dropping a sign when moving a term.
The wrong answers, classified
A A faulty procedure (Brown & Burton, 1978; Tatsuoka, 1983)
Works 80 ÷ 15 as 5 remainder 5 and writes 5.5, turning the remainder into a decimal digit, so Carla seems to have run 5 1/2 laps and 2 1/2 remain.
C A faulty procedure (Brown & Burton, 1978; Tatsuoka, 1983)
Finds 5 1/3 correctly but subtracts it from 8 by taking 5 from 8 and keeping the 1/3, getting 3 1/3 instead of regrouping a whole.
D Answers a different question (King et al., 2004; Hegarty, Mayer & Monk, 1995)
Finds how many laps Carla had run when Vicente finished, 8 ÷ 1.5 = 5 1/3, and gives that instead of the laps she still had left.
Worked solution, step by step
Formulas used
- Distance, rate and time
- d is the distance, r is the rate or speed, and t is the time. When two runners run for the same time, the faster one goes farther by the same factor as the speed. So 1.5 times as fast means 1.5 times as far.
- Dividing by a fraction
- a is any number and m over n is a fraction. Dividing by a fraction is the same as multiplying by its reciprocal, the fraction flipped upside down.
Sort out the question
Vicente and Carla each run 8 laps, starting together. Vicente runs 1.5 times as fast as Carla. You need how many laps Carla still has to run when Vicente finishes. First find how far Carla has run at that moment.
Compare their distances
They have run for the same time. So Vicente’s distance is 1.5 times Carla’s. Let c be the laps Carla has run.
To find c, divide 8 by 1.5.
Divide 8 by 1.5
Write 1.5 as the fraction .
Carla has run laps. Watch out: that is how far she has run, not what is left. Stopping here gives choice D.
Find the laps she has left
Watch out: 8 − is not . You must break 1 whole into thirds first. Answering is choice C.
So the answer is B, laps.
Check your answer
Multiply back: . So when Carla has run laps, Vicente has run 8. And , her full race.
More questions like this
The original DOE question

Question 112 of 120
2023 Test A Math, question 54Question
A train travels 2,200 miles from Phoenix to New York City. The train covers the first 240 miles in 5 hours. If the train continues to travel at this rate, how many more hours will it take to reach New York City? Round your answer to the nearest whole hour.
- A46
- B45
- C43
- D41
Show the answer
Correct answer: D
First, find the speed of the train in miles per hour: .
The number of miles left to travel is .
To find the number of hours left, use the equation :
| Apply the multiplicative inverse property; divide both sides of the equation by 48. | |
That number rounded to the nearest whole hour is 41 hours.
Question analysis
This rate word problem describes a 2,200-mile train trip from Phoenix to New York City in which the first 240 miles take 5 hours, and asks how many more hours the rest will take, rounded to the nearest hour. Students find a unit rate and the remaining distance. The choices are close together, so the time for the whole trip is a tempting trap.
- Grade level
- Grade 6 content, by NYS standard
- Compared with grade 7
- At grade 7 Unit rates are grade 6 content, but this chains four steps: a speed, the distance left, a long division that does not come out even, and rounding. The word more must be read closely, which puts it at typical grade 7 demand.
- Estimated difficulty
- Moderate: several steps, or a close reading with one strong distractor.
- Thinking it demands
- Depth of knowledge 2, skills and concepts · mainly apply
- What makes it hard
- Many steps moderate
- Turning words into math minor
- Error-prone arithmetic minor
- Solution
- 4 steps
- Reading level
- Question and choices: about grade 4, 47 words.
- Students, last 30 days
- Not enough answers yet to show (it takes 10).
Why it is hard, traps and wrong answers (shows the answer)
Why it is hard
Each step is routine, but the question has a long chain and asks for only part of the trip. Dividing the whole 2,200 miles by the speed is the natural shortcut and gives a listed choice, and the rounding instruction adds a second place to go wrong. Checking that 41 hours at 48 miles per hour covers about 1,970 miles, close to the 1,960 left, confirms the answer.
Many steps moderate Working it out
Four steps follow in order, the speed 240 ÷ 5 = 48, the miles left 2,200 − 240 = 1,960, the time 1,960 ÷ 48, and the rounding, and an early slip carries through. (Daniel & Embretson, 2010; Enright, Morley & Sheehan, 2002)
Turning words into math minor Understanding the question
The bold more in “how many more hours” limits the question to the 1,960 miles still ahead, though 2,200, the whole trip, is the distance the stem names first. (Hegarty, Mayer & Monk, 1995; Koedinger & Nathan, 2004)
Error-prone arithmetic minor Working it out
Dividing 1,960 by 48 leaves 40 with a remainder of 40, so the time, 40 5/6 hours, must be rounded up to the nearest hour rather than cut short. (Brown & Burton, 1978; Junker & Sijtsma, 2001)
Strategy: Find the train's speed from the first 240 miles, subtract those miles from the total to get the distance left, divide by the speed, and round only at the end.
Traps
- Answers a different question: A choice is right for another quantity: the other unknown, the rest instead of the part, the part instead of the whole.
- An arithmetic slip: The right method with a plausible arithmetic error: a digit, a place value or a times-table fact.
- Rounds too early: Rounds a value partway through, or rounds the wrong way, so the final answer drifts from the exact one.
The wrong answers, classified
A Answers a different question (King et al., 2004; Hegarty, Mayer & Monk, 1995)
Divides the whole 2,200 miles by 48 miles per hour, about 45.8, or 46 hours, the time for the entire trip rather than the hours still to go.
B Rounds too early (King et al., 2004)
Divides the whole 2,200 miles by 48 and then cuts 45.8 down to 45 instead of rounding to the nearest hour, two errors at once.
C An arithmetic slip (Junker & Sijtsma, 2001)
Subtracts 240 from 2,200 without reducing the hundreds after borrowing, getting 2,060 instead of 1,960, and 2,060 ÷ 48 ≈ 42.9 rounds to 43.
Worked solution, step by step
Formulas used
- Distance, rate and time
- d is the distance, r is the rate or speed, and t is the time. If you know two of them, you can find the third. To find the speed, divide the distance by the time. To find the time, divide the distance by the speed.
Sort out the question
The whole trip is 2,200 miles. The train goes the first 240 miles in 5 hours, and it keeps that speed. You need how many more hours it takes, rounded to the nearest whole hour. “More” means the time after the first 240 miles.
Find the train’s speed
Divide the 240 miles by the 5 hours. The train goes 48 miles per hour.
Find the miles still to go
There are 1,960 miles left. Watch out: use the miles left, not the whole trip. Dividing 2,200 by 48 gives about 45.8 hours, which leads to 46 or 45, choices A and B.
Find the hours still to go
Here 48 × 40 = 1,920, and 40 miles are left over. That leftover is of an hour.
Round to the nearest hour
of an hour is more than half an hour, so round up to 41. Watch out: don’t just drop the fraction.
So the answer is D, 41 hours.
Check your answer
At 48 miles per hour, 41 hours covers miles. That is just a bit more than 1,960, as it should be after rounding up. In 40 hours, the train would cover only 1,920 miles, which is not enough.
More questions like this
The original DOE question

Question 113 of 120
2023 Test B Math, question 4Question
Mr. Smith opened a retirement account with a deposit of $900. This account earns 5% simple interest annually. How many years will it take for his $900 deposit to earn $360 interest?
Grid-in question: work out the answer and enter it as a number.
Show the answer
Correct answer: 8
Calculate simple interest (y) by multiplying the initial deposit (p) by the interest rate (r) by the number of years (t):
Question analysis
Mr. Smith deposits $900 in a retirement account that earns 5% simple interest each year. This grid-in asks how many years it takes for the deposit to earn $360 in interest. Students find one year's interest and then how many years add up to the total, and the percent must become the right decimal.
- Grade level
- Grade 7 content, by NYS standard
- Compared with grade 7
- At grade 7 Simple interest is grade 7 percent work, and a typical problem asks for the interest earned over a given time. This one runs the formula backward to find the time, one extra step, with friendly numbers.
- Estimated difficulty
- Straightforward: two steps or one careful reading.
- Thinking it demands
- Depth of knowledge 2, skills and concepts · mainly apply
- What makes it hard
- Solution
- 2 steps
- Reading level
- Question and choices: about grade 7, 28 words.
- Students, last 30 days
- Not enough answers yet to show (it takes 10).
Why it is hard, traps and wrong answers (shows the answer)
Why it is hard
The numbers are friendly once one year’s interest is found, so most of the difficulty is setting up the right relationship. Students who divide $360 by 5 treat the rate as a dollar amount, and students who compare $360 with $900 stop at a percent. Multiplying back, eight years of $45, confirms the $360.
Something you must already know minor Working it out
Simple interest is the deposit times the rate times the years; the stem does not give this rule, and it must be known to see that each year adds the same $45. (Anderson & Krathwohl, 2001)
Turning words into math minor Understanding the question
The question gives the total interest, $360, and asks for the time, so the usual interest calculation has to be run backward, as 45t = 360. (Hegarty, Mayer & Monk, 1995; Koedinger & Nathan, 2004)
Error-prone arithmetic minor Working it out
Writing 5% as 0.05, not 0.5 or 0.005, is the one place-value decision, and a slip there changes the yearly interest by a power of ten. (Brown & Burton, 1978; Junker & Sijtsma, 2001)
Strategy: Work out the interest for one year, 5 percent of $900, then divide the $360 target by that yearly amount.
Traps
- Stops one step early: A choice is a number from partway through the solution.
- Misunderstands the concept: A wrong belief about a concept: that percents can be added, that area grows like length, that averages can be averaged, that a bigger denominator means a bigger fraction.
- An arithmetic slip: The right method with a plausible arithmetic error: a digit, a place value or a times-table fact.
The wrong answers, classified
40 Stops one step early (King et al., 2004; Gierl et al., 2017)
Finds that $360 is 40 percent of the $900 deposit and enters 40, stopping before dividing by the 5 percent earned each year.
72 Misunderstands the concept (Smith, diSessa & Roschelle, 1993; De Bock et al., 1998; Ni & Zhou, 2005)
Reads 5% as $5 a year, a fixed amount instead of a share of the $900, and divides 360 by 5.
80 An arithmetic slip (Junker & Sijtsma, 2001)
Writes 5% as 0.005, so a year’s interest seems to be $4.50, and 360 ÷ 4.5 = 80 years.
Worked solution, step by step
Formulas used
- Simple interest
- I is the interest, the money the account earns. P is the deposit you start with. r is the yearly rate, written as a decimal. t is the number of years. With simple interest, every year earns the same amount, because it is always based on the first deposit.
Sort out the question
Mr. Smith puts $900 into an account. It earns 5% simple interest each year. Interest is extra money the bank pays you for keeping your money there. You need the number of years until the interest adds up to $360.
Write 5% as a decimal
Percent means “out of 100.” So 5% is 5 out of 100.
Watch out: 5% is not 0.5 or 0.005. Using 0.005 makes a year’s interest $4.50, and that leads to 80 years.
Find the interest for one year
Each year the account earns 5% of $900.
So it earns $45 every year. Watch out: 5% is not $5 a year. Dividing 360 by 5 gives 72, which is wrong.
Use the formula to find the years
Put the numbers into the formula. I is 360, P is 900 and r is 0.05.
To undo “times 45,” divide both sides by 45.
Give the answer
It takes 8 years. Watch out: $360 is 40% of $900. Gridding 40 stops too soon, because each year adds only 5%. So you would grid 8.
Check your answer
Add up the interest year by year. $45 a year for 8 years is dollars. Also, 8 years at 5% a year is 40%, and 40% of $900 is $360.
More questions like this
The original DOE question

Question 114 of 120
2023 Test B Math, question 5Question
Solve the equation for x:
Grid-in question: work out the answer and enter it as a number.
Show the answer
Correct answer: 7
Question analysis
This equation puts x in a fraction with (21)(14) on top and (49)(48) below, set equal to the decimal 0.875. The grid-in asks for the value of x. Students do best to cancel common factors before multiplying anything out, and it helps to know the fraction that 0.875 equals.
- NYS standards
- Grade level
- Grade 7 content, by NYS standard
- Compared with grade 7
- At grade 7 Seventh graders solve equations like ax = b, usually with a simple coefficient. Here the coefficient is a product of four numbers that is best cancelled first, and a decimal has to be matched with a fraction.
- Estimated difficulty
- Moderate: several steps, or a close reading with one strong distractor.
- Thinking it demands
- Depth of knowledge 1, recall and reproduction · mainly apply
- What makes it hard
- Error-prone arithmetic moderate
- No obvious method minor
- An answer in an unexpected form minor
- Solution
- 3 steps
- Reading level
- Question and choices: about grade 5, 6 words.
- Students, last 30 days
- Not enough answers yet to show (it takes 10).
Why it is hard, traps and wrong answers (shows the answer)
Why it is hard
This is a one-unknown equation dressed in large numbers, and the work is in reducing them without slipping. Students who cancel early find that the whole coefficient is one eighth and that 0.875 is seven eighths, which makes the last step mental. Those who multiply out face a four-digit product and a decimal division, and with nothing to check against, an early slip goes unnoticed.
Error-prone arithmetic moderate Working it out
Multiplied out, the coefficient is 294 over 2,352 and the right side is the decimal 0.875; both invite slips unless 21/49 and 14/48 are cancelled first. (Brown & Burton, 1978; Junker & Sijtsma, 2001)
No obvious method minor Working it out
The quick route pairs 21 with 49 and 14 with 48 before multiplying, so that 3/7 × 7/24 collapses to 1/8; the layout of the fraction does not suggest that pairing. (Schoenfeld, 1985)
An answer in an unexpected form minor Choosing the answer
The result is entered with no choices, so a coefficient’s denominator or a quotient taken the wrong way looks as complete as the right value. (Enright, Morley & Sheehan, 2002)
Strategy: Cancel before multiplying: reduce 21 over 49 and 14 over 48, multiply the simplified fractions, then undo that coefficient, writing 0.875 as a fraction if it helps.
Traps
- Stops one step early: A choice is a number from partway through the solution.
- Wrong operation: Adds instead of multiplying, divides the wrong way round, turns a ratio or rate upside down, or undoes a step in the wrong direction (subtracts what should be added back).
- An arithmetic slip: The right method with a plausible arithmetic error: a digit, a place value or a times-table fact.
The wrong answers, classified
8 Stops one step early (King et al., 2004; Gierl et al., 2017)
Simplifies the coefficient correctly to 1/8 but enters the 8 from its denominator, never multiplying it by 0.875.
0.109375 Wrong operation (Hegarty, Mayer & Monk, 1995; King et al., 2004)
Divides 0.875 by 8 instead of multiplying, undoing the coefficient 1/8 the wrong way, so x comes out as 0.109375.
3.5 An arithmetic slip (Junker & Sijtsma, 2001)
Slips in reducing 14/48, taking it as 7/12 instead of 7/24, so the coefficient becomes 1/4 and x = 0.875 × 4 = 3.5.
Worked solution, step by step
Formulas used
- Multiplying fractions
- a and c are the tops, or numerators. b and d are the bottoms, or denominators. Multiply the tops together and the bottoms together. It also works backward: you can split one fraction into two smaller ones. That lets you simplify before the numbers get big.
Sort out the question
You need the value of x. On top, 21, 14 and x are multiplied. The bottom is 49 times 48. The right side is 0.875.
Multiplying 49 by 48 makes a big number. It is easier to simplify first.
Split the fraction into two
Use the rule for multiplying fractions backward. Pair 21 with 49, and 14 with 48.
Now the equation says these two fractions times x equal 0.875.
Simplify each fraction
To simplify, divide the top and bottom by the same number. Both 21 and 49 divide by 7. Both 14 and 48 divide by 2.
Watch out: 48 ÷ 2 is 24, not 12. Writing leads to 3.5.
Multiply the simple fractions
The 7 on top and the 7 on the bottom cancel, since 7 ÷ 7 = 1. Then divide 3 and 24 by 3 to get . So the equation becomes:
Solve for x
One eighth of x is 0.875. To undo dividing by 8, multiply both sides by 8.
Watch out: 8 is not the answer, and don’t divide 0.875 by 8. So you would grid 7.
Check your answer
0.875 is the same as . One eighth of 7 is , so x = 7 works. You can also multiply it all out: and . Then .
More questions like this
The original DOE question

Question 115 of 120
2023 Test B Math, question 6Question
What is the value of ?
- A
- B
- C
- D
Show the answer
Correct answer: C
The first step is to rewrite the problem replacing all subtraction with adding the opposite:
Then, rewrite all the fractions using a common denominator of 12, which is the least common multiple of the fractions’ denominators, 4, 3, and 2:
Next, combine the positive numbers and, finally, add the negative number to the sum by subtracting the number with the least absolute value from the number with the greatest absolute value and using the sign of the number with the greatest absolute value:
Question analysis
What is 3 1/4 − 1 2/3 − (−4 1/2)? This question on rational-number arithmetic combines mixed numbers with denominators of 4, 3 and 2 and ends by subtracting a negative number. Students must turn that last subtraction into an addition and find a common denominator before combining.
- Grade level
- Grade 7 content, by NYS standard
- Compared with grade 7
- At grade 7 Subtracting negative mixed numbers is core grade 7 content. This expression is typical in length, but it needs a common denominator of 12 and careful handling of the rule for subtracting a negative.
- Estimated difficulty
- Moderate: several steps, or a close reading with one strong distractor.
- Thinking it demands
- Depth of knowledge 1, recall and reproduction · mainly apply
- What makes it hard
- Error-prone arithmetic moderate
- Many steps minor
- Solution
- 4 steps
- Reading level
- Question and choices: about grade 10, 10 words.
- Students, last 30 days
- Not enough answers yet to show (it takes 10).
Why it is hard, traps and wrong answers (shows the answer)
Why it is hard
The expression is short, but it mixes a subtraction that stays a subtraction with one that becomes an addition, and that difference is what most wrong answers miss. The fractions add a second load, since twelfths are needed before anything combines. Estimating first, 3 − 1.7 + 4.5 is about 6, shows the result is positive, which rules out both negative values.
Error-prone arithmetic moderate Working it out
Three mixed numbers with denominators 4, 3 and 2 must become twelfths, and the last term, −(−4 1/2), changes sign while the middle subtraction does not. (Brown & Burton, 1978; Junker & Sijtsma, 2001)
Many steps minor Working it out
Rewriting the double negative, renaming each fraction, adding 3 1/4 and 4 1/2, then taking away 1 2/3 are four steps, each able to carry a slip forward. (Daniel & Embretson, 2010; Enright, Morley & Sheehan, 2002)
Strategy: Change subtracting −4 1/2 into adding 4 1/2, rename every fraction in twelfths, add the two positive numbers, then take away 1 2/3.
Traps
- Negatives and direction: Arithmetic with negative numbers, the order of a subtraction, or direction on a number line. (Moving a term across the equals sign without changing its sign is a faulty procedure.)
The wrong answers, classified
A Little reason to choose it (Haladyna & Downing, 1993; Rodriguez, 2005)
No single error gives −3 1/12; it needs subtracting 4 1/2 and also miswriting 3 1/4 as 3 1/12, two errors at once, so it mostly draws guesses.
B Negatives and direction (Brown & Burton, 1978)
Treats subtracting −4 1/2 as subtracting 4 1/2, so 3 1/4 − 1 2/3 − 4 1/2 = −2 11/12.
D Negatives and direction (Brown & Burton, 1978)
Drops both minus signs and adds the three mixed numbers, 3 1/4 + 1 2/3 + 4 1/2 = 9 5/12, as if every operation were addition.
Worked solution, step by step
Formulas used
- Subtracting a negative number
- a and b stand for any numbers. Taking away a negative number is the same as adding its opposite, the same number with the other sign. Think of it this way: taking away a debt leaves you richer.
- Equivalent fractions
- a is the top and b is the bottom of a fraction. Multiplying both by the same number n does not change its value. Use it to give fractions the same bottom number, so you can add or subtract them.
Sort out the question
You need the value of . Each number is a mixed number, a whole number plus a fraction. There are two subtractions. The second one takes away a negative number.
Change the double negative
Use the rule for subtracting a negative. Taking away is the same as adding .
The first minus sign stays as it is. Watch out: if you subtract instead, you get , choice B.
Give the fractions one denominator
The denominator is the bottom number of a fraction. Here they are 4, 3 and 2. The smallest number all three divide into is 12. So change each fraction to twelfths.
The problem is now:
Add the two positive numbers
You may add and subtract in any order, as long as each number keeps its sign. Add the two positive numbers first.
That is 3 + 4 = 7 wholes and 3 + 6 = 9 twelfths.
Take away the last number
That is 7 − 1 = 6 wholes and 9 − 8 = 1 twelfth. So the answer is C, .
Check your answer
Estimate with decimals: . And is about 6.08 too. The answer must be positive, so A and B are out. Choice D comes from adding all three numbers.
More questions like this
The original DOE question

Question 116 of 120
2023 Test B Math, question 7Question
On Fran’s map, 2 centimeters represents 3 kilometers. The points on this map that represent Fran’s home and Bryant State Park are 4.5 centimeters apart. How many kilometers apart are Fran’s home and Bryant State Park, to the nearest kilometer?
- A3
- B5
- C7
- D9
Show the answer
Correct answer: C
Let x represent the distance, in kilometers, between Fran’s house and Bryant State Park. Set up a proportion to solve for x:
| Cross multiply. | |
| Apply the multiplicative inverse property; divide both sides of the equation by 2. | |
Question analysis
On Fran's map, 2 centimeters represent 3 kilometers, and her home and Bryant State Park are 4.5 centimeters apart on the map. Students find the real distance to the nearest kilometer. It is a map-scale proportion problem: the scale must be applied in the right direction, and the result rounded.
- Grade level
- Grade 7 content, by NYS standard
- Compared with grade 7
- At grade 7 Map scales are standard grade 7 proportional reasoning, and this problem is typical: one distance, one scale, then rounding. Nothing beyond a single proportion is needed.
- Estimated difficulty
- Straightforward: two steps or one careful reading.
- Thinking it demands
- Depth of knowledge 2, skills and concepts · mainly apply
- What makes it hard
- Turning words into math minor
- Error-prone arithmetic minor
- Solution
- 3 steps
- Reading level
- Question and choices: about grade 8, 37 words.
- Students, last 30 days
- Not enough answers yet to show (it takes 10).
Why it is hard, traps and wrong answers (shows the answer)
Why it is hard
This is a one-proportion map question, and the only judgments are the direction of the scale and when to round. The phrase to the nearest kilometer tempts some students to round the scale itself before multiplying, which lands on a listed answer two kilometers too far. Rounding only the final 6.75 keeps the result right.
Turning words into math minor Understanding the question
“2 centimeters represents 3 kilometers” gives 1.5 kilometers per centimeter; set up the other way round, the scale shrinks the 4.5 centimeters instead of enlarging them. (Hegarty, Mayer & Monk, 1995; Koedinger & Nathan, 2004)
Error-prone arithmetic minor Working it out
The map distance is a decimal, 4.5 × 3 ÷ 2 = 6.75, and the result must then be rounded to the nearest kilometer, two places where a quick estimate drifts. (Brown & Burton, 1978; Junker & Sijtsma, 2001)
Strategy: Work out how many kilometers 1 centimeter on the map stands for, multiply by 4.5, and round only at the very end.
Traps
- Wrong operation: Adds instead of multiplying, divides the wrong way round, turns a ratio or rate upside down, or undoes a step in the wrong direction (subtracts what should be added back).
- Rounds too early: Rounds a value partway through, or rounds the wrong way, so the final answer drifts from the exact one.
- Units or scale: The answer is wanted in other units, or a rate or scale must be converted first.
The wrong answers, classified
A Wrong operation (Hegarty, Mayer & Monk, 1995; King et al., 2004)
Turns the scale upside down, multiplying 4.5 by 2/3 instead of 3/2, so the real distance comes out smaller than the map distance.
B Units or scale (King et al., 2004)
Takes the 4.5 centimeters on the map as kilometers and rounds to 5, never applying the scale that turns each centimeter into 1.5 kilometers.
D Rounds too early (King et al., 2004)
Rounds the scale of 1.5 kilometers per centimeter up to 2 before multiplying, so 4.5 × 2 = 9 instead of 6.75.
Worked solution, step by step
Formulas used
- Scale proportion
- A map shrinks every distance by the same amount. So real distance over map distance makes the same fraction everywhere on the map. Put kilometers on top on both sides and centimeters on the bottom. Then solve for the missing number.
Sort out the question
On Fran’s map, 2 centimeters stand for 3 kilometers in real life. Her home and the park are 4.5 centimeters apart on the map. You need the real distance in kilometers, rounded to the nearest whole kilometer.
Set up the proportion
Let x be the real distance, in kilometers. Put kilometers on top and centimeters on the bottom, on both sides.
Solve for x
To get x alone, multiply both sides by 4.5.
So the real distance is 6.75 kilometers. Watch out: keep the scale exact until the end. Rounding 1.5 kilometers per centimeter up to 2 gives , choice D.
Round to the nearest kilometer
6.75 is between 6 and 7. Its decimal part, 0.75, is more than 0.5, so round up to 7.
Watch out: don’t flip the scale. Multiplying 4.5 by gives 3, choice A. So the answer is C, 7.
Check your answer
Each centimeter stands for kilometers. So 4 centimeters is 6 kilometers, and half a centimeter is 0.75 kilometer. That adds to 6.75, which rounds to 7. The real number should be bigger than 4.5, and it is.
More questions like this
The original DOE question

Question 117 of 120
2023 Test B Math, question 9Question
Bryan completed a 100-meter race in 11.74 seconds. Luis completed the same race in 11.69 seconds. What was the difference between their times, expressed as a fraction of a second?
- A
- B
- C
- D
Show the answer
Correct answer: A
First, subtract Luis’s time from Bryan’s time: .
Then, convert to a fraction:
.
Question analysis
Bryan ran a 100-meter race in 11.74 seconds and Luis ran the same race in 11.69 seconds. Students find the difference between their times and express it as a fraction of a second. It tests subtracting decimals and rewriting a decimal as a fraction in lowest terms.
- NYS standards
- 6.NS.3 multi-digit decimal operations
- Grade level
- Grade 6 content, by NYS standard
- Compared with grade 7
- Below grade 7 Subtracting decimals and writing a decimal as a fraction are skills from before grade 7. The two times are close, so the subtraction is quick, and the only care needed is with place value and simplifying.
- Estimated difficulty
- Routine: one familiar step, little to misread.
- Thinking it demands
- Depth of knowledge 2, skills and concepts · mainly apply
- What makes it hard
- Solution
- 2 steps
- Reading level
- Question and choices: about grade 5, 32 words.
- Students, last 30 days
- Not enough answers yet to show (it takes 10).
Why it is hard, traps and wrong answers (shows the answer)
Why it is hard
Two quick skills settle this question: lining up the decimals to subtract, and naming the result as a fraction in lowest terms. The two times differ only in their last two digits, so the subtraction is short, but it needs a borrow that some students skip. The fraction step is where a decimal’s digit gets mistaken for a denominator.
Error-prone arithmetic minor Working it out
Subtracting 11.69 from 11.74 needs a borrow in the hundredths, 14 − 9, after which the tenths cancel to 0, the step where place value goes wrong. (Brown & Burton, 1978; Junker & Sijtsma, 2001)
Something you must already know minor Working it out
The difference, 0.05, must be read as five hundredths and reduced as a fraction; the question gives no help with converting a decimal. (Anderson & Krathwohl, 2001)
Strategy: Line up the decimal points, subtract, write the difference as a number of hundredths over 100, and reduce the fraction.
Traps
- A faulty procedure: A systematic but wrong procedure: adding fractions straight across, applying an exponent to each term of a sum, dropping a sign when moving a term.
- Misunderstands the concept: A wrong belief about a concept: that percents can be added, that area grows like length, that averages can be averaged, that a bigger denominator means a bigger fraction.
The wrong answers, classified
B An arithmetic slip (Junker & Sijtsma, 2001)
Looks only at the tenths, 11.7 − 11.6 = 0.1, dropping the hundredths, a place-value slip that doubles the true gap.
C A faulty procedure (Brown & Burton, 1978; Tatsuoka, 1983)
Subtracts the smaller digit from the larger in each place, 9 − 4 = 5 and 7 − 6 = 1, getting 0.15, which is 3/20.
D Misunderstands the concept (Smith, diSessa & Roschelle, 1993; De Bock et al., 1998; Ni & Zhou, 2005)
Gets 0.05 but reads its digit 5 as a denominator, writing 1/5, instead of five hundredths, 5/100.
Worked solution, step by step
Formulas used
- Decimals as hundredths
- The second place after the decimal point is the hundredths place. So a decimal with two places counts hundredths, and you can write its digits over 100. For example, 0.37 is 37/100. Then simplify by dividing the top and bottom by the same number.
Sort out the question
Bryan ran the race in 11.74 seconds. Luis ran it in 11.69 seconds. The difference is how much longer one time is than the other. You need it as a fraction of a second.
Subtract the two times
Subtract the smaller time from the larger one. Line up the decimal points.
In the hundredths place, 4 is less than 9. So regroup: trade 1 tenth for 10 hundredths. Then 14 − 9 = 5 hundredths. The tenths are now 6 − 6 = 0.
Watch out: don’t just take the smaller digit from the larger one in each place. That gives 0.15, which is , choice C.
Write the difference as a fraction
The 5 is in the hundredths place, so 0.05 is 5 hundredths.
Now simplify. Divide the top and bottom by 5.
Give the answer
Watch out: 0.05 is not . One fifth is 0.2, which is four times as big. So the answer is A, .
Check your answer
Turn back into a decimal: . Then add it to Luis’s time: . That is Bryan’s time, so the difference is right.
More questions like this
The original DOE question

Question 118 of 120
2023 Test B Math, question 11Question
What is the value of n expressed as a fraction?
- A
- B
- C
- D
Show the answer
Correct answer: B
Question analysis
The number n equals 0.13 plus 207/100, and students must write n as a single fraction. This question mixes a decimal with a fraction in hundredths. Converting both to the same form, adding, and reducing to lowest terms are the steps, and the four fractions offered look quite different at first glance.
- NYS standards
- 6.NS.3 multi-digit decimal operations
- Grade level
- Grade 6 content, by NYS standard
- Compared with grade 7
- Below grade 7 Converting decimals to fractions and simplifying are skills taught before grade 7. Both numbers here are in hundredths, so the addition is immediate and only the final reduction takes thought.
- Estimated difficulty
- Routine: one familiar step, little to misread.
- Thinking it demands
- Depth of knowledge 1, recall and reproduction · mainly apply
- What makes it hard
- Solution
- 2 steps
- Reading level
- Question and choices: about grade 7, 15 words.
- Students, last 30 days
- Not enough answers yet to show (it takes 10).
Why it is hard, traps and wrong answers (shows the answer)
Why it is hard
Converting 0.13 to hundredths makes this a single addition, 13 + 207 = 220 hundredths, so the question tests little beyond reducing a fraction. Two of the wrong choices sit close to 2.2 but come from no common working, and the third only echoes the digits of 0.13. A student who checks each choice as a decimal finds only one equal to 2.2.
An answer in an unexpected form minor Choosing the answer
The sum comes out as 220/100 or 2.2, but the choices are in lowest terms, so it must be reduced, or each choice converted, before anything matches. (Enright, Morley & Sheehan, 2002)
Error-prone arithmetic minor Working it out
One term is a decimal and the other a fraction; writing 0.13 as 13/100 puts both in hundredths, and a misplaced digit there changes the sum. (Brown & Burton, 1978; Junker & Sijtsma, 2001)
Strategy: Write 0.13 as 13/100 so both terms are in hundredths, add the numerators, then divide the top and bottom by their greatest common factor.
Traps
- Answer in another form: The right answer is written differently from the way you worked it out.
- Numbers taken from the question: Combines the numbers in the question without a model of the situation, or is simply a number that appears in the question.
The wrong answers, classified
A Numbers taken from the question (Hegarty, Mayer & Monk, 1995)
Echoes the digits of 0.13, reading it as the fraction 1/3, and ignores the 207/100 altogether.
C Little reason to choose it (Haladyna & Downing, 1993; Rodriguez, 2005)
No common working gives 9/4, which is 2.25; adding 13 and 207 hundredths gives 2.2, so this mostly draws guesses near the sum.
D Little reason to choose it (Haladyna & Downing, 1993; Rodriguez, 2005)
Nothing leads to 23/10 except 13 + 207 coming out as 230, a slip with no reason behind it, so it mostly catches guesses.
Worked solution, step by step
Formulas used
- Decimals as hundredths
- The second place after the decimal point is the hundredths place. So a decimal with two places counts hundredths. Write its digits over 100. For example, 0.47 is 47/100.
- Adding fractions with the same bottom
- a and b are the tops. c is the shared bottom, the denominator. When the bottoms match, the pieces are the same size. So add the tops and keep the bottom.
Sort out the question
n equals 0.13 plus . One part is a decimal and one is a fraction. You need n as a fraction. The choices are in lowest terms, which means they can’t be simplified any more.
Write the decimal as a fraction
The 3 in 0.13 is in the hundredths place. So 0.13 is 13 hundredths.
Now both numbers are in hundredths. Watch out: 0.13 is not . That only copies the digits, choice A.
Add the hundredths
Use the rule for adding fractions. The bottoms match, so add the tops and keep the 100 on the bottom.
Simplify the fraction
is not a choice, so simplify it. Find the greatest number that divides both 220 and 100. That is 20.
So the answer is B, .
Check your answer
Change both to decimals. . And . They match. Choices C and D are close, but and .
More questions like this
The original DOE question

Question 119 of 120
2023 Test B Math, question 15Question
On a map, the distance between Deshawn’s house and Xin’s house is 5.4 inches. If 2 inches on the map represents 3 miles, what is the distance between these two houses, in miles?
- A2.6
- B3.6
- C7.5
- D8.1
Show the answer
Correct answer: D
Let d represent the distance between the two houses, in miles. Write a proportion to solve for d:
Question analysis
A map shows Deshawn's and Xin's houses 5.4 inches apart, with 2 inches on the map standing for 3 miles. Students find the actual distance between the houses in miles. This scale question uses a decimal map length, so the multiplication must be exact and the inches-to-miles ratio kept the right way up.
- Grade level
- Grade 7 content, by NYS standard
- Compared with grade 7
- At grade 7 Converting a map distance with a given scale is routine grade 7 work. This one needs a single proportion and a decimal multiplication, with no rounding or second step, so it matches a typical classroom exercise.
- Estimated difficulty
- Straightforward: two steps or one careful reading.
- Thinking it demands
- Depth of knowledge 2, skills and concepts · mainly apply
- What makes it hard
- Error-prone arithmetic minor
- A very close wrong answer minor
- Solution
- 2 steps
- Reading level
- Question and choices: about grade 6, 30 words.
- Students, last 30 days
- Not enough answers yet to show (it takes 10).
Why it is hard, traps and wrong answers (shows the answer)
Why it is hard
Unlike most map questions, this one asks for an exact distance, so the decimal 5.4 has to be carried all the way through. The two tempting wrong answers come from opposite places: an upside-down scale shrinks the distance, and a rounded map length gives a result close to the true one. Checking that the answer is one and a half times 5.4 catches both.
Error-prone arithmetic minor Working it out
The map distance is the decimal 5.4, and 5.4 × 3 = 16.2 then halved is a decimal multiplication where rounding 5.4 to make it easier changes the answer. (Brown & Burton, 1978; Junker & Sijtsma, 2001)
A very close wrong answer minor Choosing the answer
7.5 and 8.1 miles are close enough that a rough estimate, 5 × 1.5, lands on the wrong one; only the exact product separates them. (Embretson & Wetzel, 1987; Gorin & Embretson, 2006; Ascalon et al., 2007)
Strategy: Set up miles over inches equal to 3 over 2, then multiply 5.4 by 3 and divide by 2, keeping the decimal exact throughout.
Traps
- Wrong operation: Adds instead of multiplying, divides the wrong way round, turns a ratio or rate upside down, or undoes a step in the wrong direction (subtracts what should be added back).
- Rounds too early: Rounds a value partway through, or rounds the wrong way, so the final answer drifts from the exact one.
The wrong answers, classified
A Little reason to choose it (Haladyna & Downing, 1993; Rodriguez, 2005)
No common working gives 2.6, which sits just below half of 5.4 and matches no step with the scale, so it mostly draws guesses.
B Wrong operation (Hegarty, Mayer & Monk, 1995; King et al., 2004)
Inverts the scale, multiplying 5.4 by 2/3 instead of 3/2, as if each mile took up 1.5 inches on the map.
C Rounds too early (King et al., 2004)
Rounds 5.4 inches down to 5 before scaling, so 5 × 3 ÷ 2 = 7.5 miles instead of the exact distance.
Worked solution, step by step
Formulas used
- Scale proportion
- A map shrinks every distance by the same amount. So real distance over map distance makes the same fraction everywhere on the map. Put miles on top on both sides and inches on the bottom. Then solve for the missing distance.
Sort out the question
On the map, Deshawn’s house and Xin’s house are 5.4 inches apart. The scale says 2 inches on the map stand for 3 miles. You need the real distance between the houses, in miles.
Set up the proportion
Let d be the real distance, in miles. Put miles on top and inches on the bottom, on both sides.
Solve for d
To get d alone, multiply both sides by 5.4.
The houses are 8.1 miles apart. Watch out: keep 5.4 exact. Rounding it to 5 gives 7.5 miles, choice C.
Give the answer
Watch out: don’t flip the scale. Multiplying 5.4 by gives 3.6, choice B. Each inch stands for more than a mile, so the miles must be more than 5.4. So the answer is D, 8.1.
Check your answer
Each inch stands for miles. So 5 inches is 7.5 miles, and 0.4 inch is mile. Together, miles.
More questions like this
The original DOE question

Question 120 of 120
2023 Test B Math, question 29Question
Which number could be the sum of 4 consecutive integers?
- A−12
- B−10
- C−8
- D−4
Show the answer
Correct answer: B
The sum of 4 consecutive integers can be expressed as:
Set that expression equal to each of the options and solve for n:
Option A:
is not an integer.
Option B:
is an integer.
Option C:
is not an integer.
Option D:
is not an integer.
The only option for which n is an integer is −10.
Question analysis
A number properties question about consecutive integers: which of four negative numbers could be the sum of 4 consecutive integers? Students write the sum with a variable, or add runs of negative integers, and test each choice. Keeping signs straight with negative numbers, and remembering that the integers must be whole numbers, is the tricky part.
- Grade level
- Grade 7 content, by NYS standard
- Compared with grade 7
- At grade 7 Grade 7 consecutive-integer problems usually give the sum and ask for the integers. This one reverses the task: students test which negative total is possible at all, using the structure of the sum rather than one equation.
- Estimated difficulty
- Moderate: several steps, or a close reading with one strong distractor.
- Thinking it demands
- Depth of knowledge 2, skills and concepts · mainly apply
- What makes it hard
- Every choice must be checked moderate
- No obvious method minor
- Error-prone arithmetic minor
- Solution
- 3 steps
- Reading level
- Question and choices: about grade 8, 9 words.
- Corrected from the DOE handbook
- A stray word in the explanation’s last sentence was removed.
- Students, last 30 days
- Not enough answers yet to show (it takes 10).
Why it is hard, traps and wrong answers (shows the answer)
Why it is hard
Three of the four choices are multiples of 4, and that is the whole trap: a student who pictures the sum as four times some integer finds three choices that seem to work. The sum of four consecutive integers is 4n + 6, so it is always even but never a multiple of 4. Trying the most natural run, −4, −3, −2 and −1, lands on −10 at once and is the fastest check.
Every choice must be checked moderate Choosing the answer
The stem asks which number “could be” the sum, so no single equation gives the answer; each of −12, −10, −8 and −4 has to be tested against the form a four-integer sum must take. (Embretson & Wetzel, 1987)
No obvious method minor Working it out
Nothing points to the shortcut that n + (n + 1) + (n + 2) + (n + 3) = 4n + 6 is always 2 more than a multiple of 4, or to simply adding a run such as −1, −2, −3 and −4. (Schoenfeld, 1985)
Error-prone arithmetic minor Working it out
Every choice is negative, so solving 4n + 6 = −12 or adding a run of integers means subtracting 6 from a negative number and dividing a negative by 4. (Brown & Burton, 1978; Junker & Sijtsma, 2001)
Strategy: Write the integers as n, n + 1, n + 2 and n + 3, add them, and set the sum equal to each choice to see which one gives a whole-number n.
Traps
- Misunderstands the concept: A wrong belief about a concept: that percents can be added, that area grows like length, that averages can be averaged, that a bigger denominator means a bigger fraction.
- A faulty procedure: A systematic but wrong procedure: adding fractions straight across, applying an exponent to each term of a sum, dropping a sign when moving a term.
- Misreads the question: Misses or misreads a condition or a word in the question: "at least", "each", "remaining", "not".
The wrong answers, classified
A Misunderstands the concept (Smith, diSessa & Roschelle, 1993; De Bock et al., 1998; Ni & Zhou, 2005)
Assumes four consecutive integers add to a multiple of 4, as if they had a whole-number middle, and takes −12 = 4 × (−3), the first such choice.
C A faulty procedure (Brown & Burton, 1978; Tatsuoka, 1983)
Writes n + (n + 1) + (n + 2) + (n + 3) as 4n, dropping the 1 + 2 + 3, so −8 = 4 × (−2) seems to give a whole-number n.
D Misreads the question (Hegarty, Mayer & Monk, 1995)
Solves 4n + 6 = −4 to get n = −2.5 and accepts it, since −2.5, −1.5, −0.5 and 0.5 add to −4, though they are not integers.
What was corrected from the DOE handbook, and why
- Explanation: The handbook ends with “The only option for which n is an integer answer is −10.” The word “answer” does not belong in that sentence; the site reads “The only option for which n is an integer is −10.” The working above it is unchanged: only 4n + 6 = −10 gives an integer, n = −4, and −4 + (−3) + (−2) + (−1) = −10.
Worked solution, step by step
Formulas used
- Sum of 4 consecutive integers
- n is the smallest of the four integers. Each next integer is 1 more than the one before, so they are n, n + 1, n + 2 and n + 3. Adding them gives four n’s, plus 1 + 2 + 3, which is 6. Use it to add any four integers in a row.
Sort out the question
Integers are whole numbers and their negatives, like −2, 0 and 5. They have no fractions or decimals. Consecutive integers come one right after another, like 7, 8, 9, 10 or −3, −2, −1, 0.
You need the choice that can be the sum of four consecutive integers. The sum is what you get when you add them.
Write the sum with a letter
You don’t know the integers yet. So call the smallest one n. Each next one is 1 more: n + 1, n + 2 and n + 3. Use the formula. Collect the four n’s, then add the numbers.
Any four consecutive integers add up to 4n + 6.
Test each choice
Set 4n + 6 equal to each choice and solve for n. First subtract 6 from both sides. Then divide both sides by 4.
Choice 4n + 6 4n n A −12 −18 −4.5 B −10 −16 −4 C −8 −14 −3.5 D −4 −10 −2.5 n must be an integer. Only choice B gives one: n = −4.
Name the four integers
Start at n = −4 and count up by 1. The integers are −4, −3, −2 and −1.
Watch out: Choices A, C and D are multiples of 4. A multiple of 4 is 4 times an integer, like 4 × (−3) = −12. It is tempting to think four integers must add to one of those. But the sum is 4n + 6, and the extra 6 gets in the way. Choice D works only with n = −2.5, and that is not an integer.
So the answer is B, −10.
Check your answer
Add the integers: . That is choice B. Also, 4n + 6 is always 2 more than a multiple of 4. And −10 is 2 more than −12, which is 4 × (−3).
More questions like this
The original DOE question
